HP CelsiusUG Officejet 9100 User Guide C00092872

User Manual: HP HP Officejet 9100 - User Guide

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 280

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one

User’s Guide

Copyright information

Product restricted material

Safety information

© 2004 Copyright Hewlett-Packard
Development Company, L.P.

This HP product contains the following
material that might require special handling
at end-of-life:

Always follow basic safety precautions
when using this product to reduce risk of
injury from fire or electric shock.

•

1

Read and understand all of the
instructions in the documentation that
comes with the product.

2

Use only a grounded electrical outlet
when connecting this product to a
power source. If you do not know
whether the outlet is grounded, check
with a qualified electrician.

3

Observe all warnings and instructions
that are marked on the product.

4

Before cleaning this product, unplug
the product from the wall outlets.

5

Do not install or use this product near
water, or when you are wet.

6

Install the product securely on a
stable surface.

7

Install the product in a protected
location where no one can step on or
trip over the line cord, and the line
cord cannot be damaged.

8

See Maintaining and troubleshooting
if the product does not operate
normally.

9

There are no user-serviceable parts
inside. Contact qualified service
personnel if service is required.

Edition 1, 3/2004
Reproduction, adaptations, or translation
without prior written permission is
prohibited except as allowed under
copyright laws.
The information contained herein is subject
to change without notice.
The only warranties for HP products and
services are set forth in the express
warranty statements accompanying such
products and services. Nothing herein
should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty. HP shall not be liable
for technical or editorial errors or omissions
contained herein.

Copyright (C) 1991-2, RSA Data Security,
Inc. Created 1991. All rights reserved.
License to copy and use this software is
granted provided that it is identified as the
"RSA Data Security, Inc. MD4
Message-Digest Algorithm" in all material
mentioning or referencing this software or
this function.
License is also granted to make and use
derivative works provided that such works
are identified as "derived from the RSA
Data Security, Inc. MD4 Message-Digest
Algorithm" in all material mentioning or
referencing the derived work.
RSA Data Security, Inc. makes no
representations concerning either the
merchantability of this software or the
suitability of this software for any particular
purpose. It is provided "as is" without
express or implied warranty of any kind.
These notices must be retained in any
copies of any part of this documentation
and/or software.

Copy limitations
It is not lawful in many places to make
copies of the following items. When in
doubt, check with a legal representative
first.
•

•

•
•
•
•

Governmental paper or documents:
- Passports
- Immigration papers
- Selective service papers
- Identification badges, cards, or
insignias
Governmental stamps:
- Postage stamps
- Food stamps
Checks or drafts drawn on
governmental agencies
Paper currency, traveler’s checks, or
money orders
Certificates of deposit
Copyrighted works

mercury in the fluorescent lamp in the
scanner (< 1.5 mg)

For recycling information, contact
http://www.hp.com/go/recycle, local
authorities, or the Electronics Industries
Alliance at http://www.eiae.org.
See Environmental sustainability program
for information about the HP environmental
sustainability program.
Trademark credits
Adobe®, Adobe PostScript® 3™, and
Acrobat® are trademarks of Adobe
Systems Incorporated.
ENERGY STAR® and the ENERGY STAR
logo® are U.S. registered marks of the
United States Environmental Protection
Agency.
HP-UX Release 10.20 and later and
HP-UX Release 11.00 and later (in both
32- and 64-bit configurations) on all
HP 9000 computers are Open Group UNIX
95 branded products.
Microsoft®, MS-DOS®, Windows®, and
Windows NT® are U.S. registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Netscape and Netscape Navigator are U.S.
trademarks of the Netscape
Communications Corporation.
PANTONE® is Pantone, Inc.'s
check-standard trademark for color.
Pentium® is a U.S. registered trademark of
Intel Corporation.
Secure Digital memory
card is supported by the
product. SD Logo is a
trademark.
TrueType™ is a U.S. trademark of Apple
Computer, Inc.
UNIX® is a registered trademark of the
Open Group

Contents
1 Getting started
Additional resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Learning about the features and configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Understanding the all-in-one parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Printing supplies area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Back view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

2 Installing accessories
Installing the auto-duplex unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the HP Jetdirect print server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP Jetdirect print server capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the internal print server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Obtaining more information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing memory modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing tray 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turning on accessories in the printer driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19
20
20
21
22
23
26
27
29

3 Using the all-in-one
Using the all-in-one modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing settings for the all-in-one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canceling jobs from the control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the HP photo and imaging software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Differences in the software for the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening the HP photo and imaging software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typing numbers and text on the control-panel keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading the originals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading an original on the scanner glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading the print media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for loading the media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading the media in tray 1 or tray 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting the trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choosing the print media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supported media sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supported media types and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended HP media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum margins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guidelines for storing media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using special media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using cards and envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using transparencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using custom-size media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using photo paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing on both sides of the page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting up speed-dial entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting up fax numbers as speed-dial entries or groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ENWW

31
33
34
35
35
35
36
37
37
38
39
39
39
41
42
42
44
45
46
47
48
48
49
49
50
51
52
52

Contents

3

Setting up e-mail addresses as speed-dial entries or groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting up network folders as speed-dial entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing and viewing a list of speed-dial entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing a speed-dial template for the control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

53
55
56
56

4 Printing
Printing through the printer drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing common settings for a job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting defaults for all print jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performing duplexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performing automatic duplexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performing manual duplexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

57
57
59
61
61
62

5 Copying
Making copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing common settings for a job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting defaults for all copy jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring copy settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using special copy features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copying more than one original onto one page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting the image to increase the margin for binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Making a poster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cloning several copies of an image on a page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Creating a mirror image of an original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

63
64
65
65
66
66
67
67
68
69
70

6 Sending scans
Sending scans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Sending scans to a network folder (network connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Sending scans to a program on a computer (direct connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Sending scans as e-mail attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Sending a scan from a TWAIN-compliant or a WIA-compliant program to a computer on the
network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Changing common settings for a job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Setting defaults for all scan jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Using optical character recognition (OCR) software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

7 Using memory cards
Inserting and removing a memory card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saving photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saving photos to a network folder (network connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Saving photos to a computer (direct connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing and editing image files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sending photos as e-mail attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing from a memory card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing a proof sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing photos from the control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing photos by using DPOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using a proof sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling out a proof sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing photos or sending photos as e-mail attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4

Contents

77
79
79
79
80
80
81
81
82
82
83
83
83

ENWW

8 Faxing
Sending faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sending a fax from the control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sending a fax from the computer with the HP photo and
imaging software (direct connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sending a fax from a third-party software program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inserting a dial prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitoring the dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scheduling a fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing common settings for a job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting advanced options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatically forwarding incoming faxes to another fax number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatically archiving incoming faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatically reducing incoming faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blocking and unblocking fax numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiving faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receiving a fax automatically or manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reprinting received faxes that are stored in memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing and viewing the fax log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Viewing a list of blocked fax numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

85
86
87
87
87
88
88
89
90
90
91
92
92
94
94
94
95
95
96

9 Managing the administrator functions
Administrator functions and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Overview of the administrator functions and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Embedded Web server (EWS) (network connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
HP Web Jetadmin software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Toolbox (direct connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
HP Instant Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
myPrintMileage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Monitoring the all-in-one. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Monitoring the operation and status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Monitoring the media and supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Monitoring use by authorized users and resetting the usage counters . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Monitoring jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Administering the all-in-one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Changing the administrator PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Configuring authorized users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Configuring job-accounting options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Managing security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Setting up alerts and notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Resetting the HP Jetdirect print server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Upgrading the firmware in the all-in-one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Configuring system options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Setting the language and country/region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Setting the PowerSave mode time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Setting the ring and beep volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Setting the automatic paper-type sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Configuring network options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Configuring the I/O timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Configuring the network parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Configuring print options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Setting the print defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Configuring copy options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Allowing and restricting color copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

ENWW

Contents

5

Configuring scan options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Configuring the network settings for scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Customizing the scan feature in the HP photo and
imaging software (direct connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Configuring photo (memory card) options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Allowing and restricting the photo (memory card) feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Configuring e-mail options (network connection) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Configuring the defaults for e-mail message format (network connection) . . . . . . . . 122
Configuring automatic blind copy (BCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Configuring SMTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Configuring LDAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Configuring fax options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Setting the automatic printing of fax reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Allowing and restricting color faxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Setting the fax error-correction mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Setting silent detection on older-model fax machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Setting the dial type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Setting the redial options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Setting up faxing for the all-in-one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Connecting an additional telephone device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Configuring the time, date, and fax header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Setting the answer mode (autoanswer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Setting the answering ring pattern (if needed). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Installing the all-in-one software and configuring the all-in-one for operating environments130
Types of connections that are supported . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Setup that is required for all-in-one functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
All-in-one software components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Installing the software for Windows computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Installing the software for Macintosh computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Using the Customization Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Uninstalling the all-in-one software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Uninstalling the software for Windows computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Uninstalling the software for Macintosh computers (all versions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

10 Maintaining and troubleshooting
Gaining access to the supplies area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintaining the printheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning the printheads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning the printhead contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aligning the printheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the ink cartridges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing the printheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibrating the color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibrating the linefeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning the all-in-one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning the scanner glass, ADF lid backing, and ADF window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting tips and resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solving all-in-one problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solving copy problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solving problems with sending scans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solving print problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solving scan problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solving fax problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solving photo (memory card) problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solving color problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solving media-handling problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6

Contents

146
146
146
147
148
149
149
150
150
151
151
152
152
154
156
159
161
170
175
179
180
183

ENWW

Clearing jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clearing jams in the all-in-one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clearing jams in the ADF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for avoiding jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

185
185
187
188

11 Ordering HP accessories and supplies
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual inline memory modules (DIMMs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parallel cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ink cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HP media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

189
189
189
190
190
190
191
191
191
191

12 Customer support and warranty
Contacting customer support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

13 Specifications and regulatory information
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental sustainability program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reduction and elimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hazardous materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material safety data sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
End-of-life returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

199
219
226
226
226
227
227
227
228

A Control-panel mode and setup menus
Mode menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reaching and using a mode menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copy mode menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scan mode menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Photo mode menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E-mail mode menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fax mode menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reaching and using a setup menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing a setup menu map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRINT REPORT menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COPY SETUP menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FAX SETUP menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADV FAX SETUP menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCAN SETUP menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E-MAIL SETUP menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PHOTO menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRINTER menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NETWORK & I/O menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADMIN menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MAINTENANCE menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ENWW

230
230
231
233
234
235
236
238
238
238
239
240
241
242
243
243
243
244
245
246
248

Contents

7

B Control-panel messages
Control-panel message types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Control-panel messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

C Printing by using PostScript emulation
Installation notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upgrading from an older version of Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identifying different printer drivers in Windows NT 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing the printer driver only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current HP Officejet users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specific printing features and issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

255
255
256
256
256
257
257
257

Index

8

Contents

ENWW

1

Getting started
The following topics explain how to use the all-in-one, and list the resources that are available
for additional information.
z

Additional resources

z

Learning about the features and configurations

z

Understanding the all-in-one parts

Additional resources
The following resources provide additional information about the all-in-one.

ENWW

Resource

Description

Location

Getting started
guide

Provides instructions for setting up the
all-in-one, and information about the warranty
and safety issues.

Included as a printed guide in the
box with the all-in-one.

Product tour

Provides a brief, animated introduction to the
all-in-one and its capabilities. You can take the
tour at any time.

Included on Starter CD 1. Insert
Starter CD 1 in your CD-ROM
drive and click the link for the
product tour.

Embedded Web
server (network
connection)

A Web-based tool that can be used to view
status information, change settings, and
manage the all-in-one from any computer on the
network. It includes links to HP Instant Support
and myPrintMileage, which are additional
Web-based tools for troubleshooting all-in-one
problems and for managing all-in-one activities
and supplies more effectively.
See Embedded Web server (EWS) (network
connection), HP Instant Support, and
myPrintMileage for more information.

Available through any standard
Web browser.
Open the browser, type the
Internet protocol (IP) address for
the all-in-one, and then press
Enter on the keyboard.

Toolbox
(Microsoft®
Windows® direct
connection)

Provides status, maintenance, and
job-accounting information (such as all the jobs
submitted by each user and statistics about
those jobs) for the all-in-one. It also provides
steps for performing many of the tasks that are
described in this guide and for setting all-in-one
options.
See Toolbox (direct connection) for more
information.

Available at the computer while
you are using the Toolbox.
On the Start menu at your
computer, point to Programs,
point to HP Officejet 9100
series, and then click
HP Officejet 9100 series
Toolbox.

Printer-driver
onscreen Help
(Windows)

Provides information about using the printer
driver.

Available at the computer while
you are using the printer driver.

Additional resources 9

Resource

Description

Location

HP photo and
imaging software
onscreen Help
(direct connection)

Provides onscreen help for using the HP Photo Available at the computer while
& Imaging software (Windows) or HP Image
you are using the HP photo and
Zone software (Macintosh) that is installed when imaging software.
an all-in-one is connected directly to a
computer.
See Using the HP photo and imaging software
for more information.

HP Jetdirect
Administrator’s
Guide

Provides information for network connections
about configuring and troubleshooting the
HP Jetdirect print server used with the
all-in-one.

Included on Starter CD 1 as a
PDF file (all languages) and CHM
(English only). Insert Starter CD 1
in your CD-ROM drive and click
the link for documentation.

HP Instant
Support

A suite of Web-based troubleshooting tools to
help you quickly identify, diagnose, and resolve
computing and printing problems.
See HP Instant Support for more information.

Available through any standard
Web browser.
Open the browser, type the IP
address for the all-in-one, and
then press Enter on the keyboard.
When the embedded Web server
appears, click HP Instant
Support in the left pane.

HP websites on
the World Wide
Web

Provide the latest printer software, product
information, and support information that are
available for the all-in-one.

http://www.hp.com/support/
officejet9100
http://www.hp.com

10

1 - Getting started

ENWW

Learning about the features and configurations
This section describes the features and configurations for the three models.
z

Features

z

Configurations

Features
The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one is a powerful business tool with the capabilities of a full
range of office equipment. You can use the all-in-one for black-and-white, grayscale, or color
printing, copying, scanning, and faxing, and for printing, e-mailing, and saving photos from a
digital camera memory card. With the appropriate network connections, you can scan a
document and then send it to one or more e-mail addresses or save it to a network folder, and
you can archive incoming faxes to a network folder.
The all-in-one includes the following specific features:
z

Cost-effective printing with four high-capacity individual ink cartridges, long-life printheads,
and a robust print duty cycle of up to 10,000 pages per month.

z

Auto-duplex unit for copying and printing on both sides or media.

z

Automatic document feeder (ADF) and flatbed scanner for versatile scanning capabilities.

z

High-quality scans with a 2,400 by 2,400-dots per inch (dpi), legal-sized optical scanner,
with a resolution of up to 4,800 dpi on HP Premium Photo papers.

z

Several high-productivity features:
• Scan ahead for multitasking
A job can be scanned into memory while the all-in-one is busy with another job, for
immediate continuation when the current job has completed. For copy jobs, you can
scan ahead up to 30 pages.
• Scan-once-print-many
When copying multiple pages, the all-in-one scans each page into memory and prints
the multiple copies based on this single scan, instead of scanning each page for each
each copy.

ENWW

z

Full-featured 33.6 kilobyte-per-second (kbps) faxing with 4 megabytes (MB) available for
incoming faxes.

z

Localized keyboard for ease-of-use in typing e-mail addresses and network folder
destinations from the control panel.

z

Connectivity options that include wired or wireless workgroup connection through a
network, and direct connection to a computer by means of a USB or parallel cable.

z

Expandable memory of up to 25 MB by means two dual inline memory module (DIMM)
slots, and expandable paper input capacity for handling up to 650 sheets of paper.

z

Tools for configuring, monitoring, and troubleshooting the all-in-one, either from the device
or from any location on a network. Additional tools for managing printing cost with built-in
job-accounting features and the ability to control the use of color.

Learning about the features and configurations 11

Configurations
The following sections include information about the features and accessories that come with
each configuration of the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one. Although some accessories are
associated with a specific configuration, you can order these accessories separately to modify
your all-in-one. See Ordering HP accessories and supplies for information about ordering
accessories.

HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one

z

Trays. The all-in-one comes with an input tray (tray 1) that holds up to 150 sheets of
paper or up to 30 transparencies, and an output tray that holds up to 100 sheets of paper.

z

Connectivity. The all-in-one provides a standard bidirectional parallel port (IEEE-1284
compliant) and a USB port. The all-in-one also contains an enhanced input/output (EIO)
slot to support a network card.

z

Memory. The all-in-one contains 128 MB of memory. To allow for memory expansion, the
all-in-one provides two DIMM slots that accept 64 MB or 128 MB of random-access
memory (RAM). The all-in-one can support a total of 384 MB of memory (including the
128 MB in the all-in-one).

z

Automatic document feeder (ADF) and flatbed scanner. The ADF can hold up to
50 sheets of paper, and the flatbed scanner can be used for originals that cannot be fed
through the ADF.

z

Auto-duplex unit. The all-in-one comes with an auto-duplex unit for printing two-sided
documents, which saves money and paper.

HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one

This model includes the features of the HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one, plus an HP Jetdirect print
server that gives you the ability to share the all-in-one in a network environment and scan from
the all-in-one to e-mail addresses and to destinations anywhere on the network (this capability
is often called “digital sending”). The all-in-one also comes with tray 2, which holds up to
250 sheets of paper.

12

1 - Getting started

ENWW

HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one

This model includes the features of the HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one, and also includes a
keyboard for easier typing of network folder destinations and e-mail addresses from the
control panel.

ENWW

Learning about the features and configurations 13

Understanding the all-in-one parts
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Front view

z

Control panel

z

Printing supplies area

z

Back view

Front view
1

2

3

4

5

6
7
8

With tray 2 and the
keyboard installed, and
showing the flatbed
scanner glass

9
13

10
12

11

1

Automatic document feeder (ADF)

2

ADF width adjusters

3

ADF input tray

4

ADF output tray

5

Control panel (see Control panel for details)

6

Keyboard tray

7

Print-carriage access-door handle

8

Output tray

9

Paper-level indicator

10 Tray 1
11 Print-carriage access door
12 Memory card slots for supported memory cards
13 DIMM access side cover

14

1 - Getting started

ENWW

Control panel

Left side of the control panel
1

2

4

3

ENWW

1

Speed-dial buttons
Use to select from a preconfigured list of speed-dial entries. The six buttons correspond to
the first six entries in the list. An entry might be a fax number or a group of fax numbers,
an e-mail address or group of e-mail addresses, or a folder on the network.

2

Option buttons
Use the REDUCE/ENLARGE, LIGHTER/DARKER, 2-SIDED OPTIONS, QUALITY, and TRAY/TYPE
buttons to change the settings for jobs. The MENU button displays the control-panel menus
that can be used to set the defaults for settings. See Control-panel mode and setup
menus for more information.

3

CONTACTS button
Provides quick access to preconfigured lists of fax numbers and e-mail addresses. See
Setting up speed-dial entries for more information.

4

List of speed-dial entries
Use these areas to identify the speed-dial entries that correspond to the six speed-dial
buttons. You can write the entries on the lined paper that is provided, or print lists to insert.
See Printing a speed-dial template for the control panel for more information.

Understanding the all-in-one parts 15

Center of the control panel
1

8

2

3

7

6

5

4

1

Mode buttons
Use the COPY, SCAN, PHOTO, E-MAIL, and FAX mode buttons to begin these types of jobs.
The mode button lights when a job in that mode is being actively processed. If you press a
mode button, the light blinks if a job in that mode is being processed in the background

2

(help) button
Provides additional information about messages or menus that appear on the
control-panel display. For hardware problems, displays a message that explains the
problem.

3

Attention light
Blinks when there is a hardware problem that requires attention. Press
a message about the problem.

4

(help) to display

- and + buttons
• Cycle through the values that are available for an option.
• In text input fields, move the text cursor left and right.

16

5

(select) button
Selects or saves the setting that appears on the control-panel display.

6

(up) and
(down) buttons
Move up and down a list of options or entries.

7

(back) button
Returns to the previous level.

8

Control-panel display
Shows status and error messages, mode and setup menus and their options, help
information, and ink cartridge levels. See Control-panel messages and Control-panel
mode and setup menus for more information.

1 - Getting started

ENWW

Right side of the control panel
1

2

3

4

5
6
7

11
1

2
3

10

9

8

Keypad
Use to dial fax numbers or type text. The text that you type is inserted (it does not
overwrite characters that are to the right of the cursor). See Typing numbers and text on
the control-panel keypad for more information.
(backspace) button
RESET/HOLD FOR PIN button
Returns the all-in-one to the READY state; this resets all modes to their default values.
If the administrator has configured the all-in-one for users, holding the button down for
2 seconds or more locks the all-in-one. A personal identification number (PIN) is then
required to resume operation.

4
5

POWER button and Ready light
The Ready light is green when the all-in-one is on.
STOP button

6

BLACK/COLOR button
Switches between black-and-white and color.

7

START button
Starts a job in a mode after you have configured settings.

8

(off-hook) light
Lights when the fax line is in use, and blinks when the fax line is ringing.

9

REDIAL/ANSWER button
• Redials the most recently dialed fax number when the all-in-one is in the READY state.
• Answers the phone manually for an incoming fax.

10 PAUSE /

(space) button

11 SYMBOLS button

ENWW

Understanding the all-in-one parts 17

Printing supplies area
1
12
3
4

7

5
6

1

Print-carriage access door

2

Print-carriage access-door handle

3

Printhead latch (provides access for installing or removing printheads)

4

Metal catch bar (catches on the hook of the printhead latch and engages the latch)

5

Printheads

6

Ink cartridges

7

Scanner lock

Note

The scanner lock must be unlocked in order for the scanner to operate. Make sure to lock it
whenever you transport the all-in-one and unlock it before you use it.

Back view
1
2
3
4
5

6

18

1

Fax

2

EIO slot for an HP Jetdirect print server

3

Parallel port

4

USB port

5

Power input

6

Auto-duplex unit

1 - Getting started

(phone) and

(line-in) ports

ENWW

2

Installing accessories
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Installing the auto-duplex unit

z

Installing the HP Jetdirect print server

z

Installing memory modules

z

Installing tray 2

z

Installing the keyboard

z

Turning on accessories in the printer driver

See Ordering HP accessories and supplies for information about ordering accessories.

Installing the auto-duplex unit
The all-in-one can automatically print on both sides of the paper with the auto-duplex unit. See
Printing on both sides of the page and Performing duplexing for information about using the
auto-duplex unit after it has been installed.

To install an auto-duplex unit

ENWW

1

Press

(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one.

2

Slide the auto-duplex unit into the all-in-one until the unit locks into place.

Installing the auto-duplex unit 19

Installing the HP Jetdirect print server
The all-in-one can be shared in a network environment when an HP Jetdirect print server has
been installed. The HP Jetdirect print server can be used in both client-server and
peer-to-peer printing configurations. Some all-in-one models come with an HP Jetdirect print
server already installed.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

HP Jetdirect print server capabilities

z

Installing the internal print server

z

Obtaining more information

HP Jetdirect print server capabilities
The HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one and the HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one come with an
HP Jetdirect 620n print server installed. If you purchased an HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one and
want to connect the all-in-one to a network, you must use a supported HP Jetdirect print
server. Your choice of print server depends on the functions that you want to perform, the type
of network connection that you have, and the number of devices that you want to connect to
the print server.
The following table shows the capabilities of the print servers that are supported for the
all-in-one. See HP Jetdirect print servers for information about ordering HP Jetdirect print
servers.

Print server

Functionality*
Print

Scan

E-mail

Photo

Fax

EWS**

Internal (EIO) print servers
z

HP Jetdirect 620n (recommended)
(Fast Ethernet 10/100Base-TX)

z

HP Jetdirect 615n
(Fast Ethernet, 10/100Base-TX)

z

HP Jetdirect 680n
(802.11b Wireless Ethernet)

External (EX) print servers***
* All internal and external print servers support copy functionality.
** Indicates the ability to gain access to the Embedded web server. See Embedded Web server (EWS) (network connection)
for a description of this Web-based tool.
*** External print servers support copy and print functionality only. The HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one supports the
following external print servers:
z
z
z
z

20

HP Jetdirect 380x (802.11b Wireless Ethernet, USB 1.1)
HP Jetdirect 170x (10Base-T, 1 port—parallel)
HP Jetdirect 175x (10/100Base-TX, 1 port—USB 1.1)
HP Jetdirect 300x (10/100Base-TX, 1 port—parallel)

2 - Installing accessories

z
z

HP Jetdirect 500x (10/100Base-TX, 10Base2, 3 ports—
parallel)
HP Jetdirect en3700 (Ethernet 10/100Base-TX,
1 port—USB 2.0)

ENWW

Installing the internal print server
CAUTION

The HP Jetdirect print server card contains electronic components that can be damaged by
static electricity. To prevent the buildup of static electricity, maintain frequent contact with any
bare sheet-metal surface on the all-in-one. If possible, wear a grounding wrist strap (or similar
device). Handle the print server card carefully at all times. Avoid touching electronic
components or circuit paths. Failure to follow these recommendations could result in damage
to the parts.

To install the internal print server
1

Press

(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one.

2

Unplug the power cord and disconnect any cables.

3

Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen and remove the two retaining screws that hold the
cover for the empty EIO slot. Remove the cover.

4

Firmly insert the HP Jetdirect print server card into the EIO slot.

5

Insert and tighten the retaining screws that came with the HP Jetdirect print server card.

6

Connect a network cable between the HP Jetdirect print server card and the network.

To verify that the print server has been installed correctly
1

Connect the power cord and press

(POWER) to turn on the all-in-one.

2

Print a Configuration page (see Configuration page).
Two pages should print. The second page is the HP Jetdirect Configuration page, which
contains setup information (for example, LAN HW ADDRESS) that might be needed when
you set up the all-in-one on the network computers.
If the HP Jetdirect Configuration page does not print, uninstall and reinstall the print server
card to ensure that it is completely seated in the slot.

ENWW

Installing the HP Jetdirect print server 21

Obtaining more information
If you encounter any problems or difficulty printing over a network, see the following
resources.
Document

Description

HP Jetdirect Administrator’s
Guide

This guide, which is included on Starter CD 1, provides detailed
information about setting up and using an HP Jetdirect print server.
The guide also provides information about the following topics:
z
HP software solutions for HP Jetdirect print servers
z
TCP/IP configurations
z
Line Printer Daemon (LPD) ) services on the HP Jetdirect print server
z
File Transfer Protocol (FTP) printing
z
Configuration page messages and troubleshooting
z
Embedded Web server, a Web-based tool for configuring and
managing network devices

Documentation for the
operating system and
network operating system

This documentation came with your computer or your network operating
system and provides basic information about network printing issues that
are common to all network printers and all-in-ones.

In addition to these resources, all-in-one information and configuration features are available
through HP Web Jetadmin. See HP Web Jetadmin software for more information.
For more information about HP Web Jetadmin and other HP network printer and all-in-one
software, visit http://www.hp.com/support/officejet9100.

22

2 - Installing accessories

ENWW

Installing memory modules
If you often print complex graphics or PostScript® (PS) documents, or if you print with the
auto-duplex unit, you might want to add more memory to the all-in-one. Adding memory gives
the all-in-one the ability to process these more complex print jobs, but might not increase
processing speed.
The all-in-one contains 128 MB of memory. It has two DIMM slots that accept 64 MB or
128 MB of RAM. The all-in-one can support up to 384 MB of memory (including the 128 MB in
the all-in-one). You can find out how much memory is installed by printing a Configuration
page (see Configuration page). Additional memory is available for purchase as an accessory
(see Ordering HP accessories and supplies for information about ordering).
CAUTION

The DIMMs contain electronic components that can be damaged by static electricity. To
prevent the buildup of static electricity, maintain frequent contact with any bare sheet metal
surface on the all-in-one. If possible, wear a grounding wrist strap (or similar device). Handle
the DIMMs carefully at all times. Avoid touching electronic components or circuit paths. Failure
to follow these recommendations could result in damage to the parts.

To install a DIMM

ENWW

1

If you have not already done so, print a Configuration page to find out how much memory
is available in the all-in-one before adding more memory (see Configuration page).

2

Press

3

Unplug the power cord and disconnect any cables.

4

On the left side of the all-in-one, unlatch and remove the side cover.

(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one.

Installing memory modules 23

5

Remove the DIMM cover.

6

Remove the DIMM from the antistatic package.

7

Align the DIMM so that the notches on the lower edge line up with the raised marks in the
DIMM slot. You can use any empty slot.

8

7

8

Insert and press the DIMM into the slot until the DIMM snaps into place.

9

Replace the DIMM cover, and then replace the side cover.

10 Reattach the power cord and any cables, and then press
all-in-one.
24

2 - Installing accessories

(POWER) to turn on the

ENWW

11 See Turning on accessories in the printer driver for information about turning on DIMMs in
the printer driver.

To verify that the DIMM is installed correctly
1

Make sure that the power cord and any cables are plugged in and that the power is turned
on.

2

Make sure that READY appears on the control-panel display. If an error message appears,
a DIMM might have been installed incorrectly.

3

Print a Configuration page (see Configuration page). In the memory section, compare the
memory amount to the memory amount on the Configuration page that you printed before
installing the DIMM. If the amount of memory has not increased, one of the following
problems might have occurred:
• The DIMM might not be installed correctly. Remove the DIMM and repeat the
installation procedure.
• The DIMM might be defective. Try a new DIMM.

ENWW

Installing memory modules 25

Installing tray 2
Tray 2 comes with the HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one and HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one. It is an
optional accessory for the HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one. Tray 2 holds up to 250 sheets of plain
paper. You can replace the tray with a 500-sheet tray. See Ordering HP accessories and
supplies for information about ordering accessories.

To install tray 2
1

Unpack the tray, remove the packing tape and materials, and move the tray to the
prepared location.

2

Press

3

Unplug the power cord.

4

If you are installing the tray on an HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one, remove the tray ramp.
Open the print-carriage access door, use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the two screws
that hold the tray ramp in place, and then slide the tray ramp out of the all-in-one.

5

Set the all-in-one on top of the tray.

WARNING!

26

(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one.

Be careful to keep your fingers and hands clear of the bottom of the all-in-one.

6

Plug the power cord in and press

7

See Turning on accessories in the printer driver for information about turning on tray 2 in
the printer driver.

2 - Installing accessories

(POWER) to turn on the all-in-one.

ENWW

Installing the keyboard
The keyboard comes with the HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one. It is an optional accessory for the
HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one and HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one. See Ordering HP accessories
and supplies for information about ordering accessories.
Note

When sending scans to a network folder or as e-mail attachments from an all-in-one that is
connected to a network, you must type any required information (such as user information or
e-mail addresses) using the all-in-one keyboard.

To install the keyboard

ENWW

1

Press

(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one.

2

Unplug the power cord.

3

Open the print-carriage access door by pulling up on the door handle.

4

Remove the keyboard tray lock from the underside of the print-carriage access door.

Installing the keyboard 27

5

Close the print-carriage access door.

6

Press and release the front of the keyboard tray to open the tray.

7

If there is a cover over the keyboard tray, remove the cover by pressing the two release
latches on the underside of the tray.

8

Insert the back edge of the keyboard into the tray, and then press the keyboard down until
it snaps into place.

9

Plug the power cord in and press

(POWER) to turn on the all-in-one.

To verify that the keyboard is installed correctly

28

1

Make sure that the power cord is plugged in and that the power is turned on.

2

Make sure that READY appears on the control-panel display. If an error message appears,
the keyboard might have been installed incorrectly.

3

Print a Configuration page (see Configuration page). If the keyboard is not listed, one of
the following problems might have occurred:

2 - Installing accessories

ENWW

• The keyboard might not be installed correctly. Remove the keyboard and repeat the
installation procedure.
• The keyboard might be defective.

Turning on accessories in the printer driver
To turn on accessories on Windows computers
After you install the all-in-one software on Windows computers, tray 2 and the DIMMs must be
turned on in the printer driver in order for them to work with the all-in-one. (The auto-duplex
unit and keyboard do not need to be turned on.)
1

Use one of the following methods to open the printer driver:
• Windows 98, Windows Millennium Edition (Me), Windows NT 4.0®, and Windows 2000:
Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers.
• Windows XP:
Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
Or, click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Printers and Faxes.

2

Right-click the icon for the preferred printer driver, and then click Properties.

3

Select one of these tabs: Configure, Device Settings, or Device Options. (The name of
the tab depends on the printer driver and the operating system.) On the selected tab, click
the accessory that you want to turn on, click Installed from the drop-down menu, and then
click OK.

To turn on accessories on Macintosh computers
The Mac OS automatically turns on all accessories in the printer driver when you install the
all-in-one software.

ENWW

1

Click the desktop all-in-one icon.

2

On the Printing menu, click Change Setup.

3

On the Change pop-up menu, click the accessory that you want to turn on.

4

On the To pop-up menu, click Installed.

5

Click OK.

Turning on accessories in the printer driver

29

30

2 - Installing accessories

ENWW

3

Using the all-in-one
This section contains the following basic information about using the all-in-one.
z

Using the all-in-one modes

z

Changing settings for the all-in-one

z

Canceling jobs from the control panel

z

Using the HP photo and imaging software

z

Typing numbers and text on the control-panel keypad

z

Loading the originals

z

Loading the print media

z

Choosing the print media

z

Using special media

z

Printing on both sides of the page

z

Setting up speed-dial entries

Using the all-in-one modes
The five modes for the all-in-one correspond to the five mode buttons on the control panel.

Mode buttons
Copy

Scan

Photo

E-mail

Control-panel
display

Fax

Help button

Attention light

Viewing status and The control-panel display continually shows messages that provide
obtaining help
information about the status of the all-in-one.
Press
status.

(help) anytime that you want additional information about

If the Attention light blinks, press
the problem.

(help) for a message that explains

See Control-panel messages for a list and explanation of messages.

ENWW

Using the all-in-one modes 31

Entering a mode

You enter a mode by pressing the button for that mode on the control
panel. Two things happen:
z

The mode button lights and remains lit while you are in the mode.

z

Messages and options for the mode appear on the control-panel
display.

You might need to type a personal identification number (PIN) in order
to continue, if the administrator has set up the all-in-one to require a
PIN.
Exiting a mode

To exit a mode, press the RESET/HOLD FOR PIN button on the control
panel. The mode lights turn off and the all-in-one returns to the ready
state.

Changing the
settings for a
mode

You can change the settings for a mode in two ways:
z

Use the option buttons on the control panel. See Control panel for
more information about the buttons.

z

Use the options in the control-panel display.

See Changing settings for the all-in-one for more information.
Understanding job The all-in-one can process jobs in different modes at the same time. For
priorities
example, it can be processing a copy job at the same time that it is
scanning an original for a fax job.
Reports that the all-in-one produces (such as automatic fax reports)
take priority over other jobs that you start at the control panel.
Jobs that you start at the control panel take priority over jobs submitted
from a computer on the network. However, a currently printing job must
finish before any new printing job can begin.
After you exit a mode and return the all-in-one to the ready state, an
asterisk (*) appears beside READY on the control panel display for a
short time. During this time, the all-in-one is reserved for walk-up use.
Any print jobs sent during this time print only after the asterisk
disappears.
If a computer is writing onto a memory card, all photo operations are
blocked until the computer job has finished.
Jobs submitted from the computer using a TWAIN-compliant or
WIA-compliant program take priority over jobs started at the control
panel.
Understanding the Jobs that involve only scanning can take place at the same time as
interaction of jobs printing jobs. (Scanning jobs and printing jobs use different parts of the
with other jobs
all-in-one.)
Some jobs scan originals into memory first (such as copy jobs and
non-realtime fax jobs). When the scanning part of the job has finished,
the all-in-one is free to accept a new job.

32

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

Changing settings for the all-in-one
You can change the settings for the all-in-one in two places:
z

From the control panel (network connection and direct connection)

z

From the HP Photo & Imaging software (Windows direct connection) or HP Image Zone
software (Macintosh direct connection) (see Using the HP photo and imaging software for
more information)

Note

When you are configuring settings in the HP Photo & Imaging software or the HP Image Zone
software, you cannot see the settings that have been configured from the control panel (such
as the scan settings).

To change settings from the control panel for the current job
1

At the control panel, press a mode button (for example, COPY).

2

To reach the option that you want to change, use one of the following methods:
• Press a control panel button (for example, LIGHTER/DARKER).
• Select the option from the control-panel display, and then press

3

Press - or + to select the value that you want, and then press

(select).

(select).

To change default settings from the control panel for future jobs
1

At the control panel, press a mode button (for example, COPY).

2

Change the settings to the settings that you want for the defaults. See the previous
section, To change settings from the control panel for the current job.

3

Press

4

Press
(up) or
(select).

5

Press - or + to select the value that you want, and then press

(down) to move to Setup, and then press

(select).

(down) to move to the option that you want to change, and then press
(select).

To change settings from the HP photo and imaging software on Mac OS
X (10.1.x and 10.2.x) computers (direct connection)
1

Click the HP Director icon in the Dock.

2

On the HP Director menu, click Preferences.

3

Click the item that you want to change.

To change settings from the HP photo and imaging software on
Windows and Mac OS 9.2.x computers (direct connection)

ENWW

1

Open the HP photo and imaging software. See Opening the HP photo and imaging
software for more information.

2

Click the Select Device drop-down list and click the all-in-one.

3

Click the Settings drop-down list.

4

Click the item that you want to change.

Changing settings for the all-in-one 33

Canceling jobs from the control panel
From the control panel, you can cancel most types of jobs that are currently being processed.
The following jobs cannot be cancelled. When you try to cancel one of these types of jobs, the
control-panel display informs you with an appropriate message.
z

An e-mail transmission that is in progress

z

An incoming fax that is being archived in a network folder

More than one job could actually be taking place at the same time. For example, the all-in-one
might be printing a document at the same time that it is receiving a fax (see the table under
Using the all-in-one modes for more information). When this is the case, note the following
conditions:
z

The control-panel display shows information about the job that is currently being
processed in the foreground. This is the job that will be cancelled when you press STOP.

z

If other jobs are being processed simultaneously in the background, the control-panel
display shows a list of all jobs when you press STOP. You select the job that you want to
cancel from the list.

The time that it takes to cancel depends on the size of the job. Also, a job might continue for a
short while after you have cancelled it. For example, if the original has fed only half-way into
the ADF, the job continues until the original has been fully fed and ejected.

To cancel a job from the control panel
1

For a print job: Press STOP.
For any other type of job: Press the mode button for the type of job (for example, press
COPY for a copy job), and then press STOP.

Note

You only need to press STOP once.
2

34

If more than one job is being processed, a list of the jobs appears on the control-panel
display. Press
(up) or
(down) to move to the job that you want to cancel, and then
press
(select).

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

Using the HP photo and imaging software
When you install the all-in-one software for direct connection, the installation procedure
installs photo and imaging software that provides a common interface for HP devices, such as
all-in-ones, scanners, photo printers, and digital cameras.
z

HP Photo & Imaging software (Windows)

z

HP Image Zone software (Macintosh)

The software gives these devices the ability to work together, and can be used to scan
originals, to send images by e-mail or fax, and to view, edit, and print images. Most all-in-one
procedures that you perform at the control panel can also be submitted from a computer with
the HP Photo & Imaging software or the HP Image Zone software.
The software includes several components, such as the HP Director and the Memories Disc
Creator.
Note

For Windows computers, the Typical installation is required in order for the HP Photo &
Imaging software to be installed. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB connection to
ensure optimal scanning performance.
See the onscreen Help for more information about the HP Photo & Imaging software or the
HP Image Zone software and its capabilities.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Differences in the software for the HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one

z

Opening the HP photo and imaging software

Differences in the software for the HP Officejet 9100 series
all-in-one
Note the following differences in the the HP Photo & Imaging software or HP Image Zone
software that is installed for the all-in-one:
z

The Make Copies feature in the software is not supported by the all-in-one. When you
want to make copies, use the control panel on the all-in-one.

z

The Scan Slides/Negatives feature that is supported in the software is not supported by
the all-in-one.

z

The way that you configure group speed-dial entries for the all-in-one is different from the
way that this feature is implemented in the software. See Setting up speed-dial entries for
the procedures to use for the all-in-one.

z

The borderless printing feature that is supported in the software is not supported by the
all-in-one.

Opening the HP photo and imaging software
To open the software on Windows computers
1

Use one of the following methods:
• Double-click the HP Director icon on the desktop.

ENWW

Using the HP photo and imaging software 35

• On the Windows taskbar, click Start, point to Programs or All Programs, point to HP,
and then click HP Director.
2

In the Select Device dialog box, click to see a list of installed HP devices.

3

Click the all-in-one.

To open the software on Macintosh computers
On Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x) computers, click the HP Director icon in the Dock.
On Mac OS 9.2.x computers, use one of the following methods:
z

Double-click the HP Director shortcut on the desktop.

z

Double-click the HP Director shortcut in the Applications:Hewlett-Packard:HP Photo and
Imaging Software folder.

Typing numbers and text on the control-panel keypad
The following list provides tips for typing text on the control-panel keypad.
z

Press the keypad numbers that correspond to the letters of a name.
ABC

These letters correspond to this number, and so on.

2
z

Press a button multiple times to see a letter first in lowercase and then in uppercase. The
first letter of a word is set to uppercase automatically.
JKL

5

To get this character:

j

k

l

J

K

L

5

Press the 5 button this
many times:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

z

After the correct letter appears, press the number that corresponds to the next letter in the
name. Again, press the button multiple times until the correct letter appears.

z

The cursor automatically advances to the right 1.5 seconds after you pressed the last
button.

z

To insert a space, press the pound sign (#) or PAUSE/

z

To enter a symbol, such as @, press the asterisk (*) or SYMBOLS button repeatedly to
scroll through the list of available symbols.

(space) button.

The backslash character (\) is not available because it is required for network pathnames.

Note

z

If you make a mistake, press
the correct entry.

(backspace) on the control panel to clear it, and then type

z

After you have finished typing the numbers and text, press
entries.

(select) to accept the

Localized special characters are not supported on the keypad. However, they are supported
on the localized keyboards, which are optional accessories for the all-in-one. See Keyboards
for information about localized keyboards.
When sending scans to a network folder or as e-mail attachments from an all-in-one that is
connected to a network, you must type any required information (such as user information or
e-mail addresses) using the all-in-one keyboard.

36

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

Loading the originals
You can load originals in two places:
z

Automatic document feeder (ADF)

z

Flatbed scanner

If originals are present both in the ADF and on the flatbed scanner glass, the ADF takes
priority. For the best quality scans, use the flatbed scanner.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Loading an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)

z

Loading an original on the scanner glass

Loading an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)
The all-in-one has an ADF, which you can use to load up to 50 originals. See Loading the print
media for information about media sizes, types, and weights that are supported and for
recommendations about media to use in the ADF.

To load an original in the ADF
1

Note

Place all originals in the ADF input tray with the print-side up and with the first page to be
scanned, copied, or faxed on top of the stack.
If the originals are printed on both sides, select the appropriate duplex option using the 2-SIDED
button on the control panel.

OPTIONS

When you scan for photos or JPEG files, the all-in-one supports only single-sided scanning.
The control panel prompts you to place the original on the scanner glass.

2

ENWW

Adjust the ADF width adjustors to fit the size of the originals.

Loading the originals 37

Loading an original on the scanner glass
You can copy or scan any original by placing it on the scanner glass.
Note

Some all-in-one options will not work correctly if the scanner glass an ADF lid backing are not
clean. See Cleaning the all-in-one for more information.

To load a document on the scanner glass
1

Make sure that no originals are loaded in the ADF.

2

Lift the ADF.

3

Place the original face-down on the scanner glass in the corner shown in the following
illustration. The sides of the original should touch the right and front edges.
It is important to place the original as shown. Otherwise, part of the original might be
clipped in the resulting scan.

Note

If you are copying from a transparency (that is, your original is printed on transparency film),
place a blank piece of paper between the transparency and the flatbed scanner lid.
4

CAUTION

Close the ADF.
To prevent damaging the all-in-one, do not allow the scanner lid to fall onto the flatbed scanner
surface.
Always close the ADF when the all-in-one is not in use.

38

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

Loading the print media
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Tips for loading the media

z

Loading the media in tray 1 or tray 2

z

Selecting the trays

Tips for loading the media
You can load up to 150 sheets of paper in tray 1 and up to 250 sheets of paper in tray 2.
z

Use tray 1 for media types such as envelopes, cards, transparencies, and photo paper.

z

Always use media that conforms to the specifications. See Choosing the print media for
more information.

z

When you are loading a tray, position the media print-side-down with the right edge of the
media against the right edge and front guide of the tray. For preprinted forms and
letterhead, load the media with the top edge feeding into the all-in-one first.

z

To prevent jams, load only one type of media at a time into a tray.

z

When adding media, always remove the existing media and realign the media width and
length adjustors to fit the new media.

See Tips for avoiding jams for more information about avoiding jams.

Loading the media in tray 1 or tray 2

ENWW

1

Pull the tray out of the all-in-one.

2

If you are loading tray 1, raise and remove the output tray.

Loading the print media 39

3

Note

If you are loading paper that is between 279 mm and 356 mm long (11 inches and 14
inches long) (such as legal-size paper), move the latch on the tray to the right as shown in
the following illustration, and then lower the front of the tray.
You do not need to lower the front of the tray when loading A4-size or letter-size or smaller
media.

4

Place the media with the print-side down in the tray and slide the media width and length
adjustors to the edges of the media.

A4/letter
Legal

CAUTION

40

5

If you are loading tray 1, reattach and close the output tray.

6

Slide the tray into the all-in-one.
Do not raise the front of the tray if legal-size media is loaded, or damage to the media or
all-in-one can result.

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

7

Pull out the extension on the output tray.

8

When printing, select the appropriate media type and size in your program or printer
driver.

Selecting the trays
When you copy or print a document, you can allow the all-in-one to select the tray for the job,
or you can select a specific tray.
If you do not select a tray, the all-in-one automatically selects a tray. By default, the all-in-one
draws paper from tray 2 first. However, the all-in-one draws media from tray 1 under the
following conditions:
z

Tray 2 is not installed.

z

Tray 2 does not have media loaded.

z

Tray 2 does not support the media type or size for the job.

To select a tray from the printer driver on your computer
The settings are available in the Source is or Paper Source drop-down menu in Windows
printer drivers, and in the All pages from pop-up menu in the Mac OS printer driver.

To select a default tray from the control panel

ENWW

1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(up) or

3

Press

(down) to move to Configure tray, and then press

4

Press

(down) to move to Default tray, and then press

5

Press - or + to select the tray, and then press

(down) to move to PRINTER, and then press

(select).
(select).
(select).

(select).

Loading the print media 41

Choosing the print media
The all-in-one is designed to work well with most types of office paper and with 25-percent
cotton bond paper. It is best to test a variety of print media types before buying large
quantities. Find a media type that works well and is easy to purchase.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Supported media sizes

z

Supported media types and weights

z

Recommended HP media

z

Minimum margins

z

Guidelines for storing media

Supported media sizes
The following table lists the sizes of media that are compatible with the all-in-one and shows
which sizes can be used with which devices.

Media

Tray 1 Tray 2

ADF
ADF
Auto-duplex
(single-sided (double-sided
unit*
operation)
operation)

Standard paper sizes
z

U.S. letter (216 by 279 mm; 8.5 by 11 inches)

z

U.S. legal (216 by 356 mm; 8.5 by 14 inches)

z

A4 (210 by 297 mm; 8.3 by 11.7 inches)

z

U.S. executive (184 by 267 mm; 7.25 by
10.5 inches)

z

U.S. statement (140 by 216 mm; 5.5 by
8.5 inches)

z

A5 (148 by 210 mm; 5.8 by 8.3 inches)

z

ISO B5 (176 by 250 mm; 6.9 by 9.8 inches)

z

JIS B5 (182 by 257 mm; 7.2 by 10.1 inches)

Envelopes
z
U.S. #10 (105 by 241 mm; 4.125 by 9.5 inches)
z
A2 (111 by 146 mm; 4.375 by 5.75 inches)
z
Monarch (98 by 191 mm; 3.88 by 7.5 inches)
z
HP Greeting Card (111 by 152 mm;
4.375 by 6 inches)
z
DL (110 by 220 mm; 4.3 by 8.7 inches)
z
C5 (162 by 229 mm; 6.4 by 9 inches)
z
C6 (114 by 162 mm; 4.5 by 6.4 inches)
z
Japanese Chou #3 (120 x 235 mm; 4.7 by
9.3 inches)
z
Japanese Chou #4 (90 x 205 mm; 3.5 by
8.1 inches)

42

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

Media

Tray 1 Tray 2

ADF
ADF
Auto-duplex
(single-sided (double-sided
unit*
operation)
operation)

Cards
z
Index card (76 by 127 mm; 3 by 5 inches)
z
Index card (102 by 152 mm; 4 by 6 inches)
z
Index card (127 by 203 mm; 5 by 8 inches)
z
Hagaki (100 by 148 mm; 3.9 by 5.8 inches)
z
Ofuku Hagaki (148 by 200 mm; 5.8 by
7.9 inches)
z
A6 (105 by 148 mm; 4.1 by 5.8 inches)
Custom-size media (tray 1)
Between 76.2 to 216 mm wide and 127 to 356 mm
long (3 to 8.5 inches wide and 5 to 14 inches long)
Custom-size media (tray 2)
Between 182 to 216 mm wide and 257 to 356 mm
long (7.2 to 8.5 inches wide and 10.1 to 14 inches
long)
Custom-size media (auto-duplex unit)
Between 76.2 to 216 mm wide and 127 to 297 mm
long (3 to 8.5 inches wide and 5 to 11.7 inches
long)
Custom-size media (ADF)
Between 127 to 216 mm wide and 241 to 305 mm
long (5 to 8.5 inches wide and 9.5 to 12 inches
long)
Custom-size media (ADF)
Between 127 to 216 mm wide and 178 to 305 mm
long (5 to 8.5 inches wide and 7 to 12 inches long)
* Use the auto-duplex unit for automatic printing on both sides of the paper.

ENWW

Choosing the print media 43

Supported media types and weights
CAUTION

Some media, such as envelopes, cards, transparencies, and photo paper, can only be used
with tray 1. Using unsupported media in tray 2, the auto-duplex unit, or the ADF can cause
jams and damage to the equipment.
Tray
Tray 1

Tray 2

Media type

Weight

Capacity
g/m2

Paper

60 to 90
(16- to 24-lb bond)

Up to 150 sheets (15 mm or 0.6 inch
stacked)

Transparencies
(for example,
HP Premium Inkjet
Transparency Film)

60 to 90 g/m2
(16- to 24-lb bond)

Up to 30
(8 mm or 0.3 inch stacked)

Envelopes

75 to 90 g/m2
(20- to 24-lb bond)

Up to 22
(15 mm or 0.6 inch stacked)

Cards

Up to 200 g/m2
(110-lb index)

Up to 60
(15 mm or 0.6 inch stacked)

Paper
60 to 90 g/m2
(Ofuku Hagaki only) (16- to 24-lb bond)

Auto-duplex Paper
unit

60 to 90 g/m2
(16- to 24-lb bond)

Cards
Up to 160 g/m2
(Ofuku Hagaki only) (90-lb index)
ADF

Output tray

44

3 - Using the all-in-one

Up to 250 sheets (25 mm or 1 inch stacked)
One at a time
One at a time

Paper

60 to 90 g/m2
(16- to 24-lb bond)

Up to 50 sheets

Special HP paper
(for example,
HP Premium Inkjet
paper, HP Bright
White Inkjet paper)

60 to 90 g/m2
(16- to 24-lb bond)

Up to 50 sheets

Transparencies
(for example,
HP Premium Inkjet
Transparency Film)

60 to 90 g/m2
(16- to 24-lb bond)

One at a time
Advisable to use the flatbed scanner

Photos
60 to 90 g/m2
(special photo paper, (16- to 24-lb bond)
such as
HP Premium Photo
Paper)

One at a time
Advisable to use the flatbed scanner

Real-estate forms

One at a time

All supported media

Up to 100 sheets of plain paper (text
printing)

ENWW

Recommended HP media
The following table shows which media can be used with the trays, auto-duplex unit, and ADF.
See Ordering HP accessories and supplies for information about ordering HP media.
Media

Tray 1

Tray 2

Auto-duplex
unit

ADF

Plain paper:
z
HP Bright White Inkjet Paper
z
HP Office Paper
z
HP Office Recycled Paper
z
HP Multipurpose Paper
z
HP Printing Paper
z
HP Everyday Paper
z
HP Everyday Copy & Print Paper
HP Premium Paper
HP Premium Inkjet Heavyweight Paper
Transparencies:
HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film
z
HP Premium Plus Inkjet Transparency Film
z

HP Everyday Photo Paper
High-quality photo paper:
HP Colorfast Photo Paper
z
HP Premium Plus Photo Paper
z
HP Premium Photo Paper
z
HP Photo Paper
z

HP Brochure and Flyer Paper

ENWW

Choosing the print media 45

Minimum margins
The document margins must match or exceed these minimum settings in portrait orientation.
The following illustration shows which side of the paper and envelope corresponds to each
margin.
Top

Top

Bottom
Left

Right

Bottom
Left

Note

46

Right

Media

Left margin

Right margin

Top margin

Bottom margin

Letter, legal,
executive, statement

6.4 mm
(0.25 inch)

6.4 mm
(0.25 inch)

3.0 mm
(0.12 inch)

12.7 mm
(0.50 inch)

A4, A5, ISO B5, JIS
B5, and cards

3.4 mm
(0.13 inch)

3.4 mm
(0.13 inch)

3.0 mm
(0.12 inch)

12.7 mm
(0.50 inch)

Envelopes

3.4 mm
(0.13 inch)

3.4 mm
(0.13 inch)

12.7 mm
(0.50 inch)

12.7 mm
(0.50 inch)

Custom-size media
(tray 1, tray 2)

3.4 mm
(0.13 inch)

3.4 mm
(0.13 inch)

3.0 mm
(0.12 inch)

12.7 mm
(0.50 inch)

Custom-size media
(auto-duplex unit)

5.1 mm
(0.20 inch)

5.1 mm
(0.20 inch)

12.7 mm
(0.50 inch)

12.7 mm
(0.50 inch)

Custom-size media
(ADF)

1.0 mm
(0.04 inch)

1.0 mm
(0.04 inch)

2.0 mm
(0.08 inch)

3.0 mm
(0.12 inch)

Custom-size media
(flatbed scanner)

1.0 mm
(0.04 inch)

Not applicable (the 1.0 mm
all-in-one detects (0.04 inch)
the size and crops
at the right and
bottom margins)

Not applicable (the
all-in-one detects
the size and crops
at the right and
bottom margins)

When you are using the auto-duplex unit, the top and bottom margins must be at least 12.7 mm
(0.5 inch).

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

Guidelines for storing media
Use the following guidelines to ensure optimum all-in-one performance and to avoid problems
that are caused by improperly stored media (such as jams and poor-quality printing).
z

Store media in an environment that is at or near room temperature. The air should not be
too dry or too humid.
• An improper environment can cause media to distort, resulting in jams in the all-in-one.
The required condition is 20 to 24 degrees C (68 to 75 degrees F), with a relative
humidity of 45 percent to 55 percent.
• Heat causes the moisture in media to evaporate, while cold causes moisture to
condense on the sheets. Heating systems and air conditioners remove most of the
humidity from a room. Humid weather and water coolers can cause the humidity to
increase in a room.

z

Do not purchase more media than can be easily used in a short time (about three
months).
• Media stored for long periods might experience heat and moisture extremes, which can
cause damage.

z

Do not open packages of media until the media is needed.
• As media is opened and used, it loses or absorbs moisture, depending on the
environment. This can cause such things as streaks, smudging, and light characters
during printing.
• Unopened media in sealed reams can remain stable for several months before use.
• The best way to store an opened package of media is to rewrap it tightly in its
moisture-proof wrapping. If the environment is subject to extremes, unwrap only the
amount of media to be used during the operation of a day to prevent unwanted
moisture changes.

ENWW

Choosing the print media 47

Using special media
This section contains information about the following special media types that you can use
with the all-in-one.
z

Using cards and envelopes

z

Using transparencies

z

Using custom-size media

z

Using photo paper

See Choosing the print media for information about supported media types and sizes.
Note

Always load special media in tray 1, and select the correct media type, the print quality, and
the media source for the job.

Using cards and envelopes
If your software program supports printing on cards or envelopes, follow the instructions for
the program to use them.
Always use tray 1 to print cards and envelopes.

To use cards and envelopes
1

Remove tray 1 from the printer.

2

Remove the output tray, and then remove all media from tray 1.

3

Insert the cards or envelopes into the tray (envelopes should be loaded with the flaps
facing up and to the right).

4

Slide the media width and length adjustors to the edges of the cards or envelopes.

5

Replace the output tray and insert tray 1 into the printer.

6

Start the job from your program, making sure that you select the correct media size and
type.
See Changing settings for the all-in-one for more information about setting the printing
options.

48

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

Using transparencies
When printing on transparencies, follow these guidelines:
z

Use tray 1 to print on transparencies. Load a maximum of 30 transparencies in the tray.

z

Handle transparencies by the edges. Oils from your fingers can cause print-quality
problems.

z

Use HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film or HP Premium Plus Inkjet Transparency Film,
which is specifically designed to work with the all-in-one, or use other transparencies that
are designed to work with HP Inkjet printers. See Ordering HP accessories and supplies
for information about ordering transparencies.

To use transparencies
1

Remove tray 1 from the printer.

2

Remove the output tray, and then remove all media from tray 1.

3

Insert the transparencies into the tray, with the rough side down and the adhesive strip
feeding into the all-in-one first.

4

Slide the media width and length adjustors to the edges of the transparencies.

5

Replace the output tray and insert tray 1 into the printer.

6

Start the job from your program, making sure that you select the correct media size and
type.
See Changing settings for the all-in-one for more information about setting options.

7

Remove each transparency as it prints and set it aside to dry. Allowing wet transparencies
to stack up might cause smearing.

Using custom-size media
Use tray 1 when printing on media that is 76.2 to 216 mm wide and 127 to 356 mm long (3 to
8.5 inches wide and 5 to 14 inches long).
If your program supports custom-size media, set the media size in the program before creating
and printing the document. If your program does not support custom-size media, set the size
in the printer driver, create the document, and then print it. (You might need to reformat
existing documents to print them correctly on custom paper sizes.)

To use custom-size media
1

Remove tray 1 from the printer.

2

Remove the output tray, and then remove all media from tray 1.

3

Insert the custom-size media into the tray.

4

Slide the media width and length adjustors to the edges of the media.

5

Replace the output tray and insert tray 1 into the printer.

6

Start the job from the program, making sure that you select the correct media size and
type.
See Changing settings for the all-in-one for more information about setting the printing
options.

ENWW

Using special media 49

Using photo paper
You can print the photographs that you take with your digital camera, either directly from a
memory card that you insert in the all-in-one or from a software program such as the HP photo
and imaging software. See Printing from a memory card for more information.
Use Best print quality to print photographs. However, with this setting, printing takes longer
and more memory is required from your computer.
The all-in-one can produce 4,800 by 1,200-optimized dpi resolution (up to 4,800 by
1,200-optimized dpi color printing on premium photo papers, from 1,200 by 1,200-input dpi)
when using the following printer drivers:
z

PCL 6
Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000, and Windows XP

z

PS
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Mac OS 9.2.x, and Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x)

To print digital photographs
1

Load the appropriate media in tray 1. See Loading the print media for more information.

1

If you want to print photographs from a memory card, insert the memory card into the
appropriate memory card slot on the all-in-one. See Inserting and removing a memory
card for more information.

2

Start the job from your program or from the control panel (see Printing from a memory
card for more information). Make sure that you select the correct print-quality setting,
media size, and media type.
See Changing settings for the all-in-one for more information about setting options.

3

50

Remove each sheet of media as it prints and set it aside to dry. Allowing wet media to
stack up might cause smearing.

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

Printing on both sides of the page
The all-in-one can automatically print on both sides of media with the auto-duplex unit. See
Performing duplexing for more information about how to duplex automatically.
When printing on both sides of the page, follow these guidelines.
z

The auto-duplex unit supports the following media sizes: letter, executive, A4, A5, ISO B5,
JIS B5, index cards (3 by 5 inches, 4 by 6 inches, and 5 by 8 inches), Hagaki, Ofuku
Hagaki, and A6 card. It can also be used for custom-size media that is between 76.2 by
216 mm wide and 127 by 297 mm long (3 by 8.5 inches wide and 5 by 11.7 inches long).

z

Do not print on both sides of transparencies, envelopes, photo paper, brochure paper,
glossy media, or paper lighter than 60 g/m2 (16-lb bond) or heavier than 90 g/m2 (24-lb
bond). Jams might occur with these types of media. However, special double-sided
HP media can be used with the auto-duplex unit.

z

To print on both sides of a page, make the selection from the software program or printer
driver (see Performing duplexing).
If you are using operating systems other than Windows or the Mac OS, turn on the
Duplex setting in the control panel. See PRINTER menu for more information.

ENWW

z

The recommended minimum for top and bottom margins is 12.7 mm (0.5 inch).

z

When using media such as letterhead, preprinted media, and media with watermarks and
prepunched holes, make sure that you load the media in the tray with the front-side facing
down.

z

When automatically printing on both sides of a page, one side of the page is printed first,
and the printer pauses while the ink dries. To print the second side, the page must partially
exit the printer to be flipped. When printing is complete, the paper is dropped onto the
output tray. Do not attempt to remove the page from the printer until both sides have
finished printing.

Printing on both sides of the page

51

Setting up speed-dial entries
You can set up frequently used fax numbers, e-mail addresses, and network folders as
speed-dial entries. The first six entries for each of these kinds of destinations are associated
with the six speed-dial buttons on the control panel.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Setting up fax numbers as speed-dial entries or groups

z

Setting up e-mail addresses as speed-dial entries or groups

z

Setting up network folders as speed-dial entries

z

Printing and viewing a list of speed-dial entries

z

Printing a speed-dial template for the control panel

Setting up fax numbers as speed-dial entries or groups
You can store up to 99 fax numbers or groups of fax numbers as speed-dial entries.
Speed-dial entries 1 through 6 are associated with the corresponding six speed-dial buttons
on the control panel.
See Printing and viewing a list of speed-dial entries for information about printing a list of the
speed-dial entries that have been set up.

To set up speed-dial entries
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Fax Speed-dial in
the left pane. Click the tab that contains the number for the entry (for example, Speed-dial
26-50).
• To add or change an entry: Add or change information in the fields.
• To delete an entry: Use the Delete check box on the right side.
• Click Apply when you are finished.

z

HP photo and imaging software (direct connection)
Open the HP photo and imaging software and follow the instructions in the onscreen Help.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the FAX SETUP menu, and then use the Fax speed-dial option.
• To add or change an entry: Press - or + to move to an unused entry number, or type a
number on the keypad or keyboard. Type the fax number, and then press
(select).
Include any pauses or other needed numbers, such as an area code, an access code
for numbers outside a PBX system (usually a 9 or 0), or a long-distance prefix. Type the
name, and then press
(select).
• To delete one entry or all entries: Press
(up) or
(down) to move to the speed-dial
entry that you want to delete, or type a number on the keypad or keyboard. Press - or +
to select DELETE or DELETE ALL, and then press
(select).

To set up a speed-dial group
If you send information to the same group of fax numbers on a regular basis, you can set up a
speed-dial entry for a group in order to simplify the task. The speed-dial entry for a group can
be associated with a speed-dial button on the control panel.

52

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

A group member must be a member of the speed-dial list before you can add the member to a
speed-dial group. You can add up to 20 fax numbers to each group (with up to 50 characters
allowed for each fax number).
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Fax Speed-dial in
the left pane. Click the tab that contains the number for the entry (for example, Speed-dial
26-50).
• To add a group, click Edit Group for an unused line, and then add entries to the group.
The first six entries in the list (which can be groups) are the entries that are associated
with the speed-dial buttons on the control panel.
• To add, change, or delete entries in a group: Click Edit Group for the group, and then
add, change, or delete the entries.
• To delete a group: Use the Delete check box on the right side.
• Click Apply when you are finished.

z

HP photo and imaging software (direct connection)
Open the HP photo and imaging software and follow the instructions in the onscreen Help.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the FAX SETUP menu, and then use the Fax speed-dial option.
• To add a group: Press - or + to move to an unused speed-dial number, or type a
number on the keypad or keyboard. Then add entries to the group.
• To add entries to a group: Press - or + to move to Edit Group, and then press
(select). Type the fax number that you want in the group, and then press
(select). Include any pauses or other needed numbers, such as an area code, an
access code for numbers outside a PBX system (usually a 9 or 0), or a long-distance
prefix. Press
(down) to move to the next slot to type another fax number, and then
press
(select). Repeat for each fax number that you want to add to the group. When
finished, press
(select). Type a name for the group, and then press
(select).
You can include an existing speed-dial entry in a group. Click CONTACTS on the control
panel to show a list of available speed-dial entries. Move to the speed-dial entry that
you want to add, and then press
(select).
• To delete an entry from a group: Press - or + to move to Edit Group, and then press
(select). Select the entry that you want to delete, select Delete, and then press
(select).
• To delete a group: Press - or + to move to Edit Group, and then press
Select the group that you want to delete, select Delete, and then press

(select).
(select).

Setting up e-mail addresses as speed-dial entries or groups
You can store up to 99 e-mail addresses or groups of e-mail addresses as speed-dial entries.
Speed-dial entries 1 through 6 are associated with the corresponding six speed-dial buttons
on the control panel.
See Printing and viewing a list of speed-dial entries for information about printing a list of the
speed-dial entries that have been set up.

To set up speed-dial entries
z

ENWW

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click E-mail Speed-dial
in the left pane. Click the tab that contains the number for the entry (for example,
Speed-dial 26-50).
Setting up speed-dial entries 53

• To add or change an entry: Add or change information in the fields.
• To delete an entry: Use the Delete check box on the right side.
• Click Apply when you are finished.
z

HP photo and imaging software (direct connection)
Open the HP photo and imaging software and follow the instructions in the onscreen Help.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the E-MAIL menu, and then use the E-maiil speed-dial option. To
add a group: Press - or + to move to an unused speed-dial number, or type a number on
the keypad or keyboard. Then add entries to the group.
• To add entries to a group: Press - or + to move to Edit Group, and then press
(select). Type the e-mail address that you want in the group, and then press
(select). Press
(down) to move to the next slot to type another e-mail address,
and then press
(select). Repeat for each e-mail address that you want to add to the
group. When finished, press
(select). Type a name for the group, and then press
(select).
You can include an existing speed-dial entry in a group. Click CONTACTS on the control
panel to show a list of available speed-dial entries. Move to the speed-dial entry that
you want to add, and then press
(select).
• To delete an entry from a group: Press - or + to move to Edit Group, and then press
(select). Select the entry that you want to delete, select Delete, and then press
(select).
• To delete a group: Press - or + to move to Edit Group, and then press
Select the group that you want to delete, select Delete, and then press

(select).
(select).

To set up a speed-dial group
If you send information to the same group of e-mail addresses on a regular basis, you can set
up a speed-dial entry for a group in order to simplify the task. The speed-dial entry for a group
can be associated with a speed-dial button on the control panel.
A group member must be a member of the speed-dial list before you can add the member to a
speed-dial group. You can add up to 20 e-mail addresses to each group.
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click E-mail Speed-dial
in the left pane. Click the tab that contains the number for the entry (for example,
Speed-dial 26-50).
• To add a group, click Edit Group for an unused line, and then add entries to the group.
The first six entries in the list (which can be groups) are the entries that are associated
with the speed-dial buttons on the control panel.
• To add, change, or delete entries in a group: Click Edit Group for the group, and then
add, change, or delete the entries.
• To delete a group: Use the Delete check box on the right side.
• Click Apply when you are finished.

z

HP photo and imaging software (direct connection)
Open the HP photo and imaging software and follow the instructions in the onscreen Help.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the E-MAIL SETUP menu, and then use the E-mail speed-dial option.
• To add a group: Press - or + to move to an unused speed-dial number, or type a
number on the keypad or keyboard. Then add entries to the group.

54

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

• To add entries to a group: Press - or + to move to Edit Group, and then press
(select). Type the e-mail address that you want in the group, and then press
(select). Press
(down) to move to the next slot to type another e-mail address,
and then press
(select). Repeat for each e-mail address that you want to add to the
group. When finished, press
(select). Type a name for the group, and then press
(select).
You can include an existing speed-dial entry in a group. Click CONTACTS on the control
panel to show a list of available speed-dial entries. Move to the speed-dial entry that
you want to add, and then press
(select).
• To delete an entry from a group: Press - or + to move to Edit Group, and then press
(select). Select the entry that you want to delete, select Delete, and then press
(select).
• To delete a group: Press - or + to move to Edit Group, and then press
Select the group that you want to delete, select Delete, and then press

(select).
(select).

Setting up network folders as speed-dial entries
You can store up to six network folders as speed-dial entries. The six entries are associated
with the corresponding six speed-dial buttons on the control panel.
See Printing and viewing a list of speed-dial entries for information about printing a list of the
speed-dial entries that have been set up.

To set up speed-dial entries
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Network
Speed-dial in the left pane.
• To add or change an entry: Add or change information in the fields.
• To delete an entry: Use the Delete check box on the right side.
• Click Apply when you are finished.

z

HP photo and imaging software (direct connection)
Open the HP photo and imaging software and follow the instructions in the onscreen Help.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the SCAN SETUP menu, and then use the Folder speed-dial option.
• To add or change an entry: Press - or + to specify an unused entry number, or type a
number on the keypad or keyboard. Add or change the network folder information, and
then press
(select).
• To delete an entry: Press
(up) or
(down) to move to the speed-dial entry that you
want to delete, or type a number on the keypad or keyboard. Press - or + to select
DELETE, and then press
(select).

ENWW

Setting up speed-dial entries 55

Printing and viewing a list of speed-dial entries
You can print or view a list of all of the speed-dial entries that have been set up. Each entry in
the list contains the following information:
z

Speed-dial number (the first six entries correspond to the six speed-dial buttons on the
control panel)

z

Name associated with the fax number or group of fax numbers

z

For the fax speed-dial list, the fax number (or all of the fax numbers for a group)

z

For the e-mail speed-dial list, the e-mail address (or all of the e-mail addresses for a
group)

z

For the network folder list, the folder pathname

To print a list of speed-dial entries
z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the PRINT REPORT menu, and then use the Speed-dial list option.

To view a list of speed-dial entries
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Fax Speed-dial,
E-mail Speed-dial, or Network Speed-dial in the left pane.

z

HP photo and imaging software (direct connection)
Open the HP photo and imaging software and follow the instructions in the onscreen Help.

Printing a speed-dial template for the control panel
You can print a template for the control panel that lists the six speed-dial entries that have
been configured for fax numbers, e-mail addresses, and network folders. Cut the lists to size,
and insert them under the overlays next to the six speed-dial buttons on the control panel.

To print a speed-dial template
z

56

Control panel
Press MENU, open the PRINT REPORT menu, and use the Speed-dial template option.

3 - Using the all-in-one

ENWW

4

Printing
Most print settings are automatically handled by the software program that you are printing
from. You need to change the settings manually only when you change print quality, print on
specific types of media, or use special features.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Printing through the printer drivers

z

Changing common settings for a job

z

Setting defaults for all print jobs

z

Performing duplexing

Printing through the printer drivers
In most situations, you will probably print documents from your computer through the printer
driver. Although specific options vary depending on the software program that you are using,
you can usually gain access to the printer driver by clicking File and then clicking Print in the
software program.
For more information about printer driver features and procedures, see the printer-driver
onscreen Help. For more information about printing from a specific software program, see the
documentation for the software program.
Note

See To change settings on a Macintosh computer for information about printing from a
Macintosh computer.
See Printing by using PostScript emulation for information about printing with PS printer drivers
for Windows 98, Windows Me, and Windows NT 4.0. For other Windows operating systems,
see the online Help for the printer driver.

Changing common settings for a job
Change the settings for a job when you want to use something other than the defaults that
have been set up or when you want to use an optional feature such as printing on both sides
of the paper. Any changes that you make apply only to the current job.
You can change the settings from the control panel, a software program, and the printer driver.
Note

Settings in a software program (for example, media size) always take precedence over settings
in the printer driver or the control panel.
If you want to set printing options only for the documents that you are printing from a particular
program, change the settings from the program. After you close the program, the printer
settings return to the defaults that are configured in the printer driver.
If you want to set printing options for all of the software programs that you use on the
computer, change the default settings either from the control panel or the printer driver.

ENWW

Printing through the printer drivers 57

This section contains information about the following topics.
z

To change settings from the control panel

z

To change settings on a Windows computer

z

To change settings on a Macintosh computer

To change settings from the control panel
Use the option buttons on the control panel to change common settings for a print job.

To change settings on a Windows computer
1

Open the document in the software program.

2

On the File menu of the program, click Print.

3

Select the printer driver (PCL 5c, PCL 6, or PS), and then click Setup or Properties. (The
options might be different for your program.)

4

Change the settings, and then click OK.

5

Click Print or OK to print the document.

To change settings on a Macintosh computer
You can change settings from the Page Setup and Print dialog boxes in the Mac OS.
You can also select the default device. The default device is the one that is used if you choose
the Print command without first specifying which device you want to use with a program. The
default device should be the device that you use most often.
Use the following steps to change the page setup settings.
1

Open the document in the software program.

2

On the File menu of the program, click Page Setup.

3

From the Format for pop-up menu, select the device for which you want to format the
document, and then change the preferred settings (such as the page size).

4

On the Paper Size pop-up menu (Mac OS X, 10.1.x and 10.2.x) or the Paper pop-up
menu (Mac OS 9.2.x), select the media size on which you want to print.

5

Click OK to print the document.

Use the following steps to change the print settings.
1

Open the document in the software program.

2

On the File menu of the program, click Print.

3

Select the location of the media or the type of media on which you want to print:
• Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x): On the pop-up menu, click Paper Feed, click All pages
from, and then select the media source. Click Printer Features to change the media
type.
• Mac OS 9.2.x: On the pop-up menu, click All pages from, and then select the media
source or the media type.

58

4 - Printing

4

Change any other settings (such as the print quality).

5

Click Print to print the document.

ENWW

Select the correct print queue
Make sure that the print queue settings are correct for your operating system and connection
type.
z

For Macintosh computers connected directly to a computer with a USB cable using
CommApp, use the Officejet 9100 series Printer print queue for Mac OS 9. For Mac OS
10, use the Officejet 9100 series (Printer) print queue.

z

For Macintosh computers connected to a network (IP printing only) using CommApp, use
the xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx OJ9100 print queue. For Mac OS 10, use the Officejet 9100
series@macaddress print queue.

z

For Macintosh computers connected to a network (IP printing), without using CommApp,
use the xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx OJ9100 - NET print queue. For Mac OS 10, use the Officejet
9100 series@macaddress - NET print queue.

Setting defaults for all print jobs
You can set defaults for the all-in-one that will apply to all print jobs. For example, you can set
the default number of copies that print and the default tray that is used.
See PRINTER menu for an explanation of the options.
Note

Settings in a software program and in the printer driver (for example, media size) always take
precedence over settings made from the control panel.

To set defaults from the printer driver (Windows computers)
1

From the Windows desktop, use one of the following methods to open the printer driver.
• Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0, and Windows 2000:
Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers.
• Windows XP:
Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
Or, click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Printers and Faxes.

2

Right-click the all-in-one icon, and then click the option for your operating system:
• Windows 98 and Windows Me: Click Properties.
• Windows NT 4.0: Click Document Defaults or Properties.
• Windows 2000 and Windows XP: Click Printing Preferences or Properties.

3

ENWW

Change the settings, and then click OK.

Setting defaults for all print jobs 59

To set defaults from the control panel
Use the control panel to set defaults only when you cannot set them from a software program
or a printer driver. For example, use the control panel for operating systems other than
Windows or the Mac OS.

MENU

7: PRINTER
Configure printing
Configure tray
Configure PCL
Print PostScript errors OFF
Unattended printing
OFF
Personality
AUTO

1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press
(up) or
(down) to move to PRINTER, and
then press
(select).

3

Press
(down) to move to the option that you
want, and then press
(select).
• Selecting the Configure printing option
opens the PRINTING submenu.
• Selecting Configure tray opens the TRAY
submenu.
• In a submenu, press
(down) to move to the
option that you want, and then press
(select).

4

Press - or + to select the value that you want, and
then press
(select).
If there is no - or + around the setting, the setting
cannot be changed.

[PRINTING
Copies
1
Default paper size
LTR
Default paper type
PLAIN
Default print quality DRAFT
Duplex
OFF
Override A4 or Letter
NO

60

4 - Printing

[TRAY]
Tray 1 size
Tray 1 paper type
Tray 2 size
Tray 2 paper type
Default tray
Automatic mediatype sense

LTR
PLAIN
LTR
PLAIN
1
OFF

ENWW

Performing duplexing
You can use the all-in-one to perform automatic or manual duplexing.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Performing automatic duplexing

z

Performing manual duplexing

Performing automatic duplexing
The all-in-one includes an auto-duplex unit for performing automatic duplexing.
The auto-duplex feature is turned off if you select a media type that is not supported by the
auto-duplex unit. See Supported media types and weights for more information.

To perform automatic duplexing on Windows computers
1

Load the appropriate paper in tray 1 or tray 2. Be sure to load the paper with the front side
facing down. See Loading the print media for more information.

2

On the File menu of the program, click Print, and then click Properties. (The options
might be different for your program.)

3

On the Finishing tab, click the Print on Both Sides check box.

4

When you are duplexing, you might need to increase the top margin slightly to make sure
that the pages align. This might cause the contents of a page to overflow to the next page.
Make sure that the Preserve Layout check box is selected in order to reduce the page
contents so that your page layout is not affected.

5

Select or clear the Flip Pages Up check box depending on which way you want the
binding. See the graphics in the printer driver for examples.

6

Click OK to close the dialog box.

7

Click OK to print the document.

To perform automatic duplexing on Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x)
computers
1

Load the appropriate paper in tray 1 or tray 2. Be sure to load the paper with the front side
facing down. See Loading the print media for more information.

2

On the File menu of the program, click Print.

3

On the Duplex panel, click the Print on Both Sides check box and select the binding
orientation that you want (select the correct icon).

4

Click Print to print the document.

To perform automatic duplexing on Mac OS 9.2.x computers

ENWW

1

Load the appropriate paper in tray 1 or tray 2. Be sure to load the paper with the front side
facing down. See Loading the print media for more information.

2

On the File menu of the program, click Print.

3

On the Layout panel, click the Print on Both Sides check box and select the binding
orientation that you want (select the correct icon).

4

Click Print to print the document.

Performing duplexing 61

Performing manual duplexing
You can use the following printer drivers to perform manual duplexing:
z

PCL 5 and PCL 6 printer drivers: Windows 2000 and Windows XP

z

PS printer driver: Windows XP only

If the selected media size is not supported by the auto-duplex unit, the all-in-one prints on only
one side of the paper.
Before beginning, make sure that manual duplexing has been turned on in the printer driver.

To turn on manual duplexing in the printer driver
1

To open the printer driver, use one of the following methods:
• Windows 2000
Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers.
• Windows XP
Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
Or, click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Printers and Faxes.

2

Right-click the icon for the printer driver that you want, and then click Properties.

3

Click one of these tabs: Configure, Device Settings, or Device Options. (The name of
the tab depends on the printer driver and operating system.) On the selected tab, click
Allow Manual Duplexing, click Enabled from the drop-down menu, and then click OK.

To perform manual duplexing

62

4 - Printing

1

Load the appropriate paper in tray 1 or tray 2. Be sure to load the paper with the front side
facing down. See Loading the print media for more information.

2

On the File menu of the program, select the printer driver, click Print, and then click
Properties. (The options might be different for your program.)

3

On the Advanced tab, click Front to Back under Page Order.

4

On the Finishing tab, select the Print on Both Sides (Manually) check box.

5

Select or clear the Flip Pages Up check box depending on which way that you want the
binding. See the graphics in the printer driver for examples.

6

Click OK to close the dialog box.

7

Click OK to print.

8

After the first side prints, follow the instructions on the screen to reload the printed pages
and continue the job.

ENWW

5

Copying
The all-in-one can be used to produce high-quality color and grayscale copies on a variety of
paper types and sizes.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Making copies

z

Changing common settings for a job

z

Setting defaults for all copy jobs

z

Restoring copy settings

z

Using special copy features

z

Using presets

Making copies
You can make copies directly from the control panel.
Note

All copy settings that you select on the control panel are reset one minute after the all-in-one
completes the copy, unless you save the settings as the default settings. See Setting defaults
for all copy jobs for more information.
Color copying might be restricted. See Allowing and restricting color copying for more
information.

To make copies from the control panel
1

Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF. See Loading the originals for more
information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press COPY.

4

To make color copies, press BLACK/COLOR to turn the color setting on.

5

To set copy options, use one of the following methods:
• Press a control-panel option button (for example, LIGHTER/DARKER), select the value,
and then press
(select).
• Select an option from the control-panel display (for example, Lighter/Darker), select
the value, and then press
(select).

6

ENWW

Press START.

Making copies 63

Changing common settings for a job
Change the settings for a job when you want to use something other than the defaults that
have been set up or when when you want to use an optional feature such as collation or
double-sided printing. Any changes that you make apply only to the current job.
You can change settings by using two methods:
z

Use an option button on the control panel (for example, QUALITY).

z

Open the copy mode menu and select the option that you want to change (for example,
Quality).

See the following topics for more information.
z

See Setting defaults for all copy jobs for information about changing defaults.

z

See Using presets for information about storing settings that you use frequently as a
preset, which then makes these settings available for future copy jobs.

z

See Using special copy features for an explanation of special copy features.

See Copy mode menu for an explanation of the options.

To change common settings in the copy mode menu
1

On the control panel, press COPY.

2

Press
(down) to move to the option that you
want, and then press
(select).

COPY

XXXX COPIES
Normal copy
Glass
Red./enlarge
Collation
Quality
Lighter/darker
Tray
Paper size
Preset
Setup

Selecting Normal copy leads to the special
copy features listed below.
1+1 SIDED
100%
OFF
NORMAL
0
1/PLAIN
LETTER
NONE

3

Press - or + to select the value that you want,
and then press
(select).

Special copy features
z
z
z

64

5 - Copying

COPY FULL PAGE
LEGAL->LETTER
A4->LETTER

z
z
z

COPY 2 ON 1
FIT TO PAGE
MARGIN SHIFT

z
z
z

POSTER
CLONE
MIRROR COPY

ENWW

Setting defaults for all copy jobs
You can set defaults for the all-in-one that will apply to all copy jobs. For example, you can set
the intensity of color or set copying so that it enhances photos.
See COPY SETUP menu for an explanation of the options.

To set defaults
MENU

2: COPY SETUP
Set copy defaults
Set copy presets
Color intensity
Enhancement
Resore copy factory settings

1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

(up) or
Press
and then press

(down) to move to COPY SETUP,

(select).

3

Press
(down) to move to the option that you
want, and then press
(select).

4

Press - or + to select the value that you want, and
then press
(select).
If there is no - or + around the setting, the setting
cannot be changed.

To save the current settings as the defaults
1

On the control panel, press COPY.

2

Change the copy settings to those that you want to save as the defaults.

3

Press

(down) to move to Setup, and then press

(select).

4

With the cursor next to Set copy defaults, press

(select).

5

Press - or + to select SAVE, and then press

(select).

Restoring copy settings
You can restore copy settings to the factory settings that were set when the all-in-one was
received.
CAUTION

When you restore settings, the default settings that you have configured (such as presets) are
lost.

To restore factory defaults

ENWW

1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(up) or

3

Press

(down) to move to Restore copy factory settings, and then press

4

Press - or + to select RESTORE, and then press

(down) to move to COPY SETUP, and then press

(select).
(select).

(select).

Setting defaults for all copy jobs 65

Using special copy features
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Copying more than one original onto one page

z

Shifting the image to increase the margin for binding

z

Making a poster

z

Cloning several copies of an image on a page

z

Creating a mirror image of an original

Copying more than one original onto one page

You can copy two or more different letter-size or A4-size originals onto one page (called
2-on-1 copying). The copied images appear side by side on the page in a landscape format.
This feature can be used with double-sided copying options to create double-sided copies with
two or more originals on each page.
Note the following points about this feature:
z

If you have only one original and perform 2-on-1 copying, a second scan occurs without
any document in order for the all-in-one to complete the job.

z

You cannot collate when using this feature.

z

The copy image will be clipped if you select letter-size for the page size and the original
that you are copying is legal-size.

z

You can copy only two originals onto one page with the scanner glass. You can copy more
than two originals onto one page with the ADF.

To copy more than one original onto one page

66

5 - Copying

1

If you are using the scanner glass, place the first original on the scanner glass. If you are
using the ADF, load all of the originals in the ADF input tray. See Loading the originals for
more information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press COPY.

4

With the cursor next to Normal copy, press

5

Press - or + to select the copy option that you want, and then press

6

Press START.

7

If you are using the scanner glass, place the second original on the scanner glass when
prompted. Then press
(select).

(select).
(select).

ENWW

Shifting the image to increase the margin for binding

Use the margin shift feature to shift the image to the left or right to increase the margin for
binding.
Note

You can also adjust the reduction/enlargement percentage in this mode by typing a number
on the keypad or keyboard. Each unit of adjustment is 6.35 mm (0.25 inch). Therefore, the
adjustable range is -12.7 to 12.7 mm (-0.5 to 0.5 inch).

To shift the image to increase the margin for binding
1

Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF. See Loading the originals for more
information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press COPY.

4

With the cursor next to Normal copy, press

5

Press - or + to select Margin Shift, and then press

6

Press - or + to shift the margin, and then press

7

Press START.

(select).
(select).

(select).

Making a poster

When you use the poster feature, the all-in-one divides your original into sections and then
enlarges the sections onto letter or A4 paper so that you can assemble them into a poster.
Note

ENWW

Only the scanner glass can be used to make a poster.

Using special copy features 67

To make a poster
1

Place the original on the scanner glass. See Loading the originals for more information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press COPY.

4

With the cursor next to Normal copy, press

5

Press

6

Press - or + to select how wide the poster is to be (in pages, from 1 to 4), and then press
(select).

7

Press START.

(select).

(down) to move to Poster, and then press

(select).

Cloning several copies of an image on a page

You can place multiple copies of an original on one page by selecting a size and then
selecting the number of copies that you want.
Note

Only the scanner glass can be used to clone an image.

To clone several copies of an image on one page
1

Place the original on the scanner glass. See Loading the originals for more information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press COPY.

4

With the cursor next to Normal copy, press

5

Press

6

Press - or + to select the size, and then press

7

Press - or + to select how many copies of the image that you want on the page, and then
press
(select).

(select).

(down) to move to Clone, and then press

(select).

(select).

You can select either 1 copy or the maximum number of copies that can fit on the page.
The maximum varies depending on media size and image size.
8

68

5 - Copying

Press START.

ENWW

Creating a mirror image of an original

Use the mirror image option to flip an image left-to-right. When printed, the text and pictures
are reversed from what you see on the computer screen.
Use this feature if you write on transparencies during presentations. The print side faces down
when you project the transparency on the projector. You can write on the back of the
transparency and then clean the transparency off without damaging the printed side.

To create a mirror image of an original

ENWW

1

Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF. See Loading the originals for more
information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press COPY.

4

Use the up and down arrow buttons to scroll to Normal copy.

5

Press - or + to select the Mirror copy, and then press

6

Press START.

(select).

Using special copy features 69

Using presets
If you frequently use the same set of copy options for a particular kind of job, you can save the
options as a preset. You can then apply the preset to future copy jobs.
You can create up to three presets.

To store copy settings into a preset
1

On the control panel, press COPY.

2

Change the copy settings to those that you want to save as a preset.

3

Press MENU.

4

Press

5

Press - or + to select the preset that you want to save the settings into, and then press
(select).

6

Use the keypad or keyboard to type a name for the preset, or accept the default name.
Then press
(select).

(down) to move to Set Copy presets.

A name is optional. If you do not provide one, a default name is used (Preset 1, Preset 2,
or Preset 3).

To apply a preset to a copy job

70

5 - Copying

1

Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF. See Loading the originals for more
information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press COPY.

4

Press

5

Press - or + to select the preset that you want, and then press

6

Press START.

(down) to move to Preset.
(select).

ENWW

6

Sending scans
Using the all-in-one, you can scan black-and-white and color originals and send them to a
variety of destinations, such as one or more e-mail addresses, a folder on the network, or a
program on a computer. You can use the control panel, the HP photo and imaging software,
and TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant programs on a computer.

Note

Before you can use the HP photo and imaging software for scanning, you must customize the
scan feature in the software. See Customizing the scan feature in the HP photo and imaging
software (direct connection) for more information.
If your all-in-one is connected directly to a computer running Windows, it is recommended that
you use a USB connection to ensure optimal scanning performance.
When sending scans to a network folder or as e-mail attachments from an all-in-one that is
connected to a network, you must type any required information (such as user information or
e-mail addresses) using the all-in-one keyboard.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Sending scans

z

Changing common settings for a job

z

Setting defaults for all scan jobs

z

Using optical character recognition (OCR) software

Sending scans
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Sending scans to a network folder (network connection)

z

Sending scans to a program on a computer (direct connection)

z

Sending scans as e-mail attachments

z

Sending a scan from a TWAIN-compliant or a WIA-compliant program to a computer on
the network

Sending scans to a network folder (network connection)
You can scan originals directly from the all-in-one into a network folder without any
computer-based software. The shared folder can reside on a file server or on any computer on
your network.
The all-in-one assigns a file name to the file that you create, composed of the following parts:

ENWW

z

10-character prefix that is based on the name of the all-in-one device can be set by the
user

z

4-digit sequential number that increments with each file that is created

z

an “.ext” file extension

Sending scans 71

The file name might be preconfigured. To temporarily change the file name, use the control
panel or keyboard. To restore the default setting, press RESET. For information about setting
the default settings, see Setting defaults for all scan jobs.

To send a scan to a network folder
1

Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF. See Loading the originals for more
information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press SCAN.

4

With the cursor next to , press

5

Specify the destination by doing one of the following:

(select).

• Type the pathname for a network folder on the keypad or keyboard.
• Press a speed-dial button, if speed-dial entries have been set up for network folders.
6

To set scan options, use one of the following methods:
• Press a control-panel option button (for example, QUALITY), select the value, and then
press
(select).
• Select an option from the control-panel display (for example, Lighter/darker), select
the value, and then press
(select).

7

Press START.
The connection might take some time.

8

If prompted, type your user name, and then press

9

If prompted, type your password, and then press

(select).
(select).

Sending scans to a program on a computer (direct
connection)
Use the following steps if your all-in-one is directly connected to a computer by means of a
USB or parallel cable.
When the scan is complete, the program that you have selected opens and displays the
document that you have scanned.
The scan procedure saves the document in a folder named My Scans.

To send a scan to a program on a computer from the HP photo and
imaging software
1

At the computer, open the HP photo and imaging software. See Using the HP photo and
imaging software for more information.

2

See the onscreen Help for further instructions.

To send a scan to a program on a computer from the control panel

72

1

Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF. See Loading the originals for more
information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press SCAN.

6 - Sending scans

ENWW

4

Press

(select).

5

Press - or + to select either Scan to USB or Scan to Parallel.

6

Select App, and then press

7

Press - or + to select the program that you want to use (such as the HP photo and imaging
software), and then press
(select).

8

To set scan options, use one of the following methods:

(select).

• Press a control-panel option button (for example, QUALITY), select the value, and then
press
(select).
• Select an option from the control-panel display (for example, Resolution), select the
value, and then press
(select).
9

Press START.

Sending scans as e-mail attachments
You can scan an original and send it to one or more e-mail addresses as an attachment.
Note the following points about this feature:
z

The FROM and SUBJECT might be preconfigured. However, you can change the text
(unless the all-in-one has been set up so that the FROM cannot be changed).

z

If the e-mail attachment that you create is too large, the all-in-one splits the scan and
sends it as attachments to multiple e-mail messages.

Note

When sending scans as e-mail attachments from an all-in-one that is connected to a network,
you must type any required information using the all-in-one keyboard.

To send a scan as an e-mail attachment from the HP photo and imaging
software
1

At the computer, open the HP photo and imaging software. See Using the HP photo and
imaging software for more information.

2

See the onscreen Help for further instructions.

To send a scan as an e-mail attachment from the control panel (network
connection)
1

Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF. See Loading the originals for more
information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press E-MAIL.

4

To specify the destination or destinations, use one of the following methods:
• Type the e-mail address on the keypad or keyboard.
• Press a speed-dial dial button for an e-mail address or e-mail address group, if
speed-dial entries have been set up.
• Press CONTACTS and select an e-mail address or e-mail address group from the
control-panel display (up to 99 entries might be configured).
• Press CONTACTS, press - or + to select SENT MAIL, and then select from the list of e-mail
addresses to which e-mail messages have been sent.

ENWW

Sending scans 73

• Press CONTACTS, press - or + to move to the option allowing you to search your
company address book (LDAP), if an address book has been configured (the number
of address book entries is unlimited).
5

To set scan options, use one of the following methods:
• Press a control-panel option button (for example, QUALITY), select the value, and then
press
(select).
• Select an option from the control-panel display (for example, Lighter/darker), select
the value, and then press
(select).

6

Press START.

Sending a scan from a TWAIN-compliant or a WIA-compliant
program to a computer on the network
The all-in-one is TWAIN-complaint and WIA-compliant and works with programs that support
TWAIN-compliant and WIA-compliant scanning devices. While you are in a TWAIN-compliant
or WIA-compliant program, you can gain access to the scanning feature and scan an image
directly into the program.
TWAIN is supported for all Windows and Macintosh operating systems, for both network
connections and direct connections.
For Windows operating systems, WIA is supported only for Windows XP direct connections. It
is not supported for the Mac OS.

To send a scan from a TWAIN-compliant program
Generally, a software program is TWAIN-compliant if it has a command such as Acquire, File
Acquire, Scan, Import New Object, Insert from, or Scanner. If you are unsure whether the
program is compliant or you do not know what the command is called, see the software
program Help or documentation.
Start the scan from within the TWAIN-compliant program. See the software program Help or
documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.

To send a scan from a WIA-compliant program
Generally, a software program is WIA-compliant if it has a command such as Picture/From
Scanner or Camera in the Insert or File menu. If you are unsure whether the program is
compliant or you do not know what the command is called, see the software program Help or
documentation.
Start the scan from within the WIA-compliant program. See the software program Help or
documentation for information about the commands and steps to use.

74

6 - Sending scans

ENWW

Changing common settings for a job
Change the settings for a job when you want to use something other than the defaults that
have been set up or when you want to use an optional feature such as collation or
double-sided printing. Any changes that you make apply only to the current job.
You can change settings using two methods:
z

Use an option button on the control panel (for example, QUALITY).

z

Open the scan mode menu and select the option that you want to change (for example,
Resolution).

See Setting defaults for all scan jobs for information about changing defaults.
See Scan mode menu for an explanation of the options.

To change common settings in the scan mode menu
1

On the control panel, press SCAN.

2

Press
(down) to move to the option that you
want, and then press
(select).

3

Press - or + to select the value that you want, and
then press
(select).

SCAN

\My Documents\
My Pictures\
• Other Windows versions: C:\My Documents\My Pictures\
• Macintosh: HD:users::Documents:HP All-in One Data Folder:
Pictures:
You can select a different destination during the procedure. The folder that you select must
already exist and it must already be shared. When you select such a folder, the all-in-one
creates a  folder within the folder in which to store the photos.

ENWW

1

Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on the all-in-one. See Inserting and
removing a memory card for more information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press PHOTO. The control-panel display shows the number of photos on the memory card.

Saving photos 79

4

Press

(down) to move to Save photos to computer, and then press

5

Select the destination and

(select).

(select).

To save photos to a computer from Windows Explorer (Windows
computers)
The computer considers the memory card reader to be a drive, just like a disk drive, CD-ROM
drive, or hard drive. A drive letter is assigned to it (such as G). You can use the memory card
drive as you would use any other drive on the computer.
1

Start Windows Explorer.

2

Browse to the memory card reader drive.

3

Double-click the drive to see a list of the photo files that are on the memory card.

4

Copy the files that you want to save from the memory card reader drive to the location of
your choice.

To save photos to a computer from the HP photo and imaging software
(direct connection)
1

Open the HP photo and imaging software. See Using the HP photo and imaging software
for more information.

2

See the onscreen Help for the software for further instructions.

Viewing and editing image files
To view and edit image files, move them from the digital camera to your computer. Then use a
photo editing program of your choice, such as the HP photo and imaging software.

Sending photos as e-mail attachments
You can e-mail photos directly from a memory card to one or more e-mail addresses. You can
choose to e-mail all the photos on the memory card or select individual photos.
If you do not know the photo number for individual photos, print a proof sheet to help you
select individual photos to print. See Printing a proof sheet for more information.

To send photos as e-mail attachments from the HP photo and imaging
software
1

Open the HP photo and imaging software. See Using the HP photo and imaging software
for more information.

2

See the onscreen Help for the HP photo and imaging software for further instructions.

To send photos as e-mail attachments from the control panel
Note

80

When sending scans as e-mail attachments from an all-in-one that is connected to a network,
you must type any required information using the all-in-one keyboard.
1

Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on the all-in-one. See Inserting and
removing a memory card for more information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keyboard.

7 - Using memory cards

ENWW

3

Press PHOTO. The control-panel display shows the number of photos on the memory card.

4

Press

5

Press - or + to select one of the following options:

(down) to move to E-mail photos,, and then press

(select).

• DPOF (to select all photos that the camera has already selected)
See Printing photos by using DPOF for information about DPOF.
• ALL (to select all photos on the memory card)
• CUSTOM (to select the photos that you want manually
6

If you selected CUSTOM, type the numbers of the photos that you want, and then press
(select).

7

Type one or more e-mail addresses on the keyboard, and then press

8

Type the SUBJECT information, and then press

9

Type the FROM information, and then press

(select).

(select).
(select).

10 Press START.

Printing from a memory card
You can use the control panel to print photos from a memory card, even if the all-in-one is not
connected to a computer. You can print a proof sheet, all of the photos that are on a memory
card, or selected photos. You can also print photos by using the Digital Print Order Format
(DPOF), if your digital camera supports DPOF.
You can do more than simply print your digital photos if you use the HP photo and imaging
software. For example, you can use digital photos for printing posters, banners, stickers, and
other creative projects.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Printing a proof sheet

z

Printing photos from the control panel

z

Printing photos by using DPOF

Printing a proof sheet
A proof sheet is a simple and convenient way to select photos and make prints directly from a
memory card without the need for a computer. A proof sheet, which might be several pages
long, shows thumbnail views of the photos that are stored on the memory card. The file name,
index number, and date appear under each thumbnail. Proof sheets are also a quick way to
create a printed catalog of your digital photos.
You can use the proof sheet photo number to select which photos to print. This number might
be different from the number that is associated with the photo on your digital camera. If you
add photos to or delete photos from your memory card, you will need to reprint the proof sheet
to see the new photo numbers.
Depending on how many photos are on the memory card, the time it takes to print a proof
sheet can vary greatly.

To print a proof sheet
1

ENWW

Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on the all-in-one. See Inserting and
removing a memory card for more information.

Printing from a memory card 81

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press PHOTO.

4

Press

(down) to move to Print thumbnails, and then press

5

Press

(down) to move to select ALL, LAST 20, or DPOF, and then press

(select).
(select).

Printing photos from the control panel
Use the following procedure to print individual photos or all photos from the memory card.
If you do not know the photo number for individual photos, print a proof sheet to help you
select individual photos to print (see Printing a proof sheet for more information).

To print individual or all photos
1

Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on the all-in-one. See Inserting and
removing a memory card for more information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press PHOTO.

4

Press

5

To print all photos: Press - or + to select ALL, and then press

(select).

To print individual photos: Press - or + to select CUSTOM, press
numbers of the photos that you want to print, and then press

(select), type the
(select).

6

(down) to move to Print photos, and then press

(select).

Press START. The photos are printed.

Printing photos by using DPOF
The Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) is an industry-standard print-file request that can be
created by some digital cameras. Camera-selected photos are photos that you marked for
printing with the camera. When you select photos with your camera, the camera creates a
DPOF file that identifies which photos have been tagged for printing. The all-in-one can read
the DPOF file from the memory card so that you do not have to reselect the photos to print.
Not all digital cameras can tag photos for printing. See your digital camera documentation to
see if your camera supports DPOF.
The DPOF file is stored by the digital camera on a memory card and specifies which photos to
print and the quantity of each photo to be printed.
When you print camera-selected photos, the all-in-one print settings do not apply. The settings
in the DPOF file for photo layout and number of copies override the all-in-one settings.

82

7 - Using memory cards

ENWW

To print photos by using DPOF file
1

Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on the all-in-one. See Inserting and
removing a memory card for more information.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press PHOTO.

4

Press

5

Press - or + to select DPOF, and then press

6

Press START. The DPOF-selected photos are printed.

(down) to move to Print photos, and then press

(select).

(select).

Using a proof sheet
After printing a proof sheet (see Printing a proof sheet), fill in the circles that correspond to the
photos that you want to print, and then place the proof sheet on the scanner glass. The proof
sheet is scanned and photo prints are generated.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Filling out a proof sheet

z

Printing photos or sending photos as e-mail attachments

Filling out a proof sheet
Fill out the proof sheet to select the photos that you want to print, as well as the number of
prints, the photo size, and the paper type to use.

To fill out a proof sheet
1

Use step 1 on the proof sheet to select the photos that you want to print. With a dark pen,
fill in the circles located underneath each photo.

2

Use step 2 on the proof sheet to select the number of prints that you want, the paper and
image size, and the paper type.

Note

If you need more control over print settings than the proof sheet provides, you can print photos
directly from the control panel. See Printing photos from the control panel for more information.

Printing photos or sending photos as e-mail attachments
After you print a proof sheet and fill it out, you can use the proof sheet to select photos to print
or to send as e-mail attachments.
Make sure that the scanner glass is completely clean, or the proof sheet might not scan
properly. See Cleaning the scanner glass, ADF lid backing, and ADF window for more
information.

To scan a proof sheet to print or e-mail
1

ENWW

Load the type of paper that you want to use (for example, photo paper). Make sure that
you load the same paper type that you marked on the proof sheet.

Using a proof sheet 83

2

Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on the all-in-one. See Inserting and
removing a memory card for more information.

3

Open the flatbed scanner lid, place the top of the completed proof sheet face-down on the
scanner glass, and then close the flatbed scanner lid.

4

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

5

Press PHOTO.

6

Press

7

Press START. The all-in-one scans the proof sheet.

8

Press - or + to select either E-MAIL (network connection) or PRINT, and then press
(select).

9

If you selected E-MAIL, use the following steps:

(down) to move to Scan thumbnails.

a Type one or more e-mail addresses on the keypad or keyboard, and then press
(select).
b Type the SUBJECT information, and then press
c Type the FROM information, and then press

(select).
(select).

The proof sheet is scanned and the all-in-one either prints the photos or sends them as
attachments to an e-mail message.

84

7 - Using memory cards

ENWW

8

Faxing
Using the all-in-one, you can send and receive black-and-white or color faxes. You can
schedule faxes to be sent at a later time, and set up speed-dials to send faxes quickly and
easily to frequently used numbers.
If the all-in-one is directly connected to a computer, you can use the HP photo and imaging
software to perform fax procedures that are not available from the all-in-one control panel. See
Using the HP photo and imaging software for information about using the HP photo and
imaging software.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Sending faxes

z

Changing common settings for a job

z

Setting advanced options

z

Receiving faxes

z

Using reports

Sending faxes
A confirmation message indicating that a fax was successfully sent appears briefly on the
control-panel display after each transaction. By default, the all-in-one prints a report only when
a problem occurs. See Setting the automatic printing of fax reports if you want the all-in-one to
print a report after each fax that you send.
Note the following points about sending color faxes:
z

To ensure the best quality when sending faxes in color, HP recommends that you use a
color original rather than a color copy, if possible.

z

If you try to send a color fax to a black-and-white fax machine, the all-in-one sends the fax
in black and white.

z

You cannot send a color fax to a group by using the speed-dial buttons on the control
panel. To fax in color to a group, send the fax from the computer. See Sending a fax from
the computer with the HP photo and imaging software (direct connection) for more
information.

z

Color faxing can be restricted. See Allowing and restricting color faxing for more
information.

z

Color faxing can be performed only on one-sided originals. Therefore, the only available
double-sided option for color faxes is 1-SIDED.

z

The sending (transmission) options are not available for color faxing because color faxing
requires real-time transmission (that is, the faxes cannot be prescanned).

This section contains information about the following topics.

ENWW

z

Sending a fax from the control panel

z

Sending a fax from the computer with the HP photo and imaging software (direct
connection)

z

Sending a fax from a third-party software program

z

Inserting a dial prefix
Sending faxes 85

z

Monitoring the dialing

z

Scheduling a fax

Sending a fax from the control panel
This section explains how to send a basic black-and-white or color fax to one or more
recipients.

To send a fax from the control panel
1

Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF. See Loading the originals for more
information.
If you are scanning more than one page from the scanner glass, the all-in-one displays a
prompt when you need to load the next page.

2

If required, type your PIN on the keypad or keyboard.

3

Press FAX.

4

To send the fax to one recipient, use one of the following methods:
• Type the number on the keypad or keyboard.
• Press a speed-dial button, if speed-dial entries have been set up.
• Press CONTACTS and select an address from the list that appears on the control-panel
display, if an address list has been set up for fax numbers.
To send the fax to multiple recipients, use one of the following methods:
• Press a speed-dial button for a group, if group speed-dial entries has been set up.
• Press CONTACTS and select a group from the list that appears on the control-panel
display, if groups have been set up for fax numbers.
See Typing numbers and text on the control-panel keypad for information about using the
keypad to type numbers and text.

5

To send a color fax, press BLACK/COLOR to turn the color setting on.

6

To set fax options, use one of the following methods:
• Press a control-panel option button (for example, QUALITY), select the value, and then
press
(select).
• Select an option from the control-panel display (for example, Lighter/darker), select
the value, and then press
(select).

86

8 - Faxing

7

Press START.

8

If you are scanning more than one page from the scanner glass, place the next page on
the scanner glass when prompted, and then press
(select). Repeat this step until all
pages are scanned, and then press START.

ENWW

Sending a fax from the computer with the HP photo and
imaging software (direct connection)
If the all-in-one is connected to your computer, you can use the HP photo and imaging
software to send faxes.

To send a fax from the computer
1

Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF. See Loading the originals for more
information.

2

At the computer, open the HP photo and imaging software. See Using the HP photo and
imaging software for more information.

3

See the onscreen Help for the HP photo and imaging software for further instructions.

Sending a fax from a third-party software program
You can send a fax from a third-party software program, such as Microsoft Word.

To send a fax from a third-party program

Note

1

Open a document in a third-party program.

2

Click the File menu, and then click Print.

3

Select the fax print driver from the printer drop-down list. The fax software appears.

4

Type the fax number of one or more recipients.

5

Include a cover page (optional).

6

Click Send Now.
Make sure that the fax queue settings are correct for your operating system and connection
type.
For Macintosh computers connected directly to a computer with a USB cable using CommApp,
use the Officejet 9100 series Fax fax queue for Mac OS 9. For Mac OS 10, use the Officejet
9100 series (Fax) fax queue.

Inserting a dial prefix
A dial prefix is a number or group of numbers that are automatically added to the beginning of
every fax number that you specify at the control panel or from the software. The maximum
number of characters for a dial prefix is 50.
The default setting is off. You might want to turn this setting on and type a prefix if, for
example, you have to dial a number such as 9 to get a phone line outside of your company
phone system.
While this setting is on, you can still dial a fax number without the dial prefix. See Monitoring
the dialing for more information.

ENWW

Sending faxes 87

Monitoring the dialing
In some phone systems, it might be important to be able to verify that you are dialing
successfully. Normally, the all-in-one dials after you press START. At times, however, you
might want the all-in-one to dial each number as you press it. For example, if you are charging
your fax call to a calling card, you might need to dial the fax number, wait for the acceptance
tone of the phone company, and then dial the calling card number. When dialing
internationally, you might need to dial part of the number and then listen for dial tones before
continuing to dial.
You can monitor the dialing only for single fax numbers (that is, you cannot monitor the dialing
for groups).

To monitor the dialing
See Sending a fax from the control panel if you need additional information about any of the
steps.
1

Load the original on the scanner glass or in the ADF.

2

Type your PIN, if required.

3

Press FAX.

4

Set fax options.

5

Press START. The

6

Begin dialing by using either the keypad or the keyboard. The all-in-one dials as you press
each digit and a tone accompanies each key that you press. This allows you to wait for
pauses, dial tones, international access tones, or calling card acceptance tones before
continuing to dial.

7

Set fax options.

(off-hook) light turns on.

Scheduling a fax
You can schedule a black-and-white fax to be sent automatically at a future time to one or
more recipients. When you complete this procedure, the all-in-one scans the document into
memory and returns to the READY state so that you can perform other all-in-one tasks.
You can schedule a fax only from the control panel.

To schedule a fax
Follow the basic steps under Sending a fax from the control panel (see those steps for details),
but include the additional steps that are highlighted in bold.

88

8 - Faxing

1

Load the original.

2

Type your PIN, if required.

3

Press FAX.

4

Specify the fax number or group that is to receive the fax.

5

Set fax options.

6

Press - or + to select Send Non-realtime, and then press

(select).

ENWW

7

8

To specify the time after the delay, use one of the following methods:
•

Press - or + to specify the time (the time increments in 15-minute steps), and then press
(select).

•

Use the keypad or keyboard to type the time, and then press

(select).

Press START.

Changing common settings for a job
Change the settings for a job when you want to use something other than the defaults that
have been set up or when when you want to use an optional feature such as collation or
double-sided printing. Any changes that you make apply only to the current job.
You can change settings by using two methods:
z

Use an option button on the control panel (for example, QUALITY).

z

Open the fax mode menu and select the option that you want to change (for example
Resolution).

See Fax mode menu for an explanation of the options.

To change common settings in the fax mode menu
FAX


Send black fax
Resolution
Lighter/darker
Send non-realtime
Paper size
Setup

ENWW

STD
0
OFF
LETTER

1

On the control panel, press FAX.

2

Press
(down) to move to the option that you
want, and then press
(select).

3

Press - or + to select the value that you want,
and then press
(select).

Changing common settings for a job 89

Setting advanced options
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Automatically forwarding incoming faxes to another fax number

z

Automatically archiving incoming faxes

z

Automatically reducing incoming faxes

z

Blocking and unblocking fax numbers

Automatically forwarding incoming faxes to another fax
number
You can set the all-in-one to automatically forward incoming faxes to another fax number.
When a fax arrives at the all-in-one, it is stored in the memory. The all-in-one then dials the fax
number that you have specified for forwarding and sends the fax to that number. If the
all-in-one cannot forward a fax because of an error (for example, the number is busy), and
repeated redial attempts are unsuccessful, the all-in-one prints the fax.
If the all-in-one runs out of memory while receiving a fax, it stops the incoming fax and
forwards only the pages and partial pages that have been stored in the memory.
When it is using the forwarding feature, the all-in-one (rather than the computer) must be
receiving the faxes, and the autoanswer option must be set to on (see Setting the answer
mode (autoanswer) for more information).
You set the time and date when forwarding is to stop. When the ending time and date are
reached, automatic forwarding is automatically turned off.

To automatically forward incoming faxes from the embedded Web server
(network connection)
1

Open the embedded Web server. See Opening the embedded Web server for more
information.

2

Click the Settings tab.

3

Click Fax in the left pane.

4

Click the Forward/Archive tab.

5

Complete the fields under Fax Forwarding.

6

Click Apply.

To automatically forward incoming faxes from the control panel

90

8 - Faxing

1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(up) or

3

Press

(down) to move to Automatic fax forwarding, and then press

4

Press - or + to select either ON or OFF, and then press

(down) to move to ADV FAX SETUP, and then press

(select).
(select).

(select).

ENWW

5

If you selected OFF, go to the next step.
If you selected ON, use the following steps:
a Use the keypad or keyboard to type the fax number to which you want to forward
incoming faxes.
a Type an ending time and date.
b Press

(select).

Automatically archiving incoming faxes
You can set the all-in-one to automatically archive incoming faxes in two ways:
z

To an e-mail address
The incoming fax is converted to a file, which is then attached to an e-mail message that is
sent to the e-mail address that you specify.

z

In a network folder
The incoming fax is converted to a file, which is then placed in the folder that you specify.

Note the following points about this feature:
z

Only black-and-white faxes can be archived.

z

The all-in-one prints a copy of the fax before archiving it.

z

The file name is comprised of a three-digit code for the all-in-one, an eight-digit fax
number, and a five-digit sequence number.

To automatically archive incoming faxes from the embedded Web server
(network connection)
1

Open the embedded Web server. See Opening the embedded Web server for more
information.

2

Click the Settings tab.

3

Click Fax in the left pane.

4

Click Forward/Archive.

5

Under Fax Archiving, complete the fields for either Archive fax to e-mail or Archive fax
to network folder.

6

Click Apply.

To automatically archive incoming faxes from the control panel

ENWW

1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(up) or

3

Press

(down) to move to Fax archive, and then press

4

Press - or + to select either E-MAIL or Network, and then press

5

Specify the e-mail address or network folder, and then press

(down) to move to ADMIN, and then press

(select).
(select).
(select).
(select).

Setting advanced options 91

Automatically reducing incoming faxes
The auto-reduction option determines how the all-in-one handles long faxes:
z

Auto-reduction turned on
The all-in-one automatically reduces long faxes by as much as 75 percent to fit the
information on the default paper size (for example, the fax is reduced from legal-size to
letter-size).

z

Auto-reduction turned off
The all-in-one prints long faxes at full size on multiple pages.

Make sure that the paper-size setting matches the size of the paper that is loaded in the input
tray.

To automatically reduce incoming faxes from the embedded Web server
(network connection)
1

Open the embedded Web server. See Opening the embedded Web server for more
information.

2

Click the Settings tab.

3

Click Fax in the left pane.

4

Click the Advanced tab.

5

For Automatic reduction, select On.

6

Click Apply.

To automatically reduce incoming faxes from the HP photo and imaging
software (direct connection)
1

At the computer, open the HP photo and imaging software. See Opening the HP photo
and imaging software for more information.

2

See the onscreen Help for the HP photo and imaging software for further instructions.

To automatically reduce incoming faxes from the control panel
1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(up) or

3

Press

(down) to move to Automatic reduction, and then press

4

Press - or + to select either ON or OFF, and then press

(down) to move to ADV FAX SETUP, and then press

(select).
(select).

(select).

Blocking and unblocking fax numbers
If you do not want to receive faxes from specific people or businesses, you can block as many
as 20 fax numbers. When you block a fax number and someone from that number sends you
a fax, the control-panel display indicates that the number is blocked, the fax does not print,
and the fax is not saved in memory. Faxes from blocked fax numbers appear in the fax log
with a “discarded” designation. You can unblock blocked fax numbers at any time.
Information about faxes that have been received from blocked numbers appears in the fax log.

92

8 - Faxing

ENWW

To block and unblock a fax number from the embedded Web server
1

Open the embedded Web server. See Opening the embedded Web server for more
information.

2

Click the Settings tab.

3

Click Fax in the left pane.

4

Click the Blocked Fax tab.

5

To block a fax number, type the number in the list.
To unblock a fax number, clear the number from the list.

6

Click Apply.

To block and unblock a fax number from the HP photo and imaging
software
1

At the computer, open the HP photo and imaging software. See Opening the HP photo
and imaging software for more information.

2

See the onscreen Help for the HP photo and imaging software for further instructions.

To block a fax number from the control panel
1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(up) or

3

Press

(down) to move to Blocked numbers, and then press

4

To specify the fax number that you want to block, use one of the following methods:

(down) to move to ADV FAX SETUP, and then press

• Type the number on the keypad or keyboard, and then press

(select).

(select).

(select).

• Press CONTACTS, and use one of the choices in the resulting list (for example, you can
block the number for the last fax that was sent or the last fax that was received, or you
can block a number that is in the speed-dial list). Then press
(select).

ENWW

Setting advanced options 93

Receiving faxes
Depending on how you set up the all-in-one, you can receive faxes automatically or manually
(see Setting the answer mode (autoanswer) for more information).
z

Automatic answer mode (autoanswer on)
The all-in-one answers incoming calls after a specified number of rings or upon
recognition of special fax tones.

z

Manual answer mode (autoanswer off)
The all-in-one never answers calls. You must start the receiving process yourself.

If you receive a legal-size fax and the all-in-one is not currently loaded with legal-size paper,
the all-in-one automatically reduces the fax so that it fits on the paper that is loaded, unless
you have turning off the auto-reduction feature. See Automatically reducing incoming faxes for
more information.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Receiving a fax automatically or manually

z

Reprinting received faxes that are stored in memory

Receiving a fax automatically or manually
To receive a fax automatically
The setting for autoanswer must be set to on in order for you to receive faxes automatically.
See Setting the answer mode (autoanswer) for information about how verify the setting and
change the setting, if needed.

To receive a fax manually
The setting for autoanswer must be set to off in order for you to receive faxes manually. See
Setting the answer mode (autoanswer) for information about how to verify the setting and
change the setting, if needed.
When receiving faxes manually, you must be available to respond in person to the incoming
fax call, or your all-in-one cannot receive faxes.
When the all-in-one rings, press REDIAL/ANSWER on the control panel.

Reprinting received faxes that are stored in memory
You might occasionally want to print another copy of a fax that has been received (for
example, if the print quality of the original fax was poor). The all-in-one stores as many
received faxes as can be held in its memory. The maximum number is about 50 (representing
about 250 pages). When the memory capacity is reached, the oldest faxes are removed to
make room for the newer faxes.
You can choose to print the last fax that has been received, that last five faxes that have been
received, or all of the faxes that are stored in memory.

94

8 - Faxing

ENWW

To reprint faxes that are stored in memory
1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(up) or

3

Press

(down) to move to Reprint faxes in memory, and then press

4

Press - or + to select the last fax, the last five faxes, or all faxes.

5

Press

(down) to move to PRINT REPORT.
(select).

(select) again to print the faxes.

Using reports
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Printing and viewing the fax log

z

Viewing a list of blocked fax numbers

Printing and viewing the fax log
You can print a log of faxes that have been received and sent by the all-in-one. Each entry in
the log contains the following information:
z

Transmission date and time

z

Type (whether received or sent)

z

Fax number

z

Duration

z

Number of pages

z

Result (status) of transmission

To view the fax log from the embedded Web server (network connection)
The logs list faxes that have been sent from the control panel and all faxes that have been
received.
1

Open the embedded Web server. See Opening the embedded Web server for more
information.

2

On the Information tab, click Log.

3

Click the Incoming Fax or Outgoing Fax tab.

To view the fax log from the HP photo and imaging software (direct
connection)
The log lists faxes that have been sent from the HP photo and imaging software and all faxes
that have been received.

ENWW

1

At the computer, open the HP photo and imaging software. See Opening the HP photo
and imaging software for more information.

2

See the onscreen Help for the HP photo and imaging software for further instructions.

Using reports 95

To print the fax log from the control panel
The log lists faxes that have been sent from the control panel and the HP photo and imaging
software and all faxes that have been received.
1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(down) to move to PRINT REPORT, and then press

3

Press

(down) to move to Fax log, and then press

4

Press

(select) again to print the log.

(select).

(select).

Viewing a list of blocked fax numbers
You can view a list of blocked fax numbers only from the embedded Web server, which
requires a network connection.

To view a list of blocked numbers

96

8 - Faxing

1

Open the embedded Web server. See Opening the embedded Web server for more
information.

2

Click the Settings tab.

3

Click Fax in the left pane.

4

Click the Blocked Fax tab.

ENWW

9

Managing the administrator
functions
This section is intended for the all-in-one administrator or individual who is responsible for
managing the all-in-one. This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Administrator functions and tools

z

Administering the all-in-one

z

Monitoring the all-in-one

z

Configuring system options

z

Configuring network options

z

Configuring print options

z

Configuring copy options

z

Configuring scan options

z

Configuring photo (memory card) options

z

Configuring e-mail options (network connection)

z

Configuring fax options

z

Setting up faxing for the all-in-one

z

Installing the all-in-one software and configuring the all-in-one for operating environments

z

Uninstalling the all-in-one software

Administrator functions and tools
Overview of the administrator functions and tools
The following table lists administrator functions and the tools that can be used to perform
them. See the following sections for information about the administrator tools that are listed in
the table.

Note

ENWW

z

Control panel

z

Embedded Web server (EWS) (network connection)

z

Toolbox (direct connection)

z

HP Web Jetadmin software

z

myPrintMileage
The table lists the most common tools that are used for administrator functions. Specific
procedures might include other methods.

Administrator functions and tools 97

Administrator tool
Function

Control
panel

EWS
Toolbox
(network) (direct)

HP Web myPrint
Jetadmin Mileage

Monitoring the all-in-one
Monitoring operation and status
Monitoring media and supplies
Monitoring use
Monitoring jobs

Administering the all-in-one
Changing the administrator PIN
Configuring authorized users
Configuring job-accounting options
Managing security
Setting up alerts and notifications
Saving and restoring settings
Resetting the HP Jetdirect print server
Upgrading firmware on the all-in-one

Configuring system options
Setting language and
country/region
Setting PowerSave mode time
Setting ring and beep volumes
Setting the automatic paper-type sensor

Configuring network options
Configuring I/O timeout
Configuring network parameters

Configuring print options
Setting print defaults
Setting tray defaults
Setting PCL font defaults
Turning on and turning off the printing of
PostScript errors
Turning on and turning off unattended printing
Setting personality

Configuring copy options
Allowing and restricting color copying

98

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Administrator tool
Function

Control
panel

EWS
Toolbox
(network) (direct)

HP Web myPrint
Jetadmin Mileage

Configuring scan options
Configuring network settings
Customizing the scan feature in the HP photo
and imaging software

Configuring photo (memory card) options
Allowing and restricting the photo (memory
card) feature

Configuring e-mail options
Configuring defaults for e-mail message
format
Configuring automatic blind copy (BCC)
Configuring SMTP
Configuring LDAP

Configuring fax options
Setting automatic printing of fax reports
Allowing and restricting color faxing
Setting fax error-correction mode
Setting silence detection on older-model fax
machines
Setting the dial type
Setting the redial options
Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line
Connecting additional devices
Configuring fax header
Configuring time and date
Setting the answer mode (autoanswer)
Setting answering ring pattern

ENWW

Administrator functions and tools 99

Embedded Web server (EWS) (network connection)
The all-in-one includes an embedded Web server when the all-in-one is connected to a
network with a recommended HP Jetdirect internal print server (see HP Jetdirect print server
capabilities for information about HP Jetdirect print servers). The embedded Web server
provides an interface to the all-in-one that anyone who has a network-connected computer
and a standard Web browser can open and use.
Use the embedded Web server to view status information, change settings, and manage the
all-in-one at your computer.
Note

Some settings might be restricted by the requirement for an embedded Web server password.

System requirements
To use the embedded Web server, you must have the following:
z

TCP/IP-based network (IPX/SPX-based networks are not supported)

z

Web browser installed on your computer (either Netscape Navigator 4.8 or Microsoft
Internet Explorer 5.0 or later)

The all-in-one must be connected to the network. You cannot use the embedded Web server
when the all-in-one is connected directly to a computer.
You can open and use the embedded Web server without being connected to the Internet.
However, some features will not be available. You can view the embedded Web server pages
only from the same side of a firewall.

Opening the embedded Web server
In a supported Web browser on your computer, type the IP address that has been assigned to
the all-in-one. For example, if the IP address for the all-in-one is 123.123.123.123, you would
type the following address into your Web browser:
http://123.123.123.123.
The IP address for the all-in-one is listed on the Configuration page (see Configuration page).
It also appears on the control-panel display while the all-in one is in an idle state (READY
appears on the display).
After you open the embedded Web server, you can bookmark it so that you can return to it
quickly in the future.

100

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Embedded Web server pages
The embedded Web server contains pages that you can use to view product information and
change configuration settings. The pages also contain links to other e-services.
Pages

Contents

Information

z

z

z
z

ENWW

Device
Shows information about the all-in-one, such as the model and serial number, and
the trays and memory that are installed. Ink cartridge levels are also shown.
Ink Supplies
Shows information about the ink cartridges and printheads. You can see the
current ink cartridge levels and printhead health status for the all-in-one. You can
also see the estimated number of pages that can be printed with the remaining ink
for full color, business color, or black text documents.
Usage
Shows usage statistics for supplies, jobs, and users.
Log
Shows logs that record events (such as the receipt of faxes).

Settings

Shows the settings that have been configured for the all-in-one and gives you the
ability to change these settings.

Networking

Shows network status and the network settings that have been configured for the
HP Jetdirect print server for the all-in-one. These pages do not appear if the all-in-one
is connected to a network using anything other than an HP Jetdirect print server card.
See the HP Jetdirect Administrator’s Guide located on Starter CD 1 for more
information.

Other Links

Connects you to other resources. You must have an Internet connection to use these
e-services.
z
HP Instant Support
HP Instant Support is a suite of Web-based troubleshooting tools for desktop
computing and printing products. HP Instant Support helps you quickly identify,
diagnose, and resolve computing and printing problems. See HP Instant Support
for more information.
z
Order Supplies
This page shows the remaining life of the different ink cartridges and provides links
for the onscreen ordering of supplies, such as ink cartridges and print media.
z
myPrintMileage
This tool helps you manage your printing activities and all-in-one supplies more
effectively. See myPrintMileage for more information.
You can also add or customize up to five links to the Websites of your choice. These
links appear on the left pane throughout the embedded Web server pages.

Administrator functions and tools 101

HP Web Jetadmin software
The HP Web Jetadmin software is a Web-based management solution for remotely installing,
configuring, monitoring, and troubleshooting a wide variety of HP and non-HP network
peripherals. After the HP Web Jetadmin software has been installed, you can gain access to it
from anywhere within your intranet by using a standard Web browser. Network administrators
can use the HP Web Jetadmin software to configure network peripherals (such as all-in-ones)
individually or in batch mode, manage features, conduct remote diagnostics, and monitor
status, including levels for supplies.
The HP Web Jetadmin software is supported for installation under the following operating
systems:
z

Windows 2000 Professional, Server and Advanced Server

z

Windows XP Professional

z

Windows NT 4.0 Server and Workstation with service pack 3 or later

z

Windows Server 2003

z

Red Hat Linux 9.0

z

SuSE Linux 8.2

For more information about the HP Web Jetadmin software and to download the software, go
to http://www.hp.com/go/webjetadmin.

Toolbox (direct connection)
The Toolbox provides status and maintenance information about the all-in-one. It also
provides links to the onscreen user’s guide for help in performing basic printing tasks and
solving problems.
Note

The Toolbox is available for Windows computers only.
To monitor an all-in-one on a shared port (for example, \\portname\printername) from a client
machine, the Toolbox must be running on the server machine as well as on the client machine.

Opening the Toolbox

102

1

From the Start menu at your computer, point to Programs.

2

Point to HP Officejet 9100 series.

3

Click HP Officejet 9100 series Toolbox.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Toolbox tabs
The Toolbox contains tabs that you can use to view product information and change
configuration settings.
Tabs

Contents

Printer Status

z
z
z
z

Information

z

z

Services

ENWW

Ink Level Information
Shows estimated ink levels for each cartridge.
Order Supplies
Provides information about ordering replacement ink cartridges.
Ink Cartridge Information
Shows order numbers and expiration dates for the installed ink cartridges.
Preferences
Gives you the ability to select which Toolbox messages appear. You can specify
whether you want to be notified by an audio alert when an error occurs, as well as
the types of error messages that you want to see. For example, you can choose to
see only messages about the ink supply. You can also choose to turn on
myPrintMileage AutoSend, which provides you with a closer forecast of all-in-one
usage on the myPrintMileage website. See myPrintMileage for more information.
Printer Information
Provides links to myPrintMileage, and shows the all-in-one hardware and
printhead health information. You can also use the tab to obtain information about
accumulated ink and media use, statistics about the last 20 jobs, and job tracking.
See myPrintMileage for more information.
Help
Provides links to HP Instant Support and HP Customer Support, and to the
onscreen user’s guide for help in performing tasks and troubleshooting. It also
provides instructions that guide you through registering the all-in-one onscreen.
See HP Instant Support for more information.

Provides the ability to save and restore the fax settings and fax speed-dial entries.

Administrator functions and tools 103

HP Instant Support
HP Instant Support is a suite of Web-based troubleshooting tools for desktop computing and
printing products. With HP Instant Support, you can get more from HP—more reliability, more
service and support, and more local expertise. HP Instant Support helps you save time and
money by quickly identifying, diagnosing, and resolving computing and printing problems.
HP Instant Support provides the following information about your all-in-one:
z

Easy access to troubleshooting tips
To help you quickly resolve all-in-one problems, or keep them from happening, HP Instant
Support provides tips that are customized for your all-in-one.

z

Resolution of specific all-in-one errors
HP Instant Support provides immediate access to information that can help you resolve
error messages specific to your all-in-one. To see a description of the problem, as well as
recommendations for solving or preventing the problem, click the link within the message.
To see a list of past all-in-one errors, click Alerts on the left side of the HP Instant Support
page.

z

Notification of printer driver and firmware updates
When a firmware or driver update for your all-in-one is available on the HP website, a
message appears on the HP Instant Support homepage. Click the link within the message
to go directly to the download section of the HP website.

z

Obtaining support services
HP offers a variety of support services that can help you maintain your all-in-one.
HP Instant Support creates a list of the support services that are available for your
all-in-one. To learn more about these services or to purchase a service, click the
appropriate link.

z

Managing ink and media usage (myPrintMileage)
The myPrintMileage feature helps you manage your printing activities and MFP supplies.
This tool tracks your MFP usage information to help you plan the purchase of supplies.

z

Self diagnostic testing for your all-in-one
You can run a diagnostic test of your all-in-one by selecting Printer on the Self Help
menu on the Instant Support page. After you initiate the diagnostics for printers, Instant
Support checks the computer, and a list of configured devices appears. When you select
the device that you want to diagnose, HP Instant Support performs the following tasks:
• Makes sure that you have the latest printer driver available
• Checks the connection between the computer and the all-in-one
• Reports the printer status and provides access to detailed printer-diagnostic
information
• Makes sure that you have the latest available Jetdirect firmware
If any errors are detected during this process, you are given the option to perform updates
to the printer drivers or Jetdriver firmware, or to perform detailed diagnostic tests on the
all-in-one. If the problems continue, you can choose to submit a support ticket with HP by
selecting Active Chat. Details that are collected during the Instant Support diagnostic
tests are sent to the HP support specialist.

z

HP expert help online (Active Chat)
Use the Active Chat feature to get personalized help from an HP support expert over the
Web at any time, day or night. Simply submit a question or a description of your problem.
Your recent history, system configuration, and any actions that you have attempted are
automatically forwarded to HP (upon your approval) so that you will not need to describe
the problem again. An HP support expert will respond online to solve your problem
through a real-time Web chat.

104

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

When you submit a support ticket, Active Chat collects information about the computer
and sends it to an online support specialist. Collecting the information takes up to 30
seconds depending on the computer configuration. After you have submitted a support
ticket, you receive a confirmation message containing your case ID, the support hours for
your location, and the estimated time until you receive a response.
z

Knowledge database
Use the HP knowledge database to quickly find answers to your questions. When you
submit a query, a powerful search engine returns relevant information from HP’s
comprehensive knowledge database.

Opening HP Instant Support
You can open HP Instant Support from the Toolbox or the embedded Web server.
z

Toolbox (Windows direct connection)
On the Information tab in the Toolbox, click HP Instant Support. Follow the onscreen
instructions to see the current HP Instant Support information for your all-in-one.

z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
In a Web browser, type the IP address assigned to the all-in-one. In the Other Links
section of the Information or Settings tab, click HP Instant Support.

Note

Do not bookmark the Web pages that are used to open HP Instant Support. If you bookmark
the site and connect to it by using the bookmark, the pages will not contain the current
information. Instead, connect to HP Instant Support as described here.

Security and privacy
When you use HP Instant Support, detailed all-in-one information, such as the serial number,
error conditions, and status, is sent to HP. Hewlett-Packard respects your privacy and
manages this information according to the guidelines that are outlined in the Hewlett-Packard
Online Privacy Statement (http://www.hp.com/country/us/eng/privacy.htm).
Note

ENWW

To view all of the data that is sent to Hewlett-Packard, select Source (for Internet Explorer)
or Page Source (for Netscape) from the View menu in your Web browser.

Administrator functions and tools 105

myPrintMileage
myPrintMileage is a service that HP provides to help you keep track of your all-in-one usage to
help you forecast printer usage and plan the purchase of supplies. It consists of two parts:
z

myPrintMileage website

z

myPrintMileage AutoSend, a utility that periodically updates the all-in-one usage
information on the myPrintMileage website

To use the myPrintMileage website and the myPrintMileage Agent, you must have the
following:
z

Toolbox installed

z

Internet connection

z

All-in-one connected

z

AutoSend turned on (see Setting up alerts and notifications for more information)

Note

After you turn on AutoSend, HP recommends that you send data for three to six months before
using myPrintMileage so that a meaningful amount of data can accumulate.
On the website, you can see the following items.
z

Print analysis
• Amount of ink you have used; myPrintMileage then forecasts your ink cartridges’s life
span and how many ink cartridges you might use in one year.
• Whether you use more black or color ink.
• Average quantity of media used per month, for each media type.
• Number of pages printed, and the estimated number of pages you can print with the
remaining amounts of ink.
• Number of faxed, copied, and printed pages based on ink and media usage.

z

Print accounting
To use the Print accounting features, you must register for the service through the
myPrintMileage site. (See To open myPrintMileage for instructions for opening this site.)
Use the Print accounting page of the website to perform following tasks.
• Generate reports showing usage data, cost per page, or cost per job for a specific time
period. Costs are based on the input of the administrator for the cost of ink and media.
• Sort data by time period: monthly, fortnightly, weekly, or daily.
• Export Print accounting data as Microsoft Excel spreadsheet files.
• Configure the e-mail alerts and notifications to receive print accounting reports.

106

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

To open myPrintMileage
You can open myPrintMileage in the following ways:
z

Embedded Web server
In the Other Links section of the embedded Web server, click myPrintMileage.

z

Toolbox
On the Information tab in the Toolbox, click myPrintMileage. Follow the instructions to
see the current myPrintMileage information.

z

Windows taskbar
Right-click the myPrintMileage icon in the Windows taskbar, and select View my print
usage.

Note

Do not bookmark the Web pages that are used to open myPrintMileage. If you bookmark the
site and connect to it by using the bookmark, the pages will not contain the current information.
Instead, connect to myPrintMileage as described above.

Monitoring the all-in-one
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Monitoring the operation and status

z

Monitoring the media and supplies

z

Monitoring use by authorized users and resetting the usage counters

z

Monitoring jobs

Monitoring the operation and status
You can monitor the following types of things for the all-in-one:
z

Status of operation (for example, whether it is ready for operation or has an error
condition)

z

Status of the configuration for the all-in-one and the operating modes (for example, the
current firmware version and what accessories are installed)

z

Status of the jobs that are being processed (for example, what kind of job is being
processed)

z

Events that have occurred (for example, faxes that have been received and sent)

To monitor the operation and status

ENWW

z

Control panel
Lights and messages on the control panel provide information about the status of jobs that
are being processed and the operating status of the all-in-one. See Control panel and
Control-panel messages for more information.

z

Configuration page
Use the Configuration page to view current printer settings, to help troubleshoot printer
problems, and to verify installation of optional accessories, such as memory (DIMMs),
trays, and printer languages. The Configuration page also contains a log of recent events.
If an HP Jetdirect print server is installed in the all-in-one, an additional HP Jetdirect

Monitoring the all-in-one 107

Configuration page prints; this page shows the network settings for the print server. On
the control panel, press MENU, open the PRINT REPORT, menu, and use the Device
config. option. See Configuration page for more information.
z

Setup menu map
The map shows the structure and contents of all of the setup menus on the control panel,
and the location and setting of all setup options. On the control panel, press MENU, open
the PRINT REPORT menu, and use the Menu map info option.

z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Information tab, and then click Log in the left
pane. The Event, Incoming Fax, and Outgoing Fax tabs provide information about
different kinds of events that have occurred.

z

HP photo and imaging software (direct connection)
Use the control panel to monitor fax transactions. Open the HP photo and imaging
software and use the onscreen Help for information about the fax log.

z

HP Web Jetadmin software
Open the HP Web Jetadmin software. See the software documentation for information
about monitoring operation and status.

Configuration page
Use the Configuration page to view current all-in-one settings, to help troubleshoot problems,
and to verify installation of optional accessories, such as memory (DIMMs), trays, and printer
languages.
Note

If an HP Jetdirect print server is installed in the all-in-one, an additional HP Jetdirect
Configuration page prints. This page shows the network settings for the print server.

1

2

3

4

108

1

Device Information: Shows general all-in-one information, such as the firmware version
number, model name, and amount of memory that is installed.

2

Printhead Information: Shows the printhead health status and whether the printhead
needs to be replaced.

3

Ink Cartridge Information: Shows the estimated ink levels (represented in graphical form
as gauges).

4

Event Log: Shows a log of recent events that have occurred.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Monitoring the media and supplies
You can monitor the amount of media that has been used, ink supplies, and printhead health
in several places.

To monitor media use
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Information tab, and then click Usage in the
left pane. The accumulated media usage appears in the right pane.
Click the Settings tab, and then click Job Accounting in the left pane. The Users tab
shows the total number of pages that have been printed.

To monitor ink use and supplies
z

Control panel
A gauge for each ink cartridge depicts the approximate ink levels. Ink-low warnings appear
on the control-panel display when the ink level for an ink cartridge reaches about
16 percent. When an ink cartridge is empty, the gauge blinks and a message appears on
the control-panel display. A ? appears for a gauge if the corresponding ink cartridge is
missing or malfunctioning.

z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Information tab, and then click Ink Supplies in
the left pane. The ink-level information appears on the Status tab. Click the Pages
Remaining tab to see the estimated number of pages that can be printed with the
remaining ink for full color, business color, or black-text documents.
Click the Information tab, and then click Usage in the left pane to see the accumulated
ink usage.
Click the Settings tab, and then click Job Accounting in the left pane. The Users tab
shows the total ink used and the amount of ink used by each user.

z

Toolbox (direct connection)
Open the Toolbox. The ink-level information appears on the Printer Status tab. Click Ink
Cartridge Information for replacement ink cartridge information and expiration date.

z

myPrintMileage
Open the Toolbox, click the Information tab, and then click myPrintMileage. Alternatively,
you can open the embedded Web server and click myPrintMileage in the left pane.

z

Configuration page
On the control panel, press MENU, open the PRINT REPORT, menu, and use the Device
config. option. The Configuration page shows the estimated ink levels (which are
represented in graphical form as gauges).

z

HP Web Jetadmin software
Open the HP Web Jetadmin software. See the software documentation for information
about monitoring the media and supplies.

To monitor printhead health

ENWW

z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server and click Ink Supplies in the left pane. The Status tab
indicates whether each printhead is within the usage limit, near the usage limit, or past the
usage limit.

z

Configuration page
On the control panel, press MENU, open the PRINT REPORT, menu, and use the Device
config. option. The Configuration page shows the printhead health status and whether
the printheads need to be replaced.
Monitoring the all-in-one 109

Monitoring use by authorized users and resetting the usage
counters
You can monitor usage if you have configured authorized users (see Configuring authorized
users for more information). Associated with each authorized user is a set of three counters:
z

Pages printed (one sheet of paper printed as duplex is counted as two pages)

z

Black ink used (in milliliters)

z

Total color ink used (in milliliters)

You can reset all counters to zero. If a user name or PIN is modified, the associated counters
are not automatically reset.

To view the usage information
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Job Accounting
in the left pane. The Users tab provides information about the number of pages that have
been printed and ink that has been used by each authorized user.

To reset the usage counters
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Job Accounting
in the left pane. Click the Options tab, and then reset the usage counters.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the ADMIN menu, and use the Reset usage counter option.

Monitoring jobs
You following things can be monitored for jobs:
z

For each job, the number of pages printed, the media type used, and the amount of ink
used

z

For each job, the time the job occurred, the page count for the job, the duration (if
applicable), the result (if applicable), and a description

To monitor jobs
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Job Accounting
in the left pane. The Job tab lists jobs that have been processed and characteristics about
each job (such as the number of pages printed, the media type used, and the amount of
ink used).
On the Information tab, click Log in the left pane. The Event, Incoming Fax, and
Outgoing Fax tabs provide information about jobs in these categories.

110

z

Toolbox (direct connection)
Open the Toolbox, click the Information tab, and then click Job Accounting. The Job
tab lists jobs that have been processed and the characteristics of each job (such as the
number of pages printed, the media type used, and the amount of ink used).

z

myPrintMileage
Open the Toolbox, click the Information tab, and then click myPrintMileage.
Alternatively, you can open the embedded Web server and click myPrintMileage in the
left pane.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

z

HP Web Jetadmin software
Open the HP Web Jetadmin software. See the software documentation for information
about monitoring jobs

Administering the all-in-one
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Changing the administrator PIN

z

Configuring authorized users

z

Configuring job-accounting options

z

Managing security

z

Setting up alerts and notifications

z

Resetting the HP Jetdirect print server

z

Upgrading the firmware in the all-in-one

Changing the administrator PIN
An administrator PIN is required to open the ADMIN menu, which is where administrative
options are configured on the control panel (such as authorized users and the ability to use
color for copying and faxing). See ADMIN menu for more information.
You can synchronize the administrator PIN with the password that is required to open the
Settings tab and Networking tab in the embedded Web server. If you synchronize them, both
the PIN and the password must be the same four-digit number.

To change or clear the administrator PIN
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and click Security in the left
pane.

z

Control panel
Open the ADMIN menu and use the Set admin PIN option.

To synchronize the administrator PIN and the embedded Web server
password
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and click Security in the left
pane. Select the option to synchronize the PIN with the Web server password, and then
identify the PIN and password.

Configuring authorized users
You can configure the all-in-one so that only authorized users can use the all-in-one from the
control panel. Any activity that requires pressing a control panel button is then locked.
An administrator PIN is required to configure users. See Changing the administrator PIN for
more information.

ENWW

Administering the all-in-one 111

Any user can start a job from a computer (that is, when authorization is configured, it is
required only for jobs that are started from the control panel).
You can define up to 20 authenticated users. You assign a 4-digit personal identification
number (PIN) to each user.
Associated with each authenticated user is a set of three counters: number of pages that have
been printed, the amount of black ink that has been used, and the total amount of color ink that
has been used. See Monitoring use by authorized users and resetting the usage counters for
more information.

To add, change, and delete users
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click Security in the left pane,
and click the Users PIN tab.

z

Control panel
Open the ADMIN menu and use the Configure users option.

Configuring job-accounting options
See Monitoring jobs for information about the information that can be accumulated if you
configure the job-accounting options. The option makes it possible to track individual usage,
which is especially useful for client billing.
You can perform the following configuration:
z

Turn on or turn off the feature

z

Set the network folder in which the information is stored

z

Set a login name and password (only when you configure the option from the embedded
Web server)

To configure job-accounting options

112

z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click Job Accounting in the left
pane, and then click the Remote Storage tab.

z

Toolbox (direct connection)
Open the Toolbox, click the Information tab, click Job Accounting, and then click the
Track tab.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Managing security
Security can be achieved by using the following methods:
z

Use of an administrator PIN to control administrator functions. See Changing the
administrator PIN for more information.

z

Ability to configure authorized users to block unauthorized use of the all-in-one from the
control panel. See Configuring authorized users for more information.

z

Ability to set passwords for network operations (such as for LDAP and SMTP).

z

Ability to set up blind carbon copies for e-mail transmissions. This feature can help prevent
impersonation and misuse of the all-in-one (for example, for non-company purposes). See
Configuring automatic blind copy (BCC) for more information.

z

Ability to prevent changes to the text in the FROM field of e-mail messages, to help
prevent impersonation. See Configuring the defaults for e-mail message format (network
connection) for more information.

Note

The following points about password security when you are configuring a network password
by means of the embedded Web server:
Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (https) encryption is not supported.
Passwords are encoded in Base64 format, and are not encrypted.

To manage security
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Security in the left
pane. Use the Web Server and Control Panel tab to set a password for the network and
to synchronize this password with the administrator PIN.

z

HP Web Jetadmin software
Open the HP Web Jetadmin software. See the software documentation for information
about security.

Setting up alerts and notifications
You can set the following types of alerts and notifications:
z

E-mail notifications about supplies and about problems that occur in the media path

z

Audio alerts for error conditions

z

Error messages on the control-panel display for error conditions

z

Automatic sending of usage information from the all-in-one to HP to accurately track
usage by means of myPrintMileage (a feature called AutoSend). See myPrintMileage for
more information.

To set up alerts and notifications

ENWW

z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Alerts in the left
pane. Use the Notification tab to configure e-mail alerts about supplies and media path
problems. Use the AutoSend tab to turn on the AutoSend feature.

z

Toolbox (direct connection)
Open the Toolbox. On the Printer Status tab, click Preferences. Use the dialog box to set
preferences for when alerts and notifications occur and what error conditions are reported.
Administering the all-in-one 113

z

HP Web Jetadmin software
Open the HP Web Jetadmin software. See the software documentation for information
about alerts and notifications.

Resetting the HP Jetdirect print server
Resetting the HP Jetdirect print server restores the factory default values of the HP Jetdirect
print server.
Note

When you restore the factory default values for the HP Jetdirect print server, all previously
stored EIO settings are lost.

To reset the HP Jetdirect print server
1

Press

(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one.

2

While holding down the
(down), -, and BLACK/COLOR buttons on the control panel,
press
(POWER) to turn on the all-in-one.

Upgrading the firmware in the all-in-one
From time to time, Hewlett-Packard provides firmware upgrades for products. These upgrades
provide additional or improved functionality. When a firmware upgrade for the all-in-one is
available, a notification message appears on the HP Instant Support homepage. You can
open the download site from the homepage. You can also obtain information about available
upgrades at http://www.hp.com/support/officejet9100.
Use the methods in the following sections to upgrade the firmware. See the readme file
associated with the firmware upgrade for details.
You do not need to keep a firmware upgrade file after you have performed the upgrade.
CAUTION

Do not cancel the firmware upgrade after you have started it. Canceling the process can
damage the firmware in the all-in-one.

To upgrade the firmware by using the firmware download utility (FDU)

114

1

Download the firmware upgrade file from the HP website and store it on the hard disk of
your computer.

2

Browse to the location of the firmware upgrade file and open the file.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

To upgrade the firmware by using the MS-DOS prompt (Windows only)
1

Download the firmware upgrade file from the HP website and store it on the hard disk of
your computer.

2

Open an MS-DOS command window.

3

Type copy /b path\filename portname at the command prompt.
• path is the location of the firmware upgrade file
• filename is the name of the firmware upgrade file that you downloaded from the
website
• portname is the appropriate printer port (for example, LPT1)

4

Press ENTER. The firmware upgrade file is copied onto the printer, replacing the old
firmware file.

Configuring system options
This section contains information about configuring the following topics.
z

Setting the language and country/region

z

Setting the PowerSave mode time

z

Setting the ring and beep volumes

z

Setting the automatic paper-type sensor

Setting the language and country/region
Usually you set the language and country/region when you first set up the all-in-one. However,
you can change these settings at any time.
The setting for the language controls the following things:
z

Language used for messages on the control-panel display

z

Keyboard functionality for the language that has been configured (if a keyboard is
installed) (see Keyboards for more information)

The setting for the country/region controls the following things:
z

How the cloning feature works for the copy function (different cloning sizes are used for
different countries/region) (see Cloning several copies of an image on a page for more
information)

z

Media sizes that are available (different countries/regions have different standard sizes)

z

Fax settings:
• Rings-to-answer (see FAX SETUP menu for more information)
• Answer mode (see Setting the answer mode (autoanswer) for more information)
• Answer ring pattern (see Setting the answering ring pattern (if needed) for more
information)
• Tone or pulse dialing (see Setting the dial type for more information)
• Silent detection (see Setting silent detection on older-model fax machines for more
information)
• Ring and beep volumes (see Setting the ring and beep volumes for more information)

ENWW

Configuring system options 115

• Automatic fax reports (see Setting the automatic printing of fax reports for more
information)
• Busy redial, no answer redial (see Setting the redial options for more information)
• Auto-reduction (see Automatically reducing incoming faxes for more information)
• Error-correction mode (see Setting the fax error-correction mode for more information)
Note

If you change the country/region setting, all of the settings that it controls revert back to the
default for the country/region that you select.

To set the language
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click International in
the left pane. Click the Language tab and set the language configuration.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the ADMIN menu, and use the Language option.

To set the country/region
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click International in
the left pane. Click the Country/Region tab and set the language configuration.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the ADMIN menu, and use the Country/region, option.

Setting the PowerSave mode time
This procedure sets how long the all-in-one remains idle before it enters the PowerSave mode
(for example, 15 minutes, 1 hour, or 4 hours). The PowerSave mode minimizes the amount of
power that the all-in-one consumes when it is idle and reduces wear on electronic
components. When the all-in-one enters the PowerSave mode, the backlight turns off and the
following message appears on the control-panel display: Power Save On. Any interaction with
the all-in-one takes the all-in-one out of PowerSave mode (for example, pressing a button or
opening a tray, or receiving new data).

To set the PowerSave mode time
z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the MAINTENANCE menu, and use the Setpowersave mode time option.

Setting the ring and beep volumes
You can control the volume of the following sounds:

116

z

The beeps that are emitted when you press the control-panel buttons

z

The beeps that are emitted when originals are detected in the ADF

z

The phone line sounds for outgoing faxes

z

The ring volume for incoming faxes

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

To set the ring and beep volumes
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server and click the Settings tab. Click Maintenance in the left
pane, click Device Settings tab, and use the Ring/Beep Volume option.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the MAINTENANCE menu, and use the Ring and beep volume option.

Setting the automatic paper-type sensor
You can set the all-in-one to select the print settings that are appropriate for the media that is
loaded. When you turn on this feature, the all-in-one detects the type of media (such as plain
paper or transparencies) and automatically selects the media type and print quality that are
most suitable for the job.

To set the automatic paper-type sensor
z

Control panel
Press MENU and open the PRINTER menu. Select the Configure tray option to open the
TRAY submenu, and use the Automatic media type sense option.

Configuring network options
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Configuring the I/O timeout

z

Configuring the network parameters

Configuring the I/O timeout
You can set the length of time that the all-in-one waits for remaining data for a print job. If that
time is exceeded, the all-in-one prints the print job.

To configure I/O timeout
z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the NETWK & I/O menu, and use the I/O timeout option.

Configuring the network parameters
If the all-in-one is connected to a network with an HP Jetdirect print server, you can configure
the following protocols for the all-in-one. See the HP Jetdirect Administrator’s Guide on
Starter CD 1 for more information about these options. Check the Configuration page for
current settings (see Configuration page).

ENWW

z

DLC/LLC

z

IPX/SPX

z

TCP/IP

z

AppleTalk
Configuring network options 117

By factory default, all supported network protocols are turned on. Turning off unused protocols
has the following benefits:
z

It decreases the network traffic that the all-in-one generates.

z

It prevents unauthorized users from printing to the all-in-one.

z

It provides only pertinent information on the Configuration page.

z

It allows the control panel to display protocol-specific error and warning messages.

Note

Do not turn off the IPX/SPX protocol if Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows Me,
Windows 2000, or Windows XP users will be printing to the all-in-one.
Note the following support for any activity that involves moving a file to a network folder:
z

The all-in-one does not support Kerberos, NTLM v2, and Active Directory in general.

z

The all-in-one does not support the plain text authentication scheme.

z

The all-in-one does not support server referrals (Distributed File System, or DFS).

To configure the network parameters

118

z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the Embedded Web server and click the Networking tab.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the NETWORK & I/O menu, and use the Enhanced I/O option. Note
that the items that are available for configuration depend on the particular print server that
is installed.

z

HP Web Jetadmin
Open the HP Web Jetadmin software. See the software documentation for information
about configuring network parameters.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Configuring print options
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Setting the print defaults

Setting the print defaults
You can set the following defaults for print jobs in the embedded Web server:
z

Tray that will be used and the paper size and paper type for each tray

z

Automatic sensing of media type (on or off)

z

Print speed

You can set the following defaults for print jobs from the control panel:
z

Number of copies that will print

z

Paper size, paper type, paper quality, and paper-size overrides

z

Duplexing (on or off)

z

Tray that will be used and the paper type and paper size for each tray

z

Automatic sensing of media type (on or off)

z

PCL font characteristics

z

Printing of PostScript errors (on or off)

z

Unattended printing (on or off)

z

Personality

Note

Settings in a software program (for example, media size) always take precedence over settings
in the printer driver or the control panel.
Settings in a printer driver always take precedence over settings in the control panel.

To set the print defaults

ENWW

z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Paper Handling in
the left pane.

z

Control panel
Press MENU and use the options on the PRINTER menu.

Configuring print options 119

Configuring copy options
This section contains information about the following topic.
z

Allowing and restricting color copying

Allowing and restricting color copying
You can allow or restrict the ability to copy in color. Restricting color copying conserves ink in
the color ink cartridges.

To allow or restrict color copying
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Color Usage in the
left pane.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the ADMIN menu, and use the Color copying option.

Configuring scan options
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Configuring the network settings for scanning

z

Customizing the scan feature in the HP photo and imaging software (direct connection)

Configuring the network settings for scanning
The ability to send scans to a folder on a network requires the following conditions:
z

HP Jetdirect print server installed and configured for TCP/IP (See HP Jetdirect print server
capabilities for more information)

z

Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) server address and subnet mask configured (if
the HP Jetdirect print server is configured to use DHCP, these might be automatically
supplied by the DHCP server)

z

Domain Naming System (DNS) server configured

z

An all-in-one keyboard for typing network pathnames and login information (See Ordering
HP accessories and supplies).

If a WINS server is not configured, the all-in-one can connect only to the computers that are on
the same subnet. However, if a computer outside the subnet has a known IP address, the IP
address can be used instead of the computer name.

To configure the WINS server, subnet mask, and DNS server
z

120

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click Digital Send in the left
pane, and then supply information on the SMTP Server tab.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Customizing the scan feature in the HP photo and imaging
software (direct connection)
To use the scan feature in the HP photo and imaging software, you must first customize the
options for scanning. Open the HP photo and imaging software and use the onscreen Help for
more information about selecting the word-processing program that you want to use for OCR
and other scan options.

Configuring photo (memory card) options
This section contains information about the following topic.
z

Allowing and restricting the photo (memory card) feature

Allowing and restricting the photo (memory card) feature
You can configure the all-in-one so that users are unable to use the PHOTO mode.
After the all-in-one software has been installed and the all-in-one has been connected directly
to a computer, the memory card reader appears as a drive. On Windows computers, if you
restrict the photo feature from the control panel or embedded Web server, the memory card
reader continues to show as a drive. To remove the memory card reader as a drive, you must
additionally restrict it by using the Device Manager.
Note

For Windows computers, the Typical installation is required in order for the photo feature to
function. See Software components for Windows computers for more information.

To allow or restrict the feature
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and then click Memory Cards.
Turn off the all-in-one off, and then turn it on again.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the ADMIN menu, and use the Photo mode option. Turn off the
all-in-one off, and then turn it on again.

To remove the memory card reader from the list of drives (Windows
computers direct connection)

ENWW

1

On the computer, open the Device Manager. (The method and location varies according
to the operating system.)

2

Open the folder for disk drives.

3

Right-click the drive for the memory card reader (labeled All-in-one storage device, or
Printer card reader, or something similar).

4

Click Disable or Enable.

5

Click Yes to confirm the action.

Configuring photo (memory card) options 121

Configuring e-mail options (network connection)
The ability to scan originals and attach them to e-mail messages in a network connection
requires the following conditions:
z

HP Jetdirect print server installed and configured for TCP/IP (See HP Jetdirect print server
capabilities for more information)

z

SMTP server present on the network and configured

z

To use a company e-mail address book, an LDAP server present on the network and
configured

Note

An all-in-one keyboard for typing e-mail addresses and other information (See Ordering
HP accessories and supplies).
for ordering information.)
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Configuring the defaults for e-mail message format (network connection)

z

Configuring automatic blind copy (BCC)

z

Configuring SMTP

z

Configuring LDAP

Configuring the defaults for e-mail message format (network
connection)
You can configure the following defaults for e-mail messages that are sent from the all-in-one:
z

Maximum attachment size

z

Default text for the FROM line

z

Whether or not a user can change the FROM line

z

Default text for the SUBJECT line

z

Default file format (PDF or TIFF)

z

Default document type

When attachment size is configured, attachments larger than the configured size are split and
sent as multiple e-mail messages.
The message body is fixed, and contains the following information:
z

Description of how the e-mail message was generated

z

Link to the all-in-one IP address

z

Properties of the attached file (name, date and time scanned, and scan settings)

z

E-mail job number (which is the same for all e-mail messages that are part of a
multiple-part transmission)

z

Link to download Adobe® Acrobat® Reader, if the PDF file format has been used

To configure defaults for e-mail message format
z

122

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click Digital Send, and then click
the SMTP Server tab.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Configuring automatic blind copy (BCC)
Use this procedure to configure the all-in-one to send an automatic blind copy of every e-mail
message to the e-mail address of your choice.

To configure automatic blind copy
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and click Digital Send in the left
pane, and then click the SMTP Server tab. Type the e-mail address that is to receive the
blind copies.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the E-MAIL SETUP menu, and use the Auto BCC option.

Configuring SMTP
Use this procedure to configure the SMTP server name and port number, authentication logon
account name and password, and e-mail attachment size.
Note the following points about security:
z

The all-in-one does not support secure (encrypted) SMTP sessions.

z

The all-in-one supports only the plain text and login authentication schemes.

To configure SMTP
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and click Digital Send in the left
pane, and then provide the necessary information on the SMTP Server tab.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the E-MAIL SETUP menu, and use the Configure SMTP option.

Configuring LDAP
The Lightweight Directory Address Protocol (LDAP) functionality gives you the ability to use a
company address book for sending e-mail messages from the all-in-one, if a company
address book is available. Up to 99 e-mail addresses can be configured.
Note the following points about security:
z

The all-in-one does not support secure (encrypted) LDAP sessions.

z

The all-in-one supports only the plain text authentication scheme.

z

The all-in-one does not support server referrals (Distributed File System, or DFS).

To configure LDAP
z

ENWW

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and click Digital Send in the left
pane, and then click the LDAP Server tab.

Configuring e-mail options (network connection) 123

Configuring fax options
After completing the steps in the getting started guide that came with the all-in-one, use the
following steps in this section to change the initial settings or to configure other options for
faxing.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Setting the automatic printing of fax reports

z

Allowing and restricting color faxing

z

Setting silent detection on older-model fax machines

z

Setting the dial type

z

Setting the redial options

Setting the automatic printing of fax reports
You can set the all-in-one so that it automatically prints a report of the last fax that was sent or
received. The fax report includes the following information:
z

Transmission date and time

z

Type (whether received or sent)

z

Fax number

z

Duration

z

Number of pages

z

Result (status) of transmission

To set the automatic printing of fax reports
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click Fax in the left pane, click
Advanced. Select the option to set up the automatic reports.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the ADV FAX SETUP menu, and use the Auto reports option.

Allowing and restricting color faxing
You can allow and restrict the ability to fax in color. Restricting color faxing conserves ink in
the color ink cartridges.

To allow or restrict color faxing

124

z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, and click Color Usage in the left
pane.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the ADMIN menu, and use the Color faxing option.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Setting the fax error-correction mode
Normally, the all-in-one monitors the signals on the phone line while it is sending or receiving a
fax. If the all-in-one detects an error signal during the transmission and the error-correction
setting is on, the all-in-one can request that a portion of the fax be resent.
Turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax, and you want
to accept the errors in the transmission. Turning off the setting might be useful when you are
trying to send a fax to another country/region or receive a fax from another country/region, or if
you are using a satellite phone connection.

To set the fax error-correction mode
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click Fax in the left pane, click the
Advanced tab.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the ADV FAX SETUP menu, and use the Error correction mode
option.

Setting silent detection on older-model fax machines
This setting controls whether or not you can receive faxes from older-model fax machines that
do not emit a fax signal during fax transmissions. At the time of this publication, these
silent-model fax machines represented very few of the fax machines in use.
Turn on the silent detect option only if you regularly receive faxes from someone who uses an
older-model fax machine.

To set silent detection
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click Fax in the left pane, click the
Advanced tab.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the ADV FAX SETUPUP menu, and use the Silent detect option.

Setting the dial type
Use this procedure to set the all-in-one to tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode. The factory-set
default is TONE. Do not change the setting unless you know that your phone line cannot use
tone dialing.
Note

The pulse-dialing option is not available in all countries/regions.

To set the dial type

ENWW

z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click Fax in the left pane, click the
Basic tab.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the FAX SETUP menu, and use the Dial type option.

Configuring fax options 125

Setting the redial options
If the all-in-one was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did not answer or
was busy, the all-in-one attempts to redial based on the settings for the busy-redial and
no-answer-redial options. Use the following procedure to turn the options on or off.
z

Busy redial
If this option is turned on, the all-in-one redials automatically if it receives a busy signal.
The factor-set default for this option is ON.

z

No answer redial
If this option is turned on, the all-in-one redials automatically if the receiving fax machine
does not answer. The factory-set default for this option is OFF.

To set the redial options
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click Fax in the left pane, click the
Advanced tab.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the ADV FAX SETUP menu, and use the No-answer redial option.

Setting up faxing for the all-in-one
This section contains information about the following topics. These are procedures that usually
need to be performed only once.
z

Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line

z

Connecting an additional telephone device

z

Configuring the time, date, and fax header

z

Setting the answer mode (autoanswer)

z

Setting the answering ring pattern (if needed)

Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line
To use the fax features of the all-in-one, first connect the all-in-one to the phone line. Use the
following steps to connect the all-in-one to a single phone jack that controls one telephone
line, even if you have two telephone numbers on that line and use a ring-pattern service (such
as distinctive ring).
If you want to connect an additional telephone device to the phone line (such as a modem or
extra phone), see Connecting an additional telephone device.
CAUTION

126

The fax feature of the all-in-one (which is analog) is incompatible with DSL (digital subscriber
line). Damage to equipment can result if you connect the all-in-one directly to a DSL line.
However, you can use DSL if you obtain an appropriate filter from your DSL service provider.
This filter removes the digital signal that would block the all-in-one from communicating
correctly with the phone line. Plug the line for the DSL filter into the phone jack. Then, using
the phone line that came with the all-in-one, connect one end to the open port on the DSL filter
and the other end to the (line-in) port on the all-in-one.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

To connect the all-in-one to a phone line
WARNING!

You must use the phone cord that came with the all-in-one in order for the all-in-one to function
correctly. The phone card meets the need to use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication
line cord in order to reduce the risk of fire.
1

If a phone cord is plugged into the phone jack, unplug the cord and set it aside.

2

On the back of the all-in-one, plug one end of the phone cord that came with the all-in-one
into the (line-in) port.

3

Plug the other end of the phone cord into the phone jack on the wall.

Connecting an additional telephone device
Telephone devices that can be connected
Depending on the setup of your phone lines, you can connect any one of the following
additional telephone devices to the phone line along with the all-in-one.
Note

For optimal performance, HP recommends that you connect only one additional telephone
device to the all-in-one.
z

Modem
You can connect a computer modem (external or internal) to the fax line if you want to use
the fax line for e-mail or for access to the Internet. However, you cannot send or receive
faxes while using the line for these purposes.
The all-in-one cannot replace a computer modem. It cannot act as a data modem for
sending and receiving e-mail, connecting to the Internet, or communicating with other
computers.

ENWW

z

Extra phone
You can connect an extra phone to the fax line if you want to make outgoing calls on the
fax line.

z

Answering machine

z

Caller ID box
If you want to use a caller ID box, place it between the phone jack and the all-in-one. Plug
the line for the caller ID box into the phone jack. Then use the phone line that came with
the all-in-one to connect the caller ID box to the (line-in) port on the all-in-one.

Setting up faxing for the all-in-one 127

You should not connect the following device to the all-in-one:
z

Computer voicemail
If you use computer voicemail, you must connect a modem (external or internal) to your
dedicated voice line. Then, use the dedicated voice line to connect to the Internet and
receive voicemail.

To connect an additional telephone device to the all-in-one
1

Unplug the power cord for the device that you want to connect.

2

Make sure that the (line-in) port for the all-in-one is connected to a phone jack. See
Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line for more information.

3

On the back of the all-in-one, remove the plastic insert from the

4

Plug one end of a phone cord into the

WARNING!

(phone) port.

(phone) port.

To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord.
5

Note

Plug the other end of the phone cord into the “line” port of the telephone device.
Some modems have a second “line” port to connect to a dedicated voice line. If you are
connecting a modem that has two “line” ports, see your modem documentation to make sure
that you connect to the correct “line” port.

6

Plug the telephone device into its power source.

Configuring the time, date, and fax header
Before you can begin using the fax features of the all-in-one, you must configure the time,
date, and fax header. When a fax is transmitted, the current date and time are printed along
with the fax header. The date and time format is based upon the language and country/region
setting.
In the U.S. and many other countries/regions, setting the time, date, and other fax header
information is a legal requirement.
See Typing numbers and text on the control-panel keypad for information about using the
keypad.
Note

The maximum number of characters allowed in the fax number is 50. The maximum number
of characters allowed in the fax name is 40.

To set or change the date, time, and fax header
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
To configure the fax header, open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click
Fax in the left pane, and then click the Basic tab.
To set the date and time, open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click
Time Services in the left pane.

z

128

Control panel
For date and time, press MENU, open the MAINTENANCE menu, and use the Set date &
time option. For fax header, press MENU, open the FAX SETUP menu, use the Fax header
option.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

z

Fax Setup Wizard (Windows direct connection)
The all-in-one software that is installed for Windows direct connection includes a Fax
Setup Wizard for configuring the fax header (as well as other aspects of fax setup). To
start the Fax Setup Wizard, open the HP Director, click Settings, click Fax Settings and
Setup, and then click Fax Setup Wizard.

z

Setup Assistant (Mac OS X 10.1.x and 10.2.x direct connection)
The all-in-one software that is installed for the Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x) direct
connection includes a Setup Assistant for configuring the date, time, and fax header. In the
HP Director under the Dock, click Settings, click Fax Send Settings, and then click
General from the drop-down list.

z

Setup Assistant (Mac 9.2.x direct connection)
The all-in-one software that is installed for the Mac 9.2.x direct connection includes a
Setup Assistant for configuring the fax header. In the HP Director on the desktop, click
Settings, click Fax Send Settings, and then click General from the drop-down list.

Setting the answer mode (autoanswer)
Depending on your situation, you can set the all-in-one answer mode to automatic or manual.
z

Automatic answer mode (autoanswer on)
This is the default. The all-in-one answers incoming calls after a certain number of rings or
upon recognition of special fax tones.

z

Manual answer mode (autoanswer off)
The all-in-one never answers calls. You must start the receiving process yourself.

To set the answer mode to manual or automatic
z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the FAX SETUP menu, and use the Autoanswer option.

Setting the answering ring pattern (if needed)
Ring patterns or distinctive ring service is available through some local phone companies and
allows you to have more than one phone number on a single line. Each phone number has a
unique ring pattern, allowing you to answer voice calls and the all-in-one to answer fax calls.
If you subscribe to ring pattern service with your phone company, you must set the all-in-one
to answer the correct ring pattern.
Note

If you do not have ring pattern service and you change the ring pattern setting to something
other than All rings, the all-in-one might not be able to receive faxes.
The all-in-one offers the following ring patterns:

ENWW

z

All rings

z

Single ring

z

Double rings

z

Triple rings

z

Double and triple rings

Setting up faxing for the all-in-one 129

To set the answer ring pattern
z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server, click the Settings tab, click Fax in the left pane, click the
Advanced tab.

z

Control panel
Press MENU, open the ADV FAX SETUP menu, and use the Ans. ring pattern option. To
determine whether the answer ring pattern is working, ask someone you know to send you
a fax. Make sure that you provide the correct fax number.

Installing the all-in-one software and configuring the all-in-one
for operating environments
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Types of connections that are supported

z

Setup that is required for all-in-one functionality

z

All-in-one software components

z

Installing the software for Windows computers

z

Installing the software for Macintosh computers

z

Using the Customization Utility

Types of connections that are supported
The all-in-one supports either network connection or direct connection for both Windows and
Macintosh computers.

Network connection
If the all-in-one has an HP Jetdirect print server installed, the all-in-one can be shared in a
network environment by connecting it directly to the network. This type of connection offers the
following advantages:
z

Better performance than working through non-network connections

z

Ability to share the all-in-one with other computers on the network

z

Ability to use a company address book from an LDAP server

z

Ability to use the embedded Web server from any computer on the network to configure
and manage the all-in-one

See the following topics for more information.
z

HP Jetdirect print server capabilities

z

Embedded Web server (EWS) (network connection)

The HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one and HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one come with an HP Jetdirect
print server installed. You can order a print server for the HP Officejet 9110 series all-in one.
See Ordering HP accessories and supplies for more information.

130

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Direct connection
You can connect the all-in-one directly to your computer with a USB cable or a parallel cable.
When you connect the all-in-one directly, you still have the ability to share the all-in-one with
other computers:
• Windows computers
You can use a simple form of networking, known as locally shared networking, if you
used a parallel cable or USB cable to connect the all-in-one to the computer. Using this
method, you can share the all-in-one with other Windows computers. See To share the
all-in-one on a peer-to-peer network for more information.
• Macintosh computers
You can also use locally shared networking if you connected the all-in-one to a
Macintosh computer with a USB cable. Using this method, you can share the all-in-one
with other Macintosh computers. See Direct connection for more information.

Setup that is required for all-in-one functionality
For each type of connection, the following table shows how the all-in-one must be set up to
perform different functions. The table assumes that the following tasks have already been
completed:

ENWW

z

The all-in-one has been unpacked.

z

Accessories have been installed.

z

Power has been connected.

z

The control-panel language has been set (if needed).

z

Ink cartridges and printheads have been installed.

z

Media has been loaded in the trays.

Installing the all-in-one software and configuring the all-in-one for operating environments

131

In order to use
this feature . . .

. . . you must complete these setup steps.
Network connection
(connected to a network
through a network
connection or other
computer)

Direct connection
(connected directly to a
computer with a USB or
parallel cable)

No connection
(not connected to a
computer through a network
or a direct connection)

Copy

No further steps are needed.

No further steps are needed.

Print

1

1

Install the all-in-one software Not applicable.
for direct connection, which
includes connecting the
all-in-one to the computer.

Connect the all-in-one to a
phone line.
2 Connect an additional
telephone device (optional).
See Connecting an additional
telephone device for more
information.
3 Configure the fax settings (fax
header, answer mode, and
ring patterns).
Note:
z
Faxing does not require the
network. The fax goes directly
from the all-in-one to the
phone line.
z
Faxing does not require the
all-in-one software for direct
connection.

1

Connect the all-in-one to a
1
phone line.
Connect an additional
2
telephone device (optional).
See Connecting an additional
telephone device for more
information.
Install the software for direct 3
connection, which includes
connecting the all-in-one to
the computer.
Complete the steps during
software installation for the
Fax Setup Wizard (Windows)
or Setup Assistant
(Macintosh) to configure fax
settings.

Not applicable.

1

2
Fax

Connect the all-in-one to the
network.
Install the software for
network connection.

1

Send a scan to a
program on a
computer

2

3

4

2

Send a scan as an 1
e-mail attachment
2

Connect the all-in-one to the 1
network.
Set or change the IP address
for the all-in-one in the
embedded Web server, if
2
necessary.
3 Configure the SMTP server in
the embedded Web server.
4 Configure the LDAP server in
the embedded Web server, if
you have an LDAP server.
Note:
Sending a scan as an e-mail
attachment does not require the
all-in-one software for direct
connection.

132

9 - Managing the administrator functions

No further steps are needed.

Connect the all-in-one to a
phone line.
Connect an additional
telephone device (optional).
See Connecting an additional
telephone device for more
information.
Configure the fax settings (fax
header, answer mode, and
ring patterns).

Install the software for direct Not applicable.
connection, which includes
connecting the all-in-one to
the computer.
Configure the scan feature in
the HP photo and imaging
software in order to perform
scanning tasks. See the
onscreen Help for more
information.
Install the software for direct Not applicable.
connection, which includes
connecting the all-in-one to
the computer.
Configure the scan feature in
the HP photo and imaging
software in order to perform
scanning tasks. See the
onscreen Help for more
information

ENWW

In order to use
this feature . . .

. . . you must complete these setup steps.
Network connection
(connected to a network
through a network
connection or other
computer)

Send a scan to a
network folder

1

Send a photo as
an e-mail
attachment

1

Connect the all-in-one to the Not applicable.
network.
2 Set or change the IP address
for the all-in-one in the
embedded Web server, if
necessary.
3 Configure the network folder
settings in the embedded
Web server.
Note:
Sending a scan to a network
folder does not require the
all-in-one software for direct
connection.

2
3

Scan from a
1
TWAIN-compliant
program
2

ENWW

Direct connection
(connected directly to a
computer with a USB or
parallel cable)

No connection
(not connected to a
computer through a network
or a direct connection)
Not applicable.

Connect the all-in-one to the
network.
Install the software for
network connection.
Set the IP address for the
all-in-one in the embedded
Web server, if necessary.

1

Install the software for direct
connection, which includes
connecting the all-in-one to
the computer.

Not applicable.

Connect the all-in-one to the
network.
Install the software for
network connection.

1

Install the software for direct
connection, which includes
connecting the all-in-one to
the computer.

Not applicable.

Installing the all-in-one software and configuring the all-in-one for operating environments

133

All-in-one software components
The all-in-one software is provided on the Starter CDs that came with the all-in-one. The
components that are installed depend on the following choices:
z

Type of connection (network or direct)

z

Operating system (Windows or Mac OS)

z

For Windows computers that are directly connected, whether Typical installation or Lite
installation is chosen during the installation process
Typical installs all of the components that are needed for full functionality. Lite installs a
subset of the components. See the table under Software components for Windows
computers for more information. You might choose Lite, for example, if your computer
system does not meet the minimum requirements listed under Specifications, if you need
to conserve space, or if computer response time (speed) might be an issue.

Note

To ensure a smooth installation, make sure to install the all-in-one software from a local
CD-ROM drive.
This section contains information about the following topics.

134

z

Software components for Windows computers

z

Software components for Macintosh computers

z

Optional software

z

Other resources

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Software components for Windows computers
The following table lists the software components that are installed for Windows computers.
Network
connection

Component

Description

Printer drivers

Printer drivers provide access to the all-in-one printing
features and give the computer the ability to
communicate with the all-in-one when printing.
See Printer drivers for Windows computers for a list of
the printer drivers that are supported for the all-in-one.

Print-to-fax driver

The print-to-fax driver gives a computer the ability to
send digital documents as faxes.

TWAIN scan driver

The TWAIN scan driver gives a computer the ability to
retrieve scan results from a device.

HP Photo & Imaging
software

This software provides a common interface for
HP devices, such as all-in-ones, scanners, photo
printers, and digital cameras. The software gives these
devices the ability to work together, and can be used to
scan originals, to send images by e-mail or fax, and to
view, edit, and print images. The software includes
onscreen Help.

Mass Storage Device
Class (MSDC)

This software gives a computer the ability to read and
write to memory cards.

Toolbox

The Toolbox provides status and maintenance
information about the all-in-one. See Toolbox (direct
connection) for more information.

Screen fonts

Screen fonts (also called “printer matching fonts”) are
fonts used by the computer that correspond to the fonts
in the printer. PS screen fonts are also included.

Direct connection
Typical

Lite

Printer drivers for Windows computers
Printer drivers provide access to the printing features of the all-in-one and allow the computer
to communicate with the all-in-one. The printer drivers listed in the following table are included
with the all-in-one.
Features vary among printer drivers and operating systems. See the onscreen Help in your
printer driver for details. See Printing by using PostScript emulation if you are using the
emulated PostScript printer driver on Windows 98 or Windows Me.
Operating system

PCL 5c, PCL 6, and
PostScript (PS) level 3 emulation

Windows 98, Windows Me
Windows NT 4.0
(available on Starter CD 2)
Windows 2000
Windows XP 32-bit
Windows XP 64-bit
(available only at http://www.hp.com/support/officejet9100)
Windows Server 2003

ENWW

Installing the all-in-one software and configuring the all-in-one for operating environments

135

Software components for Macintosh computers
The following table lists the software components that are installed for Macintosh computers.

136

Component

Description

PostScript Printer
Description files
(PPDs)
and
Printing Dialog
Extensions (PDEs)

PPDs, in combination with the Apple LaserWriter
8 printer driver, provide access to the all-in-one
features and give the computer the ability to
communicate with the all-in-one. PPDs are
available for the Mac OS 9, Mac OS 10.1.x, and
Jaguar.
PDEs are code plug-ins that provide access to
printer features, such as number of copies, print
on both sides, and quality settings. PDEs are
available only for the Mac OS X (10.1 and later).
Use the Apple LaserWriter 8 printer driver that
comes with the computer (for Mac OS 9 only).
See Software components for Macintosh
computers for more information.

Print-to-fax driver

The print-to-fax driver gives a computer the ability
to send digital documents as faxes.

TWAIN scan driver

The TWAIN scan driver gives a computer the
ability to retrieve scan results from a device.

HP Image Zone
software

This software provides a common interface for
HP devices, such as all-in-ones, scanners, photo
printers, and digital cameras. The software gives
these devices the ability to work together, and can
be used to scan originals, send images by e-mail
or fax, and to view, edit, and print images. The
software includes onscreen Help.

PhotoSave

This software gives a computer the ability to read
memory cards.

HP LaserJet Utility

The HP LaserJet Utility provides control over
features that are not otherwise available. Use the
illustrated screens in the HP LaserJet Utility to
select the all-in-one features and complete tasks
with the all-in-one, such as the following:
z
Download files, view fonts, and change many
of the all-in-one settings
z
Check the ink cartridge levels
z
Configure and set the all-in-one for IP or
AppleTalk printing
The HP LaserJet Utility is available only for the
Mac OS 9.2.x and Mac OS X Classic.
The HP LaserJet Utility is available only when
printing is installed using the Network Printing
Utility.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

Network
Direct
connection connection

ENWW

Optional software
The Starter CDs include the following optional software components.
z

ReadIris
This software is required in order to use optical character recognition for files that are
scanned with the all-in-one.

z

Adobe Acrobat Reader
This software is required in order to open the PDF file of the onscreen user’s guide that is
included on Starter CD 1.

z

Customization Utility (Windows computers only)
This utility gives you the ability to select installation options and create a custom installer
that can be started silently from a batch file.

Other resources
z

Installation software for UNIX® (HP-UX, Sun Solaris) networks is available for download at
http://www.hp.com.

z

For information about using Linux with HP printers and all-in-ones, see
http://www.linuxprinting.org.

z

For information about using the IBM PostScript 3 emulation printer driver for IBM OS/2,
see http://www.software.ibm.com/2bcprod.nsf.

Installing the software for Windows computers
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Network connection

z

Direct connection

If you are connecting the all-in-one to a computer running Windows XP 64-bit, download the
printer driver from http://www.hp.com/support/officejet9100 and install it by using Add Printer
from the Printers or Printers and Faxes folder.
Windows NT 4.0 printer drivers provide print functionality only. They are available on
Starter CD 2. Use the Add Printer feature in Windows to install a Windows NT 4.0 printer
driver.

Network connection
To install the software on a Windows server
Use the following steps to install the all-in-one software on the Windows computer that is
acting as the server.
1

If you intend to use the fax feature of the all-in-one, connect the all-in one to a phone line.
See Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line for more information.

2

Connect the all-in-one to the network.

3

Close any programs that are open.

4

Insert Starter CD 1 into the CD-ROM drive. The CD Browser starts automatically.
If the CD Browser does not start automatically, click Start, and then click Run. Browse to
the CD-ROM drive for the computer, click Setup.exe, and then click Open. In the Run
dialog box, click OK.

5

ENWW

Click Install Software and follow the instructions on the screen.

Installing the all-in-one software and configuring the all-in-one for operating environments

137

6

When prompted for the connection type, click Connected via the network option, and
then click Next.

7

For a Windows server: When prompted, select the option to share the all-in-one, and then
select to install drivers for Windows clients. The installation program installs the driver for
the server and copies the client drivers to a location on the server for users (clients).

8

Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation.

9

On the welcome screen for the CD Browser, click Optional Software to install any
optional software that you want. See Optional software for more information.

10 If prompted, restart the computer.
11 Configure the fax settings for time, date, fax header, answer mode, and answering ring
pattern. See the following sections for more information.
• Configuring the time, date, and fax header
• Setting the answer mode (autoanswer)
• Setting the answering ring pattern (if needed)
12 For a Windows server: To share the all-in-one with Windows client computers, follow the
steps under To install the printing software on a Windows client.

To install the printing software on a Windows client
After the drivers have been installed on the computer that is acting as the server, the printing
functionality can be shared. Individual Windows users who want to use the network all-in-one
must install the software on their computers (clients). A client computer can connect to the
all-in-one in the following ways:
z

In the Printers folder, double-click the Add Printer icon and follow the instructions for a
network installation.

z

On the network, browse to the all-in-one and drag it to your Printers folder.

z

Add the all-in-one and install the software from the INF file on your network.

On Starter CD 1, the INF files are stored in folders that use the following format:
:\Setup\Drivers\\\.
For example, if your CD drive letter is D, then D:\Setup\Drivers\PCL6\Win2k_XP\English
would contain the English PCL 6 INF file for Windows 2000 and Windows XP.

To install the printer driver using Add Printer
1

From the Windows desktop, do one of the following:
• Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0, and Windows 2000:
Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers.
• Windows XP:
Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
Or, click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Printers and Faxes.

2

Double-click Add Printer, and then click Next.

3

Do one of the following:
• Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000, and Windows XP:
Select Network Printer.
• Windows NT 4.0:
Select Network Printer Server.

138

4

Click Next.

5

Do one of the following:

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

• Type in the network path or queue name of the shared printer and click Next. Click
Have Disk when prompted to select the printer model.
• Click Next, and then locate the printer in the Shared printers list.
6

Click Next, and then follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation.

Direct connection
You can use a USB cable to connect the all-in-one to a Windows computer if the computer has
a USB port and is running Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000, or Windows XP.
If your computer does not meet these specifications, connect the all-in-one to your computer
with a parallel cable.
Note

Do not connect a USB cable and a parallel cable to the all-in-one at the same time during
installation.
It is strongly recommended that you install the software before you connect the all-in-one to
the computer. Connect the USB or parallel cable only when the installation program prompts
you. This helps to ensure that all of the software components are correctly installed.
In most cases, after you install the all-in-one software and connect a printer to the computer,
you can install additional printers with USB cables without reinstalling the all-in-one software.

To install the software before the hardware (strongly recommended)
Follow this setup procedure if you have not yet connected a USB or parallel cable. This is the
preferred method.
Note

If you are using Windows 2000 or Windows XP, you must have administrator privileges to
install a printer driver.
1

If you intend to use the fax feature of the all-in-one, connect the all-in one to a phone line.
See Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line for more information.

2

Close any programs that are open.

3

Insert Starter CD 1 into the CD-ROM drive. The CD Browser starts automatically.
If the CD Browser does not start automatically, click Start, and then click Run. Browse to
the CD-ROM drive for the computer, click Setup.exe, and then click Open. In the Run
dialog box, click OK.

4

Click Install Software and follow the instructions on the screen.

5

When prompted for the connection type, follow these steps:
a Click Connected directly to this computer, and then click Next.
b USB connection: Click USB Cable, and then click Next.
Parallel connection: Click Parallel Cable and select the parallel port to which the
all-in-one is connected (usually LPT1). Then click Next.

6

When prompted for the installation type, click Typical Installation (Recommended).
(Typical installs all of the components that are needed for complete functionality. See
All-in-one software components for more information.)

7

When prompted for the connection, connect the USB cable or parallel cable between the
ports on the computer and the all-in-one.
The Found New Hardware wizard appears on the screen and an icon for the all-in-one is
created in the Printers folder. Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the
installation.

ENWW

Installing the all-in-one software and configuring the all-in-one for operating environments

139

8

On the welcome screen for the CD Browser, click Optional Software to install any
optional software that you want. See Optional software for more information.

9

If prompted, restart the computer.

10 In order to use the scan feature in the HP photo and imaging software, follow the
instructions under Customizing the scan feature in the HP photo and imaging software
(direct connection).

To install the hardware before the software
Complete the installation using these instructions if you have already connected a USB cable
or parallel cable between the ports on the computer and the all-in-one, and the Found New
Hardware wizard appears on the computer screen.
Note

If you have connected the parallel or USB cable to the all-in-one and turned on the all-in-one,
do not turn off the printer or unplug the cable from the all-in-one when the installation program
is running. If you do so, the installation program will not finish.
1

If you intend to use the fax feature of the all-in-one, connect the all-in one to a phone line.
See Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line for more information.

2

On the screen that provides the option for selecting a method to locate the driver, select
the advanced option and click Next.

Note

Do not allow the Found New Hardware wizard to perform an automatic search for the driver.
3

Select the check box for specifying the driver location, and ensure that the other check
boxes are clear.

4

Insert Starter CD 1 into the CD-ROM drive.
If the CD Browser appears, click Exit twice to close the CD Browser.

5

Browse to locate the root directory on Starter CD 1 (for example, D), and then click OK.

6

Click Next, and then follow the instructions on the screen.

7

Click Finish to close the Found New Hardware wizard. The wizard automatically starts the
installation program (this might take a short while).

8

Complete the installation process in order to install the HP photo and imaging software.

9

On the welcome screen for the CD Browser, click Optional Software to install any
optional software that you want. See Optional software for more information.

10 If prompted, restart the computer.
11 In order to use the scan feature in the HP photo and imaging software, follow the
instructions under Customizing the scan feature in the HP photo and imaging software
(direct connection).

To share the all-in-one printing functionality on a locally shared network
In a locally shared network, the all-in-one is connected directly to the USB or parallel
connector of a selected computer (known as the server) and is shared by other computers
(clients). Use this configuration only in small groups or when usage is low. The computer that
is connected to the all-in-one is slowed down when many users print to the all-in-one.
You can share the all-in-one on a locally shared network when the computer that is connected
to the all-in-one is running Windows. (You cannot share the all-in-one with Macintosh
computer users.)

140

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

Note

When sharing a directly connected all-in-one, use the computer with the newest operating
system as the server. It is recommended that you use Windows 2000 or Windows XP as the
server.
1

From the Windows desktop, take one of the following actions:
• Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0, and Windows 2000:
Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers.
• Windows XP:
Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
Or, click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Printers and Faxes.

2

Right-click the all-in-one icon, click Properties, and then click the Sharing tab.

3

Click the option to share the all-in-one, and give the all-in-one a share name.

4

If you are sharing the all-in-one with client computers that use other versions of Windows,
you can click Additional Drivers to install their drivers as a convenience to them. This
optional step requires you to have Starter CD 1 in your CD drive.

Installing the software for Macintosh computers
The procedure for installing software for network connection and for direct connection is
similar.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

To install the software for network connection or direct connection

z

To install just the printer driver by using the Network Print Setup Utility

z

To share the all-in-one on a peer-to-peer network

To install the software for network connection or direct connection
1

If you intend to use the fax feature of the all-in-one, connect the all-in-one to a phone line.
See Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line for more information.

2

Network connection: Connect the all-in-one to the network.

3

Insert the Starter CD 2 into the CD-ROM drive. The CD Browser starts automatically.
If the CD Browser does not start automatically, double-click the CD icon on the desktop,
and then double-click the Installer icon.

4

Click Install Software and follow the instructions on the screen for your connection type.

5

Direct connection: When prompted, connect the USB cable between the ports on the
computer and the all-in-one, and then turn on the all-in-one.

6

On the welcome screen for the CD Browser, click Optional Software to install any
optional software that you want. See Optional software for more information.

7

Network connection: Configure the fax settings for time, date, fax header, answer mode,
and answering ring pattern. See the following sections for more information.
• Configuring the time, date, and fax header
• Setting the answer mode (autoanswer)
• Setting the answering ring pattern (if needed)
(The installation process for direct connection includes steps for configuring fax settings.)

8

ENWW

In order to use the scan feature in the HP Image Zone software, follow the instructions
under Customizing the scan feature in the HP photo and imaging software (direct
connection).

Installing the all-in-one software and configuring the all-in-one for operating environments

141

9

Make the all-in-one available to other Macintosh computer users.
• Network connection
Individual Macintosh computers users who want to use the network all-in-one must
install the all-in-one software on their computers.
• Direct connection
Share the all-in-one with the other Macintosh computer users. See To share the
all-in-one on a peer-to-peer network for more information.

To install just the printer driver by using the Network Print Setup Utility
1

Insert Starter CD 2 into the CD-ROM drive.

2

Close the CD Browser when it opens.

3

In the Network Printing Installer folder, locate the Network Print Setup Utility, and select it
to open.

To share the all-in-one on a peer-to-peer network
The sharing applies only to print and scan functionality.
Basic requirements for sharing in a Macintosh environment include the following items:
z

The Macintosh computers must be communicating on the network using TCP/IP, and the
Macintosh computers must have IP addresses. (AppleTalk is not supported.)

z

The all-in-one that is being shared must be connected to a built-in USB port on the host
Macintosh computer.

z

Both the host computer and the client computers that are using the shared all-in-one must
have printer-sharing software installed and the printer driver or PPD for the all-in-one that
is installed. (You can run the Installer program to install the printer sharing software and
associated Help files.)

z

The client computers should have the appropriate HP printer drivers installed.

z

The client computers must be PowerMac computers.

z

To use a shared USB PostScript printer, the client computers must have a USB port.

For more information about USB printer sharing, see the support information that is available
on the Apple website (http://www.apple.com) or the Mac Help on the computer.
Use the following steps to share the all-in-one among Macintosh computers with the same
operating system:
1

Turn on printer sharing on the computer that is connected to the all-in-one (the host).
• Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x): Open System Preferences, click Sharing, click
Services, and then select the Printer Sharing check box.
• Mac S 9.2.x: Open Control Panels, and then click USB Printer Sharing.

2

To print from the other Macintosh computers (the clients) on the network, preselect the
printer in USB Printer Sharing (Mac OS 9.2.x) or Sharing (Mac OS X, 10.1.x and 10.2.x).
Then, choose the neighborhood where the printer is shared and select the printer.

Use the following steps to share with Mac OS 9.2.x computers when the host computer is
running the Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x).
Note

USB printers can only be shared between the Mac OS 9.2.x and the Mac OS X through the
Classic environment in the Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x).
1

142

On the Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x) host computer, open System Preferences, make
sure that printer sharing is off, and then quit System Preferences.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

2

Locate the Mac OS 9 System Folder, open Control Panel, and then open USB Printer
Sharing. (If the Classic environment is not already running, it starts.)

3

Click the Start/Stop tab, and then click Start.

4

When “USB Printer Sharing On” appears, click the My Printers tab.

5

Select the check box next to the device that you want to share.

6

Close the control panel.

Using the Customization Utility
The Customization Utility gives you the ability to select installation options and create a
custom installer that can be started silently from a batch file. You can find the Customization
Utility on Starter CD 1. See the readme file on Starter CD 1 for more information.

Uninstalling the all-in-one software
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Uninstalling the software for Windows computers

z

Uninstalling the software for Macintosh computers (all versions)

Uninstalling the software for Windows computers
If you are using Windows 2000 or Windows XP, you must have administrator privileges to
uninstall the all-in-one software.
If the software was not successfully installed or the uninstaller could not be found, run the
scrubber utility.

To uninstall the software
1

Close any programs that are open.

2

From the Start menu, open the Control Panel.

3

Double-click Add/Remove Programs.

4

Select the all-in-one software that you want to remove, click the button for removing the
software, and then follow the instructions on the screen to complete the removal. Follow
this step for each component that you want to remove.
The following components are associated with the all-in-one. These components might be
shared with other HP devices such as digital cameras and scanners. Do not uninstall the
components if they are used by other such devices.
• HP Officejet 9100 series
• Memories Disc Creator
• HP Photo & Imaging 3.0
• HP Software Update

5

ENWW

Restart the computer.

Uninstalling the all-in-one software 143

To run the scrubber utility
Note

The scrubber utility is not available for Windows NT 4.0 computers.
1

Disconnect the all-in-one from the computer.

2

On the computer, restart Windows.

3

Insert the Starter CD 1 in the CD-ROM drive.

4

Locate the scrubber utility on Starter CD 1 and run the utility.
• Windows 98 and Windows Me:
Use the Scrub9x.exe file that is located in the Utils\Scrubber\Win9x_Me folder.
• Windows 2000 and Windows XP:
Use the Scrub2k.exe file that is located in the Utils\Scrubber\Win2k_XP folder.

Uninstalling the software for Macintosh computers (all
versions)
The uninstaller removes all of the HP software components that are specific to the all-in-one. It
does not remove components that are shared by other HP products or programs. The
uninstaller prompts you about whether you also want to remove any third-party software that is
associated with all-in-one operation.

To uninstall the software

144

1

Double-click the Uninstall icon in the all-in-one folder.

2

Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the software.

9 - Managing the administrator functions

ENWW

10

Maintaining and
troubleshooting
This section contains the following information for maintaining the all-in-one:
z

Gaining access to the supplies area

z

Maintaining the printheads

z

Replacing the ink cartridges

z

Replacing the printheads

z

Calibrating the color

z

Calibrating the linefeed

z

Cleaning the all-in-one

This section also contains the following information for troubleshooting the all-in-one:

ENWW

z

Troubleshooting tips and resources

z

Solving all-in-one problems

z

Solving copy problems

z

Solving problems with sending scans

z

Solving print problems

z

Solving scan problems

z

Solving fax problems

z

Solving photo (memory card) problems

z

Solving color problems

z

Solving media-handling problems

z

Clearing jams

145

Gaining access to the supplies area
The ink cartridges and printheads are located under the print-carriage access door.

To gain access to the supplies area
1

CAUTION

Open the print-carriage access door by lifting the door handle up, as shown in the
following figure.
Do not use the keyboard tray to lift the print-carriage access door. Doing so might damage the
tray.

2

Lift the print-carriage access door until it locks into place.

3

To close the door, lift the door up slightly, and then lower the door until it closes.

Maintaining the printheads
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Cleaning the printheads

z

Cleaning the printhead contacts

z

Aligning the printheads

Cleaning the printheads
The printheads for your all-in-one have microscopic nozzles. The all-in-one is designed to
prevent nozzles from drying out when the all-in-one is idle and when it is turned off.
Clean the printheads for the following reasons:
z

When the printhead nozzles become clogged. Nozzles can become clogged when
exposed to the air for more than a few minutes. A printhead that is not used for long
periods of time can also clog, resulting in a noticeable degradation of print quality.

z

When lines or dots are missing from printed text or graphics.

Cleaning the printheads takes several minutes. When the process is complete, the all-in-one
prints two pages that contain cleaning patterns.
Note

146

Clean the printheads only when necessary. Cleaning the printheads when defects do not occur
in printed text or graphics wastes ink and shortens the life of the printheads.

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

To clean the printheads
1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(up) or

3

Press

(down) to move to Clean printheads, and then press

(down) to move to MAINTENANCE, and then press

(select).
(select).

Cleaning the printhead contacts
If lines or dots are still missing from printed text or graphics after you have cleaned the
printheads, the printhead contacts might be dirty.
CAUTION

HP recommends that you clean the printhead contacts only after you have cleaned the
printheads. Printhead contacts contain sensitive electronic components that can be damaged
easily.

To clean the printhead contacts
1

Turn on the all-in-one.

2

Open the print-carriage access door by lifting the door handle up. See Gaining access to
the supplies area for more information.

3

Lift the printhead latch from the rear, and then pull it forward and down to release the hook
from the metal catch.
3

4

ENWW

4

Lift and push the latch toward the back of the all-in-one.

5

To remove a printhead, place your index finger in the loop of the printhead handle, and
gently pull up until the printhead releases from the carriage assembly.

Maintaining the printheads 147

6

Using a soft, dry, lint-free cloth, carefully remove any ink from the contact pads on the
printhead and inside the printhead slot in the all-in-one.
Contact pad

Ink nozzles
CAUTION

Do not clean the ink nozzles on the bottom of the printhead.
7

Reinsert the printhead into its color-coded slot. Press down firmly on the printhead to
ensure proper contact.
If a message such as Missing or bad printhead appears on the control-panel display,
the all-in-one is not recognizing the printhead. Repeat this step to make proper contact.

8

Repeat steps 5 through 7 for the remaining printheads.

9

Pull the printhead latch all the way forward and down, and engage the metal catch with the
hook. Push the latch towards the back of the all-in-one. You might need to apply some
pressure to close the latch.

10 Close the print-carriage access door.
11 Wait while the all-in-one aligns the printheads. This can take a few minutes. When the
process is complete, an alignment page prints.

Aligning the printheads
The printheads are automatically aligned upon installation. Misaligned printheads produce
jagged edges or stray dots on printouts. If your printheads are misaligned, you can align them
by using the following procedure at the control panel.
When the process is complete, the all-in-one prints a page that contains alignment patterns.

To align the printheads

148

1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(up) or

3

Press

(down) to move to Align printheads, and then press

(down) to move to MAINTENANCE, and then press

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

(select).

(select).

ENWW

Replacing the ink cartridges
The ink gauges on the control-panel display depict the ink level. Replace an ink cartridge
when the ink level is low or when the ink cartridge is empty.
z

Ink level low
When the ink level for a cartridge is low (less than 16 percent full), a blinking ORDER
[COLOR][ CARTRIDGE message appears on the control-panel display.

z

Ink cartridge empty
When an ink cartridge is empty, a blinking REPLACE [COLOR] CARTRIDGE message appears
on the control-panel display.

All four ink cartridges must be correctly installed in order for the all-in-one to work.

To replace an ink cartridge
Follow the instructions that are included with the ink cartridge.

Replacing the printheads
You might need to replace printheads when the following messages appear on the
control-panel display:
Replace [color] printhead
Incompatible [color] printhead
Cleaning might prolong the life of printheads, even when these messages occur. Try cleaning
the printheads or the printhead contacts before you replace them. See Cleaning the
printheads and Cleaning the printhead contacts for more information.

To replace a printhead
Follow the steps under Cleaning the printhead contacts, but skip the steps that apply to
cleaning the printhead contacts.

ENWW

Replacing the ink cartridges 149

Calibrating the color
The all-in-one automatically calibrates the color when you change printhead or ink cartridge.
Whenever you experience color-related problems with the all-in-one, calibrate the color before
trying any other steps.

To calibrate the color from the control panel
1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(up) or

3

Press

(down) to move to Calibrate printheads, and then press

(down) to move to

MAINTENANCE, and then press

(select).
(select).

A calibration page (with instructions) prints and the following message appears on the
control-panel display:
Select color patch
number
4

Press

(select).

5

On the calibration page, find the box that matches the background color, and note its
number.

6

On the control panel, press
press
(select).

(up) or

(down) to select the number of the box, and then

Calibrating the linefeed
If regular horizontal bands appear in printed text or graphics, calibrate the linefeed by using
the following procedure.

To calibrate the linefeed
1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

(up) or

3

Press

(down) to move to Calibrate linefeed, and then press

(down) to move to MAINTENANCE, and then press

(select).
(select).

A calibration page (with instructions) prints and the following message appears on the
control panel:
Select least light/dark lines

150

4

Press

(select).

5

On the calibration page, find the box that has the fewest horizontal bands across it, and
note its number.

6

On the control panel, press
press
(select).

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

(up) or

(down) to select the number of the box, and then

ENWW

Cleaning the all-in-one
This section provides instructions for keeping the all-in-one in top working condition. Perform
these maintenance procedures as necessary.
z

Cleaning the scanner glass, ADF lid backing, and ADF window

z

Cleaning the exterior

Cleaning the scanner glass, ADF lid backing, and ADF window
Dust or dirt on the scanner glass, ADF lid backing, or ADF window can slow down
performance, degrade the quality of scans, and affect the accuracy of special features such as
fitting copies to a certain page size.

ADF lid backing

Scanner glass

ADF window

To clean the scanner glass and ADF window
1

Turn off the all-in-one.

2

Unplug the power cord from the electrical socket.

3

Lift the ADF.

4

Clean the scanner glass and ADF window with a soft cloth or sponge that has been
moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on the scanner
glass; these can damage the all-in-one. Do not place liquids directly on the scanner glass.
They might seep under the scanner glass and damage the all-in-one.
5

Dry the scanner glass and ADF window with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent
spotting.

6

Close the ADF, plug in the power cord, and turn on the all-in-one.

To clean the ADF lid backing

ENWW

1

Turn off the all-in-one.

2

Unplug the power cord from the electrical socket

3

Lift the ADF.

Cleaning the all-in-one 151

4

Clean the white ADF lid backing with a soft cloth or sponge that has been moistened with
a mild soap and warm water. Wash the backing gently to loosen debris; do not scrub the
backing.

5

Dry the backing with a chamois or soft cloth.

CAUTION

Do not use paper-based wipes, because these might scratch the backing.
6

If this does not clean the backing thoroughly, repeat the previous steps by using isopropyl
(rubbing) alcohol, wipe the backing with a damp cloth to remove any residual alcohol, and
then dry the backing as in step 5.

7

Close the ADF, plug in the power cord, and turn on the all-in-one.

Cleaning the exterior
Note

Before cleaning the all-in-one, turn off the power and unplug the power cord from the electrical
socket.
Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the case. The exterior
of the all-in-one does not require cleaning. Keep fluids away from the interior of the all-in-one,
as well as from the control panel.

Troubleshooting tips and resources
If you have problems with the all-in-one or the software that runs with it, use the following tips
and resources to resolve the problems.
z

Use any onscreen Help that is available for troubleshooting software.

z

Check for problems by using the embedded Web server (for network connection) or the
Toolbox (for direct connection). See Embedded Web server (EWS) (network connection)
or Toolbox (direct connection) for more information.

z

Turn off the all-in-one and then turn it on to see if this resolves the problem. Often this
gives you the ability to continue with other functions. Sometimes a more specific message
about the problem appears on the control-panel display.

Resource

Description

Location

Readme file and
release notes

Provide late-breaking information and
troubleshooting tips.

Included on Starter CD 1.

Setup menu map

Shows the structure and contents of all of the
setup menus on the control panel, and the
location and setting of all setup options.

See Printing a setup menu map.

Embedded Web server
(network connection)

Provides troubleshooting, diagnostic, and
Available through any standard Web
configuration information for the all-in-one (if the browser.
all-in-one is connected to a network).
See Embedded Web server (EWS)
(network connection).

Toolbox
(Windows computers only,
direct connection)

Provides status, maintenance, and job
accounting information about about the
all-in-one. It also provides a link to steps for
performing many of the tasks described in this
guide, to HP Customer Support, HP Instant
Support, and myPrintMileage.

152

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

Available at the computer while you are
using the Toolbox.
See Toolbox (direct connection).

ENWW

Resource

Description

Location

HP Instant Support

A suite of Web-based troubleshooting tools for
desktop computing and printing products.

Available through the embedded Web
server and the Toolbox.
See HP Instant Support.

Control-panel messages

Provide status, error, and warning messages
about all-in-one operation.

See Control-panel messages.

Control-panel
button

(help)

Provides additional information about messages Located on the control panel.
or menus that appear on the control-panel
display.
See Monitoring the operation and status
for more information.

Logs and reports

Provide information about events that have
occurred.
z
Event log
z
Fax log
z
PostScript error report

Configuration page

Provides information about the hardware (such See Configuration page.
as the firmware version and model number),
all-in-one settings, and accessories that are
installed (such as memory, trays, and printer
languages). If an HP Jetdirect print server is
installed in the all-in-one, an additional
HP Jetdirect Configuration page prints that
shows the network settings for the print server.

System tests and printouts

Provide information that can help diagnose
problems in the print mechanism and paper
path.
z
Demo page printout
z
Paper-path test

See PRINT REPORT menu and
MAINTENANCE menu for more
information.

Printer driver onscreen Help
(Windows only)

Provides troubleshooting information for the
printer driver (Windows computers only).

Available on the screen at the computer
while you are using the printer driver.

HP photo and imaging
software onscreen Help

Provides onscreen help for troubleshooting
problems related to the HP photo and imaging
software that is installed when an all-in-one is
connected directly to a computer.

Available on the screen at the computer
when you are using the HP photo and
imaging software.

HP Jetdirect Administrator’s
Guide

Provides information for configuring and
troubleshooting the HP Jetdirect print server
that is installed in the all-in-one.

Included on Starter CD 1.

HP websites on the World
Wide Web

Provide troubleshooting and support information http://www.hp.com/support/officejet9100
for for the all-in-one.
http://www.hp.com

ENWW

Troubleshooting tips and resources 153

Solving all-in-one problems
If the following topics do not help, see Contacting customer support for information about
HP support.
z

The all-in-one has no power and no lights are lit on the control panel

z

The all-in-one is not responding

z

The Attention light blinks

z

The Attention light blinks alternately with the Ready light

z

The all-in-one shuts down unexpectedly

Note

If the all-in-one is used on a network, see the HP Jetdirect Administrator’s Guide on
Starter CD 1 for network troubleshooting information.

The all-in-one has no power and no lights are lit on the control panel
z

Check the power
• Make sure that the power cord is securely connected to both the all-in-one and to a
working power outlet, and that the all-in-one is turned on.
• If the power cord is connected to a power strip or surge protection device, make sure
that the power strip or surge protection device is switched on and functioning correctly.

The all-in-one is not responding
z

Check the status of the all-in-one
• The all-in-one might be coming out of PowerSave mode after a period of inactivity,
which delays processing for a short while. Wait until the all-in-one reaches the READY
state.
• Check the control panel for messages. See Control-panel messages for a list and
explanations of all-in-one messages.

z

Check the all-in-one setup
• Make sure that the ink cartridges, printheads, and print media are loaded correctly.
• Make sure that all cords and cables are firmly connected—for example, the power cord
from the all-in-one to the power outlet, the network interface cable (for a network
connection), and the cable from the all-in-one to the computer (for a direct connection).
• If you are using a parallel interface connection, make sure that the correct port (LPTx,
where “x” is the port number) is selected and that the all-in-one is connected directly to
the computer. If the all-in-one is connected to a switchbox, make sure that you have
selected the correct switch. Or, connect the all-in-one directly to the computer without
the switchbox.
• Make sure that the all-in-one is selected as the current or default device. See the
onscreen Help for your computer operating system for information about setting the
default device.

z

Check the power
• If the all-in-one is not turned on, press
(POWER) on the all-in-one. After a brief
startup, the Ready light on the control panel should be a steady green.

154

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

The Attention light blinks
Either an event has occurred that requires user intervention or an error has occurred. For
example, a cover might not be closed correctly, or the carriage might be jammed.
z

Check the control panel for messages
• Press
(help) to display a message that explains the problem. See Control-panel
messages and follow the recommended actions to resolve the condition.

z

Restart the all-in-one
• Some of these messages can be cleared by restarting the all-in-one. Press
(POWER)
to turn off the all-in-one. Wait a few seconds, and then turn it on again. Even if the
problem persists, restarting the all-in-one often gives you the ability to continue with
other functions. Also, the message that appears on the control-panel display after you
restart might provide more specific information about the problem.
• If the message persists, write down the error code, and then go to HP Instant Support
to learn more about possible causes for the message. See HP Instant Support for more
information.
• If the problem persists, service is required. See Customer support and warranty for
more information.

The Attention light blinks alternately with the Ready light
A critical error has occurred and the all-in-one requires attention.
z

Check the control panel for messages
• A message usually accompanies this indicator. See Control-panel messages and
follow the recommended actions to resolve the condition.

z

Restart the all-in-one
• Some of these messages can be cleared by restarting the all-in-one. Press
to turn off the all-in-one. Wait a few seconds, and then turn it on again.

(POWER)

• If the message persists, write down the error code, and then go to HP Instant Support
to learn more about possible causes for the message. See HP Instant Support for more
information.
• If the problem persists, service is required. See Customer support and warranty for
more information.

The all-in-one shuts down unexpectedly
z

Check the power
• Make sure that the power cord is securely connected to both the all-in-one and to a
working power outlet, and that the all-in-one is turned on. The Ready light on the
control panel should be green.
• Try restarting the all-in-one. Press
seconds, and then turn it on again.

ENWW

(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one. Wait a few

Solving all-in-one problems 155

Solving copy problems
If the following topics do not help, see Contacting customer support for information about
HP support.
z

No copy came out

z

Copies are blank

z

Wrong original was copied

z

Images are missing or faded

z

Size is reduced

z

Copy quality is poor

z

Copy defects are apparent

No copy came out
z

Check the power
• Make sure that the all-in-one is turned on, the power cord is securely connected, and
the all-in-one is turned on.

z

Check the status of the all-in-one
• The all-in-one might be busy with another job. Check the control-panel display for
information about the status of jobs. Wait for any job that is processing to finish.
• The all-in-one might be jammed. Check for jams. See Clearing jams for more
information.

z

Check the trays
• Make sure that media is loaded. See Loading the print media for more information.

Copies are blank
z

Check the trays
• If you are copying from the ADF, make sure that the originals have been loaded
correctly. See Loading the originals for more information
• If you are copying from the scanner glass, make sure that the ADF is empty.

z

Check the media
• The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the
media is too moist or too rough). See Choosing the print media for more information.

z

Check the printheads
• The protective tape might not have been removed from the printheads. Check each
printhead by removing it from the all-in-one. Pull off the protective tape if it is still
attached. Then reinstall the printheads. See Replacing the printheads for more
information.

z

Check the settings
• The contrast setting might be set too light. Use the LIGHTER/DARKER button on the
control panel to create darker copies.

Wrong original was copied
z

Check the trays
• If you are copying from the scanner glass, make sure that the ADF is empty.

156

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

Images are missing or faded
z

Check the media
• The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the
media is too moist or too rough). See Choosing the print media for more information.

z

Check the settings
• The media setting on the Copy mode menu might be different than the setting on the
SETUP menu. See Copy mode menu and COPY SETUP menu for more information.
• The quality setting of FAST (which produces draft-quality copies) might be responsible
for the missing or faded images. Change to the NORMAL or BEST setting.

z

Check the original
• The accuracy of the copy depends on the quality and size of the original. Try adjusting
the contrast. If the original is too light, the copy might not be able to compensate, even
if you adjust the contrast.
• Colored backgrounds might cause images in the foreground to blend into the
background, or the background might appear in a different shade.

Size is reduced
z

Check the settings
• The reduce/enlarge or other copy feature might have been set from the control panel to
reduce the scanned image. Check the settings for the copy job to make sure that they
are for normal size.
• The HP photo and imaging software settings might be set to reduce the scanned
image. Change the settings, if needed. See the onscreen Help for the HP photo and
imaging software for more information.

Copy quality is poor
z

Take steps to improve the copy quality
• Copy from the flatbed scanner. This produces a higher-quality copy than copying from
the ADF.
• Use quality originals.
• Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew, causing
unclear images. See Loading the print media for more information.
• Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.

z

Check the all-in-one
• The ADF might not be closed properly.
• The scanner glass, ADF lid backing, or ADF window might need cleaning. See
Cleaning the all-in-one for more information.

Copy defects are apparent
z

Vertical white or faded stripes
• The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the
media is too moist or too rough). See Choosing the print media for more information.

z

Too light or dark
• Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.

ENWW

Solving copy problems 157

z

Unwanted lines
• Make sure that the trays are in place.
• The scanner glass or ADF lid backing might need cleaning. See Cleaning the all-in-one
for more information.

z

Black dots or streaks
• Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner glass or
ADF lid backing. Try cleaning the all-in-one. See Cleaning the all-in-one for more
information.

z

Unclear text
• Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.
• The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the setting
and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. See COPY SETUP menu for
more information.

z

Incompletely filled text or graphics
• Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.

z

Copy is slanted or skewed
• Make sure that the ADF input tray is not too full.
• Make sure that the ADF width adjusters are snug against the sides of the media.

z

Large, black typefaces look splotchy (not smooth)
• The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the setting
and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. See COPY SETUP menu for
more information.

z

Horizontal grainy or white bands in light-gray to medium-gray areas
• The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the setting
and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. See COPY SETUP menu for
more information.

158

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

Solving problems with sending scans
If the following topics do not help, see Contacting customer support for information about
HP support.
z

Network connection does not work

z

E-mail access does not work

z

Address book (LDAP) does not work

z

Unable to scan to folder

Network connection does not work
z

The “... Connecting” message appears, but nothing happens
• Make sure that the correct IP address appears on the control-panel display before
starting the digital send job. For DHCP/BOOTP, the IP address does not appear until
the server assigns one.
• Make sure that the network cable is plugged in correctly.
• Make sure that the EIO card is plugged in correctly.

z

The “... Connecting” message appears, followed by the “Network Connection
Error...” message
• Make sure that the IP address for the target computer is set correctly (0.0.0.0). If it is
set incorrectly, or if the target computer is not connected to the network when you
attempt to connect, this error might appear.
• Make sure that the current combination of IP address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway
allow for a successful connection to the target computer.
• Check the target computer to see if it is running firewall software. If so, you can
configure the software to allow connection. Use the following default ports in the
configuration: E-mail: TCP/25; LDAP: TCP/389; and CIFS: TCP/445, TCP/139, UDP/
137.

z

The “Cannot connect to specified server...” message appears
• Make sure that the IP address and port number are set correctly, and that the service is
running on the target computer.

z

The network connection has been working, but it prematurely terminates and the
the “Network Connection Error...” message appears
• The connection may be timing out due to heavy network traffic. The IP address of the
all-in-one can be changed during this time, either from the control panel or in the EWS.
• Make sure that the network cable is connected correctly.

E-mail access does not work
z

The “Incorrect user name or password...” message appears
• Make sure that the user name and password are correct.
• Make sure that the server allows the e-mail address in the From: field to send with the
given user name and password.
• Make sure that AutoBCC also contains a valid e-mail address (has to be activated).

z

The “... authentication method not supported...” message appears
• The all-in-one only supports the LOGIN authentication scheme. The SMTP server in
this case requires other (stronger) authentication schemes that are not supported.

ENWW

Solving problems with sending scans 159

Address book (LDAP) does not work
z

Search results came back empty even though the entry has been confirmed to be
correct
• Make sure that the search entry takes into account the three search types available:
BEGIN, CONTAINS, and END.

Unable to scan to folder
z

The “Network Connection Error...” message appears
• Make sure that the computer name is correct or valid.
• Make sure that there are no invalid or non-functional Primary WINS Server entries in
the network setup.
• Make sure that the WINS server is returning the correct IP address.
• Make sure that the target computer is in the WINS server entry, and in the same subnet
as the all-in-one.

z

The “Incorrect user name or password...” message appears
• Make sure that the password for the particular user account has not expired or requires
the password to be changed before being allowed further access. For example, the
default option of “User must change password at the next login” is usually enabled by
default when an account is newly created—the password entered is assumed to be an
initial password that needs to be changed manually by the user before a login is
allowed.
• Make sure that the domain name is correct. If no domain name is provided as part of
the user name, then the authentication procedure will use the domain name of the
target machine, which may not be the same domain which contains the user account. If
the user account is local to the target machine, then the domain name is the name of
the machine itself, and generally must be provided to authenticate successfully.

z

“Cannot create file...”
• Make sure that both share permission and security settings of the destination share
folder allows for the remote user to create and write to it (a minimum of permission to
Change is required).

160

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

Solving print problems
If the following topics do not help, see the printer driver software Help or Contacting customer
support for information about HP support.
z

Nothing is printed

z

The all-in-one takes a long time to print a job

z

Pages print, but are totally blank

z

The all-in-one does not print on both sides of the media

z

Text or graphics are placed incorrectly

z

Text or graphics are cut off at the edges of a page

z

Wrong fonts are printed

z

Text is jagged at the edges

z

Printout is incorrect or part of it is missing

z

Meaningless characters are printed

z

Ink is smearing

z

Ink is not filling the text or graphics completely

z

Print quality is poor

z

Print defects are apparent

Nothing is printed
z

Check the ink cartridges and printheads
• The ink might be out. If this is the case, a message appears on the control-panel
display. Replace the ink cartridges that are empty. See Replacing the ink cartridges for
more information. See Supplies for information about ordering ink cartridges.
• The protective tape might not have been removed from the printheads. Check each
printhead by removing it from the all-in-one. Pull off the protective tape if it is still
attached. Then reinstall the printheads. See Replacing the printheads for more
information.

z

Check the status of the all-in-one
• The all-in-one might be coming out of the PowerSave mode after a period of inactivity,
which delays processing a short while. Wait until the all-in-one reaches the READY state.
• Complex documents that contain many fonts, graphics, and color photos take longer to
begin printing. The message Processing job appears on the control-panel display
and the Ready light blinks when the all-in-one is processing information to be printed.
Wait for the preliminary processing to complete.
• Another job might have priority over yours. For example, jobs that are started at the
all-in-one take precedence over jobs that are started from a computer.
• A resource that is needed for your job might be in use for another job. An an “in-use”
message appears on the control-panel display if a job cannot start for this reason (for
example, Printer in use).
• An error condition prevents the all-in-one from continuing operation. A control-panel
message usually accompanies this condition. See Control-panel messages and follow
the recommended actions to resolve the condition.

ENWW

Solving print problems 161

• The all-in-one might not have enough memory to process the job. An “insufficient
memory” message prints. For the current job, you can reduce the resolution or print to a
smaller size of media. If the memory problems persist, consider increasing the amount
of memory in the all-in-one. See Installing memory modules for more information.
• The all-in-one might be out of media or the media might not be loaded correctly. Load
media, if needed. Clear any jam that exists. See Loading the print media and Clearing
jams for more information.
z

Check the connections
• Make sure that the power cord is securely connected to both the all-in-one and to a
working power outlet, and that the all-in-one is turned on. The Ready light on the
control panel should be green.
• Make sure that the interface cable (USB, parallel, or network) is connected correctly.
• Try restarting the all-in-one. Press
seconds, and then turn it on again.

z

(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one. Wait a few

Try printing a Demo page
• A Demo page can be used to verify that the printing mechanism is operating correctly
and that the problem is more probably a communication problem. On the control panel,
press MENU, open the PRINT REPORT menu, and then use the Demo page option.

z

Check the all-in-one setup
• Make sure that the all-in-one is selected as the current or default device. See the
onscreen Help for your computer operating system for information about setting the
default device.
• If your computer is running a Windows operating system, make sure that Pause
Printing is not selected. Do one of the following:
• Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0, and Windows 2000:
Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers.
• Windows XP:
Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
Or, click Start, click Control Panel, and then click Printers and Faxes.
Right-click the icon for the all-in-one, and then make sure that Pause Printing is not
selected.
• For Macintosh computers, make sure that the print queue settings are correct for your
operating system and connection type.
• For Macintosh computers connected directly to a computer with a USB cable, use
the Officejet 9100 series Printer print queue for Mac OS 9. For Mac OS 10, use the
Officejet 9100 series (Printer) print queue.
• For Macintosh computers connected to a network (IP printing only) using CommApp,
use the xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx OJ9100 print queue. For Mac OS 10, use the Officejet
9100 series@macaddress print queue.
• For Macintosh computers connected to a network (IP printing), without using
CommApp, use the xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx OJ9100 - NET print queue. For Mac OS 10,
use the Officejet 9100 series@macaddress - NET print queue.

z

Check the settings in the printer driver
• Conflicting print settings might be selected. An error message appears when the print
features that have been selected are incompatible. For example, when the Paper Type
selected is HP Premium Photo Paper and Print on Both Sides is set to On, you
cannot print on both sides of this type of paper. Change either of the print settings
shown in the message. For example, you can print on both sides of Plain Paper.
• The print-to-file option might be selected. If Print to File is selected in the printer driver,
the print job is saved to a file on your computer and not printed on paper.

162

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

• Windows: From the software program, on the File menu, click Print. Make sure that
the Print to File option is not selected.
• Macintosh: On the main pop-up menu in the Print dialog box, make sure that the
Print to file option is not selected.
z

Check the network setup
• Make sure that your all-in-one is correctly set up in the network environment. For
information about setting up and using the all-in-one on a network, see the HP Jetdirect
Administrator’s Guide on Starter CD 1.
• Turn off the all-in-one, and then turn it on.

The all-in-one takes a long time to print a job
z

Check the characteristics of the print job
• Several characteristics can increase the time that it takes to print a job. For example,
duplexed jobs take longer to print than jobs that print on one side. Jobs that use
high-quality settings and documents that contain many fonts, graphics, and color
photos also take longer to print.

z

Check the system configuration
• Make sure that your computer meets the system requirements (see Specifications).
Although the all-in-one is designed to function with a computer that meets the minimum
system requirements, all-in-one performance is optimized with a computer that meets
the recommended system requirements.

z

Make sure that the computer has sufficient hard disk space
• If you are printing graphics-intensive files, make sure that you have enough hard disk
space.

z

Make sure that the port setting configuration in the computer is set to Enhanced/
Extended Capabilities Port (ECP) (Windows 98 computers only)
• See the computer documentation for information about how to change your port setting,
or contact your computer manufacturer.

z

Make sure that the computer has enough resources available (Windows computers
only)
• If less than 80 percent of the computer resources are available, printing could be
significantly slower. To make more computer resources available, close all unused
programs and resend the print job.
• If necessary, restart the system, and then resend the print job.

z

Check to see if the all-in-one was recently returned to the ready state
• After you exit a mode and return the all-in-one to the ready state, an asterisk (*)
appears beside READY on the control panel display for a short time. During this time, the
all-in-one is reserved for walk-up use. Any print jobs sent during this time print only
after the asterisk disappears.

Pages print, but are totally blank
z

Check the control panel for error messages
• See Control-panel messages for a list and explanations of messages.

z

Check the printheads
• The protective tape might not have been removed from the printheads. Check each
printhead by removing it from the all-in-one. Pull off the protective tape if it is still
attached. Then reinstall the printheads. See Replacing the printheads for more
information.

ENWW

Solving print problems 163

z

Check the all-in-one setup
• Make sure that the all-in-one is selected as the current or default device. For
information about setting the default device, see the onscreen Help for your computer
operating system.

z

Check the USB or parallel port on your computer
• Make sure that the all-in-one is connected directly to the USB port or parallel port. Do
not share the port with other devices, such as a Zip drive.

z

Check the file that is being printed
• The file that you are printing might not have content on all of its pages.

The all-in-one does not print on both sides of the media
z

Check the settings
• The duplex option might not be selected in the printer driver. Make sure that the duplex
option is selected. See Changing settings for the all-in-one for more information.

z

The media type or size is not supported by the auto-duplex unit
• You cannot print on both sides of media such as legal-size paper, transparencies, and
envelopes. See Supported media sizes and Supported media types and weights for
more information.

Text or graphics are placed incorrectly
z

Check the settings
• Make sure that the media size and page orientation that are selected in the software
program match the settings in the printer driver.
• The software program might be the source of the problem. On Starter CD 1, see the
readme file for known software conflicts. Otherwise, check your software program
documentation, or contact the software manufacturer for more specific help for this
problem.

z

Check the media
• Make sure that the media width and length adjusters fit snugly but gently against the
edges of the stack.
• For tray 1, make sure that no more than 150 sheets of media (up to 15 mm or 0.6 inch,
stacked) are loaded in the tray. Tray 1 can hold a maximum of 30 transparencies. See
Loading the print media for more information.
• For tray 2, make sure that no more than 250 sheets of plain paper (up to 25 mm or
1 inch, stacked) are loaded in the tray. See Loading the print media for more
information.

Text or graphics are cut off at the edges of a page
z

Check the settings
• The page orientation selected might not be correct for the document that you are
printing. See Changing settings for the all-in-one for more information.
• If the text or graphics are cut off at the edges of the page, make sure that the margin
settings for the document match or exceed the minimum margins for the all-in-one. See
Minimum margins for more information.
• The software program might be the source of the problem. On Starter CD 1, see the
readme file for known software conflicts. Otherwise, check your software program
documentation, or contact the software manufacturer for more specific help for this
problem.

164

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

z

Check the file that is being printed
• The size of the document that you are printing might be larger than the media size in
the tray. Make sure that the layout of the document you are trying to print will fit on a
media size supported by the all-in-one, and then load the correct media size. Make
sure that you select the correct page orientation.

z

Check the media
• Make sure that the media width and length adjusters fit snugly but gently against the
edges of the stack.
• Make sure that the media meets the specifications. Some media types are not suitable
for use with your all-in-one, and might not feed correctly into the all-in-one. See
Choosing the print media for more information.

Wrong fonts are printed
z

Check the fonts
• Make sure that you correctly apply the font that you want to use. For example, in a
graphics program, place the words in the size that that you want them to appear; do not
enlarge them by dragging and sizing.
• Make sure that the font is available in your computer. The fonts used in the document
might not match the fonts that are currently available in your computer, or the type of
font that is used is not designed to be printed. Make sure that the font is available in the
font selection box of your software program, and make sure that it is a TrueType™ font.
TrueType is a technology that can create fonts of any size from a basic font outline.
TrueType fonts are scalable. They can be scaled at any time for use on the computer
screen or the all-in-one. This is the standard font-scaling technology in Windows.

z

Check the printer driver
• Make sure that the all-in-one is selected as the current or default device. For
information about setting the default device, see the onscreen Help for your computer
operating system.

z

Check the software program
• The software program might be the source of the problem. On Starter CD 1, see the
readme file for known software conflicts. Otherwise, check your software program
documentation, or contact the software manufacturer for more specific help for this
problem.

Text is jagged at the edges
z

Check the fonts
• Make sure that the correct type of font has been chosen. Some software programs offer
custom fonts or use bitmap images of text that have jagged edges when skewed,
enlarged, or printed. By using TrueType fonts, you can ensure that the all-in-one is able
to print smooth fonts. When selecting a font, look for the TrueType icon.

z

Check the media
• You might be using an incorrect media type. This all-in-one is designed to work well
with most office paper types or quality 25-percent cotton bond paper. Because the
all-in-one uses ink to produce an image, media that accepts ink well produces the best
results. Media that is heavily textured or does not accept ink well can cause graphics
and text to print poorly. To determine if the media type is the cause of the problem, try
printing the same document on a type of media that has previously worked well with
your all-in-one. See Choosing the print media for more information.

ENWW

Solving print problems 165

z

Check the software program
• The software program might be the source of the problem. On Starter CD 1, see the
readme file for known software conflicts. Otherwise, check your software program
documentation, or contact the software manufacturer for more specific help for this
problem.

Printout is incorrect or part of it is missing
If the problem concerns color, see also Solving color problems.
z

Check the settings
• Make sure that the margin settings for the document match or exceed the minimum
margins for the all-in-one. See Minimum margins for more information.
• The color print settings might be wrong. The all-in-one might be set to print in
grayscale. Follow the instructions for your operating system to check the setting.
• Windows: From the software program, on the File menu, click Print, and then click
Setup or Properties. Make sure that the Grayscale option is not selected.
• Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x): On the main pop-up menu in the Print dialog box,
select HP Image Quality. Make sure that the Print Color as Gray option is not
selected.
• Mac OS 9.2.x: On the main pop-up menu in the Print dialog box, select Color
Matching. Make sure that the Black and White or Grayscale options are not
selected on the Print Color pop-up menu.

z

Check the printer driver
• Make sure that the all-in-one is selected as the current or default device. For
information about setting the default device, see the onscreen Help for your computer
operating system.

Meaningless characters are printed
z

Check the cable connection
• A common cause for meaningless characters is a poor cable connection between the
all-in-one and the computer. Make sure that the cable connection at both ends is good
and that the cable is securely fastened.

z

Restart the system
• The system might need to be restarted. If the all-in-one is directly connected to a
computer, turn off the computer. On the all-in-one, press
(POWER) to turn off the
all-in-one. Wait for a few seconds, and then turn them both on. Try printing again.

z

Check the printer driver
• Make sure that the all-in-one is selected as the current or default device. For
information about setting the default device, see the onscreen Help for your computer
operating system.

z

Check the file that is being printed
• Occasionally, a document file can become damaged. If you can print other documents
from the same software program, try to print from a backup copy of your document, if
one is available.
• You might be trying to print double-byte characters on a system that supports only
single-byte characters. Open a website that contains the language in question. If the
fonts print correctly, the problem is with the all-in-one.

z

Check for the network for viruses
• Viruses can sometimes cause meaningless characters to print.

166

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

Ink is smearing
z

Check the printout
• The document might not have had enough time to dry. When you are printing
documents that use a lot of ink, you must allow the document more time to dry before
handling it. This is especially true for transparencies.
The Normal print-quality setting for the printer driver is to designed to optimize both
drying time and speed. Using this mode allows the print output to dry completely in
most situations. However, when printing in very humid environments, use the Best print
quality setting to allow a longer drying time.
• Too much ink on the page might be causing wrinkling. Color documents with rich,
blended colors can use excess ink, which wrinkles the page during printing and causes
smearing. Try using the Normal or Fast print quality setting to reduce ink, or use
HP media that is designed for printing vivid color documents.

z

Check the media and media type
• Some types of media do not accept ink well, which causes the ink to dry more slowly
and results in smearing. See Choosing the print media for more information about
media.
• An incorrect media type might be selected. The correct media must be selected in the
printer driver. Make sure that the media that is selected in the printer driver matches the
media that is loaded in the tray.
• The media might have been exposed to a humid environment. If media has been
exposed to a humid environment, you might have difficulty achieving the correct drying
time, especially when printing with heavy color saturation. Print on a fresh ream of
media that has been stored in a cool, dry place.

z

Check the printheads
• If the problem occurs repeatedly for jobs, faulty printheads might be the problem. Try
cleaning the printheads and then cleaning the printhead contacts. If cleaning does not
resolve the problem, replace the printheads. See Cleaning the printheads, Cleaning the
printhead contacts, and Replacing the printheads for more information.

Ink is not filling the text or graphics completely
z

Check the printheads
• The printheads might have poor contact. Remove and then reinstall the printheads.
See Replacing the printheads for more information.
• The printheads might need cleaning. Whenever print quality degrades noticeably, it is a
good idea to clean the printheads. See Cleaning the printheads for instructions on
cleaning the printheads.
• The printheads might need to be replaced. If the printheads are several years old, they
might need to be replaced. For printhead health information, print a Configuration page.
See Configuration page and Replacing the printheads for more information.

z

Check the media type
• Some media types are not suitable for use with your all-in-one. See Choosing the print
media for more information.

z

Check the settings
• The wrong print quality setting might be selected. Try printing with the Best print-quality
setting.

z

Check the memory
• The all-in-one might not have enough memory to process the job.

ENWW

Solving print problems 167

Print quality is poor
z

Check the settings
• The wrong print-quality setting might be selected. Try printing with the Best print quality
setting.

z

Check the media type
• Some media types are not suitable for use with your all-in-one. See Choosing the print
media for more information.

z

Check the printheads
• The printheads might have poor contact. Remove and then reinstall the printheads.
See Replacing the printheads for more information.
• The printheads might need cleaning. Whenever print quality degrades noticeably, it is a
good idea to clean the printheads. See Cleaning the printheads for instructions on
cleaning the printheads.
• The printheads need to be replaced. If the printheads are several years old, they might
need to be replaced. For printhead health information, print a Configuration page. See
Replacing the printheads to replace the printheads.

z

Check the memory
• The all-in-one might not have enough memory to process the job. An “insufficient
memory” message prints. For the current job, you can reduce the resolution or print to a
smaller size of media. If the memory problems persist, consider increasing the amount
of memory in the all-in-one. See Installing memory modules for more information.

z

Check the resolution
• The image that you are using has low resolution. (Images from the Web are only 72 dpi
and do not print at a high resolution. Also, video prints do not print at a high resolution.)
Follow these suggestions for the best print results:
• Do not enlarge images that are low resolution.
• Make sure that you increase the resolution before scanning or taking a digital photo.
• Use original photos that were scanned or transferred from a digital camera.
• Use high-quality media. See Choosing the print media for recommended media
types.

z

Check the scanner glass and ADF lid backing
• The scanner glass or ADF lid backing might need cleaning. See Cleaning the all-in-one
for more information.

Print defects are apparent
z

Light print or fade
• The ink supply is low. Replace the ink cartridges. See Replacing the ink cartridges for
more information.
• The media might not meet HP media specifications. See Choosing the print media for
recommended media types.

z

Specks or dots
• The media might not meet HP media specifications. See Choosing the print media for
recommended media types.
• The scanner glass or ADF lid backing might need cleaning. See Cleaning the scanner
glass, ADF lid backing, and ADF window for more information.
• Check the original. The defects might be on the original and not a result of the printing
process.

168

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

z

Dropouts
• A single sheet of media might be defective. Try reprinting the job.
• The moisture content of the media is uneven or the media has moist spots on the
surface. Try printing on different media. See Choosing the print media for
recommended media types.
• The media lot is bad. The manufacturing processes can cause some areas to reject ink.
Try a different type of media.

z

Uniform gray background
• Make sure that the input tray is in place.
• Change the media to a lighter-basis weight.
• Check the environment. Very dry (low-humidity) conditions can increase the amount of
background shading.

z

Printout is slanted or skewed
• Make sure that the media is loaded correctly and that the media guides are not too tight
or too loose against the media stack. See Loading the print media for more information.
• Check the media type and quality. See Choosing the print media for recommended
media types.

z

Curl or wave
• Check the media type and quality. Both temperature and humidity can cause media to
curl. See Choosing the print media for recommended media types.
• The media might have been in the input tray for a long time. Turn over the stack of
media in the input tray. Also, try rotating the media 180 degrees in the input tray.

z

Wrinkles or creases
• Make sure that the media is loaded correctly. See Loading the print media for more
information.
• Check the media type and quality. See Choosing the print media for recommended
media types.
• Make sure that the media is fresh.
• Turn over the stack of media in the tray. Also, try rotating the media 180 degrees in the
input tray.

z

Regular horizontal bands appear in the text or graphics
• The printheads might need to be aligned. The printheads are automatically aligned
when a printhead is replaced. However, you might notice print-quality improvement by
performing the alignment procedure. See Aligning the printheads for more information.
• The all-in-one needs to be calibrated. Perform the calibration as described in the
Calibrating the linefeed section.

z

Patches
• The all-in-one might not have enough memory to process the job. An “insufficient
memory” message prints. For the current job, you can reduce the resolution or print to a
smaller size of media. If the memory problems persist, consider increasing the amount
of memory in the all-in-one. See Installing memory modules for more information.

z

Smudging
• You selected borderless printing in the HP photo and imaging software. The all-in-one
does not support borderless printing.

ENWW

Solving print problems 169

Solving scan problems
If the following topics do not help, see Contacting customer support for information about
HP support.
Note

If you are starting the scan from a computer, see the software Help for troubleshooting
information.
z

Scanner did nothing

z

Scanner makes a loud clicking or grinding noise

z

Scan takes too long

z

Part of the image did not scan or text is missing

z

Text cannot be edited

z

Error messages appear

z

Scanned image quality is poor

z

Scan defects are apparent

Scanner did nothing
z

Check the original
• Make sure that the original is loaded correctly. See Loading the originals for more
information.

z

Check the all-in-one
• The all-in-one might be coming out of PowerSave mode after a period of inactivity,
which delays processing a short while. Wait until the all-in-one reaches the READY state.
• Make sure that the scanner is unlocked. Move the lock to the unlocked position, if
needed. See Printing supplies area for the location of the lock.

Scanner makes a loud clicking or grinding noise
z

Check the all-in-one
• Make sure that the scanner is unlocked. Move the lock to the unlocked position, if
needed. See Printing supplies area for the location of the lock.

Scan takes too long
z

Check the settings
• If you set the resolution too high, the scan job takes longer and results in larger files. To
obtain good results when scanning or copying, do not use a resolution that is higher
than needed. You can lower the resolution to scan more quickly.
• Color scanning takes longer than black-and-white scanning. If you acquire an image
through TWAIN, you can change the settings so that the original scans in black and
white. See the onscreen Help for the TWAIN program for information.

z

Check the status of the all-in-one
• If you sent a print or copy job before you tried to scan, the scan starts if the scanner is
not busy. However, the printing and scanning processes share memory, which means
that the scan might be slower.

170

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

z

Check the computer bidirectional communication setting on your computer
• See the documentation that came with your computer to change the basic input/output
system (BIOS) settings. The recommended bidirectional setting for the parallel port is
ECP. USB is always bidirectional communication.

z

Check the direct connection type for Windows computers
• If your all-in-one is connected directly to a computer running Windows, it is
recommended that you use a USB connection to ensure optimal scanning
performance.

Part of the image did not scan or text is missing
z

Check the original
• Make sure that you loaded the original correctly. See Loading the originals for more
information.
• The original might be too long. If the page exceeds the maximum length, the scanner
stops. (Copies can be longer than scans.) See Supported media sizes for more
information.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull the original from the ADF; you might damage the scanner or your original.
See Clearing jams in the ADF for instructions.
• The original might be too small. The original might be jammed. See Supported media
sizes and Clearing jams for more information.
• Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend into the
background. Try adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try enhancing
the image after you scan the original.
z

Check the settings
• Make sure that the input media size is large enough for the original that you are
scanning.
• If you are using the HP photo and imaging software (direct connection), the default
settings in the HP photo and imaging software might be set to automatically perform a
specific task other than the one that you are attempting. See the onscreen Help for the
HP photo and imaging software for instructions about changing the properties.

Text cannot be edited
z

Check the settings
• Make sure that the OCR software is set to edit text.
• When you scan the original, make sure that you select a document type that creates
editable text. If text is classified as a graphic, it is not converted to text.
• Your OCR program might be linked to a word-processing program that does not
perform OCR tasks. See the product software Help for more information about linking
programs.

z

Check the originals
• For OCR, the original must be loaded into the ADF with the top forward and face-up. If
you are using the flatbed scanner, place the original face-down on the flatbed scanner
with the top-left corner of the document located in the lower-right corner of the scanner
glass.
• The OCR program might not recognize text that is tightly spaced. For example, if the
text that the OCR program converts has missing or combined characters, “rn” might
appear as “m.”

ENWW

Solving scan problems 171

• The accuracy of the OCR program depends on the image quality, text size, and
structure of the original and the quality of the scan itself. Make sure that your original
has good image quality.
• Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend too much. Try
adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try enhancing the image after you
scan the original. If you are performing an OCR operation on an original, any colored
text on the original does not scan well, if at all.

Error messages appear
z

“Unable to activate TWAIN source” or “An error occurred while acquiring the
image”
• If you are acquiring an image from another device, such as a digital camera or another
scanner, make sure that the other device is TWAIN-compliant. Devices that are not
TWAIN-compliant do not work with the all-in-one software.
• Make sure that you have connected the USB Device Cable (A-B) or IEEE
1284-B-compliant parallel cable to the correct port on the back of your computer. If you
have another port, try attaching the cable to the other port. Make sure that you have an
EPP-compliant (bidirectional) or ECP-compliant parallel port on your computer. An EPP
parallel port is the minimum; use of an ECP parallel port is strongly recommended. See
the documentation that came with your computer for more information about your port.
• Some devices might not share the parallel port with the all-in-one. If you have an
external hard drive, or you have a network switchbox connected to the same USB or
parallel port as the all-in-one, the other device might be interfering. To connect and use
the all-in-one, you must disconnect the other device or you must use two ports on the
computer. You might need to add another parallel interface card. Hewlett-Packard
strongly recommends that you use an ECP parallel interface card. See the
documentation that came with your computer for more information about installing an
additional parallel interface card or resolving device conflicts.
• Verify that the correct TWAIN source is selected. In the software, check the TWAIN
source by selecting Select Scanner on the File menu.

Scanned image quality is poor
z

The original is a second-generation photo or picture
Reprinted photographs, such as those in newspapers or magazines, are printed by using
tiny dots of ink that make an interpretation of the original photograph, which degrades the
quality. Often, the ink dots form unwanted patterns that can be detected when the image is
scanned or printed or when the image appears on a screen. If the following suggestions
do not solve the problem, you might need to use a better-quality version of the original.
• To eliminate the patterns, try reducing the size of the image after scanning.
• Print the scanned image to see if the quality is better.
• Make sure that the resolution and color settings are correct for the type of scan job.
• For best results, use the flatbed scanner for scanning rather than the ADF.

z

Text or images on the back of a two-sided original appear in the scan
• Two-sided originals can “bleed” text or images from the back side to the scan if the
originals are printed on media that is too thin or too transparent.

172

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

z

The image quality is better when printed
The image that appears on the screen is not always an accurate representation of the
quality of the scan.
• Try adjusting your computer monitor settings to use more colors (or levels of gray). On
Windows computers, you typically make this adjustment by opening Display on the
Windows control panel.
• Try adjusting the resolution and color settings.

z

The scanned image is skewed (crooked)
• The original might have been loaded incorrectly. Be sure to use the media guides when
you load the originals into the ADF. See Loading the originals for more information.

z

The scanned image shows blots, lines, vertical white stripes, or other defect
• If the scanner glass is dirty, the image produced does not have optimum clarity. See
Cleaning the scanner glass, ADF lid backing, and ADF window for cleaning
instructions.
• The defects might be on the original and not a result of the scanning process.

z

Graphics look different from the original
• The graphics settings might not be suitable for the type of scan job that you are
performing. Try changing the graphics settings.

z

Take steps to improve the scan quality
• Use the flatbed scanner to scan rather than the ADF.
• Use high-quality originals.
• Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew, which causes
unclear images. See Loading the print media for more information.
• Adjust the software settings according to how you plan to use the scanned page.
• Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.
• Clean the scanner glass. See Cleaning the scanner glass, ADF lid backing, and ADF
window for more information.

Scan defects are apparent
z

Blank pages.
• The original might have been loaded upside down. Make sure that you loaded the
original correctly. See Loading the originals for more information.
• If you are producing blank pages when you scan from the flatbed scanner, make sure
that the original document is loaded correctly. Place the original document face down
on the flatbed scanner with the top left corner of the document located in the lower right
corner of the scanner glass. Also, make sure that the ADF is empty.

z

Too light or dark
• Try adjusting the settings. Be sure to use the correct resolution and color settings.
• The original image might be very light or dark or might be printed on colored paper.

z

Unwanted lines
• Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner glass. Try
cleaning the scanner glass. See Cleaning the scanner glass, ADF lid backing, and ADF
window for more information.

ENWW

Solving scan problems 173

z

Black dots or streaks
• Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner glass, the
scanner glass might be dirty or scratched, or the ADF lid backing might be dirty. Try
cleaning the scanner glass and lid backing. See Cleaning the scanner glass, ADF lid
backing, and ADF window for more information. If cleaning does not correct the
problem, the scanner glass or ADF lid backing might need to be replaced.
• The defects might be on the original and not a result of the scanning process.

z

Unclear text
• Try adjusting the settings. Make sure that the resolution and color settings are correct.

z

Size is reduced
• The HP software settings might be set to reduce the scanned image. See the product
software Help for more information about changing the settings.

174

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

Solving fax problems
If the following topics do not help, see Contacting customer support for information about
HP support.
Note

If you are starting a fax from a computer, see the software Help for troubleshooting information.
z

General problems with faxing

z

The original stops feeding in the middle of faxing

z

The all-in-one is receiving faxes but not sending them

z

Outgoing fax calls keep dialing

z

Faxes that you send are not arriving at the receiving fax machine

z

All of the numbers in a long fax number cannot be dialed

z

Voice calls are not being received by the phone that is connected to the line

z

Voice calls are not being received by the phone that is connected to the line

z

Incoming fax calls are not being answered by the all-in-one

z

Faxes are transmitting or being received very slowly

z

Faxes are not printing or are printing incorrectly

z

Faxes are printing on two pages instead of one

z

Received faxes are too light or are printing on only half of the page

z

Fax reports are not printing

General problems with faxing
z

Check the fax setup
• Make sure that you are using the phone cord that was supplied with the all-in-one. The
all-in-one has been tested with the supplied cord, and the cord was proven to meet
product specifications.
• Make sure that the phone cord is installed in the correct port on the all-in-one. It should
be plugged into the (line-in) port. See Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line for
more information.
• Make sure that the phone cord is seated in the port on the back of the all-in-one. Gently
pull on the cord to make sure that it is well seated in the correct port.
• Make sure that the telephone jack is working correctly. Attach a phone to the jack on
the wall and verify that a dial tone exists and that you can make a phone call.
• If you use third-party software to send faxes from a Macintosh computer, make sure
that the fax queue settings are correct for your operating system and connection type.
For Macintosh computers connected directly to a computer with a USB cable using
CommApp, use the Officejet 9100 series Fax fax queue for Mac OS 9. For Mac OS
10, use the Officejet 9100 series (Fax) fax queue.

Note

ENWW

Parallel or “T” splitters should not be used with the all-in-one, as they can degrade the quality
of the phone signal. If you need to attach a second device to the phone line along with the
all-in-one, plug the second device into the
(phone) port on the back of the all-in-one. See
Connecting an additional telephone device for more information.

Solving fax problems 175

z

Check the surge-protection device, if one is being used
• A surge-protection device is used between the jack in the wall and the all-in-one to
protect the all-in-one against electrical power that might pass through the phone lines.
Surge-protection devices can cause some fax communication problems by degrading
the quality of the phone signal. If you are having problems sending or receiving faxes
and are using one of these devices, connect the all-in-one directly to the phone jack on
the wall to determine if the problem is with the surge-protection device.

The original stops feeding in the middle of faxing
z

Check the original
• The original might be too long for the ADF. Faxing of a long page stops at 381 mm
(15 inches). See Supported media sizes for more information.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull the original from the ADF; you might damage the scanner or your original.
See Clearing jams in the ADF for instructions.
• The original might be too small. The original might be jammed. See Supported media
sizes and Clearing jams for more information.
z

Check the all-in-one
• The all-in-one might be jammed. Check for jams. Clear any jam that exists and resend
the job. See Clearing jams for more information.
• If you are duplexing the fax from the ADF, make sure that you are using a supported
page size for the ADF. Duplexing with legal-size paper is not supported. Make the fax
single-sided. If you are faxing double-sided on the scanner glass with the realtime
setting, the all-in-one prompts when you need to turn the original over to scan the
second side.

z

Check the receiving fax machine
• Problems might exist with the fax machine that you are sending to. Call the recipient to
make sure that the fax machine is on and functioning correctly.
• Try sending to a different fax machine.

z

Check the phone line
• Disconnect the all-in-one from the phone jack and connect a phone. Try to make a
phone call to make sure that the phone line is working.
• If you are using a private network, use the procedure for monitoring the dialing instead.
See Monitoring the dialing for more information.

The all-in-one is receiving faxes but not sending them
z

Check the setup
• If the all-in-one is on a Private Branch Exchange (PBX) system, the PBX system might
be generating a dial tone that the all-in-one cannot detect. Use the procedure for
monitoring the dialing instead. See Monitoring the dialing for more information.

z

Check the phone connection
• The connection for the phone line might be temporarily poor. Try sending the fax later.

z

Check the phone line
• Disconnect the all-in-one from the phone jack and connect a phone. Try to make a
phone call to make sure that the phone line is working.

176

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

Outgoing fax calls keep dialing
z

Check the settings
• The all-in-one automatically redials a fax number if the busy redial setting is set to on.
To stop the redials while the all-in-one is dialing, press STOP. See Setting the redial
options for more information.

Faxes that you send are not arriving at the receiving fax machine
z

Check the receiving fax machine
• Call the recipient to make sure that the fax machine is on and ready to receive faxes.

z

Check to see if the fax is still waiting in memory
• A fax might be in memory because the all-in-one is waiting to redial a busy number,
other jobs ahead of it are waiting to be sent, or the fax has been scheduled for later
transmission. When the all-in-one is in an idle state (READY appears on the
control-panel display), the control-panel display shows the number of faxes that are
queued.

All of the numbers in a long fax number cannot be dialed
z

Check the fax number that you dialed
• The maximum number of digits or characters that can be used in a fax number is 50.

Voice calls are not being received by the phone that is connected to the
line
z

Check the phone-cord connection
• Make sure that the phone cord is connected securely and correctly between the phone
and the all-in-one. The all-in-one must be the first device connected to the phone line.
See Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line for more information.

z

Check the answer-mode setting
• See Setting the answer mode (autoanswer) to determine which setting you need.

z

Check the phone
• Connect the phone directly to the phone line and determine whether it works by itself.

Incoming fax calls are not being answered by the all-in-one
z

Check the answer-mode setting
• If the answer mode is set to manual, the all-in-one never answers calls. You must start
the receiving process yourself. See Setting the answer mode (autoanswer) for more
information.

z

Check the phone-cord connection
• Make sure that the phone cord is connected securely and correctly between the phone
and the all-in-one. See Connecting the all-in-one to a phone line for more information.

z

Check the devices that are connected to the phone line
• For optimal performance, HP recommends that you connect only one additional
telephone device to the all-in-one.

z

Check the phone line
• Disconnect the all-in-one from the phone jack and connect a phone. Try to make a
phone call to make sure that the phone line is working.

ENWW

Solving fax problems 177

z

Check the media supply
• The all-in-one cannot receive faxes if it is out of media and its memory is full. Load
media. The all-in-one will print all of the faxes it has saved in memory and will resume
answering fax calls.

z

Check the all-in-one
• The fax memory might be full and unable to receive more faxes. The maximum number
of faxes that can be stored in memory is about 50 (representing about 250 pages). If
media in the all-in-one is jammed or the ink supply is out, faxes cannot be printed and
are therefore stored in memory. Clear any jam or replace empty ink cartridges so that
the all-in-one can process faxes again.

Faxes are transmitting or being received very slowly
z

Check the fax that you are sending or receiving
• The fax might be complex. A complex fax, such as one with many graphics, takes
longer to be sent or received.
• The resolution at which the fax was sent or is being received might be very high. A
higher resolution typically results in better quality, but also requires a longer
transmission time. If you are receiving the fax, call and ask the sender to lower the
resolution and resend the fax. If you are sending, lower the resolution and resend the
fax.
• International calls have a slower transmission speed. No solution is available.

z

Check the modem speed of the receiving fax machine
• The all-in-one sends the fax at the fastest modem speed that the receiving fax machine
can receive. The receiving fax machine might have a slow modem speed.

z

Check the phone-line connection
• If a poor phone-line connection exists, the all-in-one and the receiving fax machine
slow down the transmission to adjust for errors. Resend the fax. If this does not resolve
the problem, have the phone company check the phone line.

Faxes are not printing or are printing incorrectly
z

Check the media supply
• The all-in-one cannot receive faxes if it is out of media and its memory is full. Load
media. The all-in-one will print all of the faxes that it has saved in memory and will
resume answering fax calls.

Faxes are printing on two pages instead of one
z

Check the autoreduction setting
• If you want faxes to be reduced to fit on one page, the autoreduction setting should be
on. If the setting is off, faxes might print on multiple pages. See Automatically reducing
incoming faxes for more information.

Received faxes are too light or are printing on only half of the page
z

Contact the sender
• The fax that was sent might have been too light. Have the sender resend the fax after
altering the settings at the originating machine.

178

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

Fax reports are not printing
z

Check the settings
• Make sure that the all-in-one is set to print fax reports. See Setting the automatic
printing of fax reports for more information.

Solving photo (memory card) problems
If the following topics do not help, see Contacting customer support for information about
HP support.
Note

If you are starting a memory card operation from a computer, see the software Help for
troubleshooting information.
z

The all-in-one is not responding

z

The all-in-one cannot read the memory card

z

The all-in-one cannot read photos on the memory card

z

Some photos on the memory card will not print, causing the print job to cancel

The all-in-one is not responding
z

Check the control-panel display for a message
• Photo mode might be restricted, in which case the all-in-one cannot perform any photo
functions. A message on the control-panel display notifies you to contact your
administrator for help.
• On Macintosh computers, the Photo Save button still appears in the HP photo and
imaging software when photo mode use has been restricted. However, clicking the
button causes the all-in-one to stop operating. If this happens, quit the program.

The all-in-one cannot read the memory card
z

Check the memory card
• Make sure that the memory card is one of the supported types. See Inserting and
removing a memory card for more information.
• Some memory cards have a switch that controls how they can be used. Make sure that
the switch is set so that the memory card can be read.
• Inspect the ends of the memory card for dirt or material that closes a hole or spoils a
metal contact. Clean the contacts with a lint-free cloth and small amounts of isopropyl
alcohol.

z

Check the memory card slot
• Make sure that the memory card is fully inserted into the correct slot. See Inserting and
removing a memory card for more information.
• Remove the memory card (when the light is not blinking) and shine a flashlight into the
empty slot. See if any of the small pins inside are bent. When the computer is off, you
can straighten slightly bent pins by using the tip of a thin, retracted ballpoint pen.
If a pin has bent in such a way that it touches another pin, replace the memory card
reader or have the all-in-one serviced. See Customer support and warranty for more
information.
• Make sure that only one memory card has been inserted at a time in the slots. An error
message should appear on the control-panel display if more than one memory card is
inserted.

ENWW

Solving photo (memory card) problems 179

The all-in-one cannot read photos on the memory card
z

Check the memory card
• The memory card might be corrupt.
• The photos might be in a format that the all-in-one does not recognize. An error
message should appear on the control-panel display if the format is unrecognizable.
Use the procedure for printing photos from the control panel, because more formats
might be recognized (see Printing photos from the control panel for more information).
If the all-in-one is connected to a computer, you can save the photos from the memory
card to your computer and then print them from a software program.

Some photos on the memory card will not print, causing the print job to
cancel
z

Check the photo files
• Print a proof sheet and note which photos are corrupt. Set up the print job so that it
does not include the corrupted photos. See Printing a proof sheet for more information.

Solving color problems
Whenever you experience color-related problems with the all-in-one, calibrate the color before
trying any other steps. See Calibrating the color for more information.
If the following topics do not help, see Contacting customer support for information about
HP support.
z

Colors do not appear

z

Printouts appear faded or dull

z

Colors are printing as black and white

z

Colors on the printout do not match colors as they appear on the screen

z

Bleeding colors are apparent in the printout

z

Color prints inconsistently after a new ink cartridge is installed

z

Colors do not line up correctly with each other

z

Thin, colored objects or lines contain black sections in copy jobs

z

Stray dots of color surround some text in copy jobs

Colors do not appear
z

Check the configuration
• The color capability might be restricted. Check the settings for color. See Allowing and
restricting color copying and Allowing and restricting color faxing for more information.

Printouts appear faded or dull
z

Check the settings
• The Fast print quality setting might be selected. The Fast print quality setting allows
you to print at a faster rate and is good for printing drafts. To achieve better colored
printout, select the Normal or Best print quality setting.

180

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

z

Check the media type
• An incorrect media type setting might be selected. When printing on transparencies or
other special media types, select the corresponding media type in the printer driver or
on the control panel.
• An unsuitable media type might be used. Some media types are not suitable for use
with your all-in-one. See Choosing the print media for more information.

Colors are printing as black and white
z

Check the settings
• Make sure that the correct printer driver is selected in the program.
• The black-and-white printing option is probably selected in the printer driver. Follow the
instructions for your operating system to check the setting.
• Windows: From the software program, on the File menu, click Print, and then click
Setup or Properties. Make sure that the Grayscale option is not selected.
• Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x): On the main pop-up menu in the Print dialog box,
select HP Image Quality. Make sure that the Print Color as Gray option is not
selected.
• Mac OS 9.2.x: On the main pop-up menu in the Print dialog box, select Color
Matching. Make sure that the Black and White or Grayscale options are not
selected on the Print Color pop-up menu.

z

Check the configuration for the all-in-one
• Print a Configuration page. If no color appears on the Configuration page, contact
HP support. See Configuration page and Contacting customer support for more
information.

Colors on the printout do not match colors as they appear on the screen
z

Check the printer driver
• Make sure that the correct printer driver is selected in the software program.

z

Check the original
• If extremely light or extremely dark colors are not printing correctly, the program could
be interpreting these colors as white or black. Avoid using extremely light or dark
colors, or use a different software program.

z

Check the media type
• An unsuitable media type might be used. Some media types are not suitable for use
with your all-in-one. See Choosing the print media for more information.

Bleeding colors are apparent in the printout
z

Check the media type
• The wrong media type might be selected. Some media type settings (such as a
transparency setting) and print quality settings (such as Best) require more ink than
others. Choose different print settings in the printer driver. Also, make sure that you
have selected the correct media type in the printer driver or on the control panel.
• An unsuitable media type might be used. Some media types are not suitable for use
with your all-in-one. See Choosing the print media for more information.

z

ENWW

Check the ink cartridges

Solving color problems 181

• The ink cartridges might have been refilled. HP does not guarantee or support refilled
ink cartridges. Refilling processes and the use of incompatible inks might disrupt the
intricate printing system, potentially resulting in reduced print quality and even damage
to the all-in-one. To order new ink cartridges, see Supplies or the reorder number on
the original HP ink cartridges.

Color prints inconsistently after a new ink cartridge is installed
z

Check the ink cartridges
• The ink cartridges might have poor contact. Try removing and then reinstalling the ink
cartridges, making sure that they snap firmly into place. See Replacing the ink
cartridges for more information.

z

Check the printheads
• The printheads might be clogged and need cleaning. See Cleaning the printheads for
more information.

Colors do not line up correctly with each other
z

Check the printheads
• The printheads might need to be aligned. The printheads are automatically aligned
when a printhead is replaced. However, you might notice print-quality improvement by
performing the alignment procedure. See Aligning the printheads for more information.

z

Check the graphics in the document
• The graphics in the document might not be placed correctly. Use the zoom or
print-preview feature of your software program to check for gaps in the placement of
graphics on the page.

z

Colors are tinted or incorrect
• The all-in-one might need color calibration. See Calibrating the color for more
information.

Thin, colored objects or lines contain black sections in copy jobs
z

Check the settings
• The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the setting
and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. See COPY SETUP menu for
more information.

Stray dots of color surround some text in copy jobs
z

Check the settings
• The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the setting
and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. See COPY SETUP menu for
more information.

182

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

Solving media-handling problems
If the following topics do not help, see Contacting customer support for information about
HP support.
z

Media is not feeding correctly

z

A tray cannot be inserted

z

Media is not picked up from a tray

z

Pages are falling off of the all-in-one

Media is not feeding correctly
z

Check for jams
• Print media might be jammed inside the all-in-one or the ADF. Check for jams. See
Clearing jams for more information.

z

Check the media and media type
• If the all-in-one is feeding multiple sheets, make sure that only one type of media is
loaded in each tray.
• Make sure that the media width and length adjusters fit snugly but gently against the
edges of the stack.
• You might be using an incorrect media type. Some media types are not suitable for use
with your all-in-one. See Choosing the print media for more information.

z

Check the settings
• Make sure that the correct page orientation is selected. See Changing settings for the
all-in-one for more information.

z

Check the trays and other components
• Make sure that all trays and covers are completely closed. Make sure that the
auto-duplex unit is installed correctly. See Installing the auto-duplex unit for more
information.
• Make sure that media is loaded correctly. See Loading the print media for more
information.

A tray cannot be inserted
z

Check the tray location
• Something in the all-in-one might be blocking the tray. Check the slot where the tray fits
to ensure that nothing is broken or jammed in a way that would prevent the tray from
being inserted.
• If the tray will not close completely when it is inserted, pull out the tray, and then push
the tray in again firmly.
• If you are installing tray 2, make sure that you have removed the tray ramp. See
Installing tray 2 for more information.

Media is not picked up from a tray
z

Check the media
• Some media types are not suitable for use with your all-in-one. See Choosing the print
media for more information.
• The adjuster is pressed too tightly against the stack. Make sure that the adjuster is
pressed snugly but gently against the stack.

ENWW

Solving media-handling problems 183

• The media stack might exceed the maximum stack height for the tray. Check the label
inside the tray for the maximum stack height. If the media exceeds this level, remove
some of the media from the tray.
• Make sure that the media you are using is not curled. Uncurl the media by gently
bending it in the opposite direction of the curl. If media has been exposed to a humid
environment, it might curl. Media should be stored in a cool, dry place.
z

Check the settings
• The media that is loaded in a tray is not the same as the media size or type that is
selected in the printer driver or configured on the control panel. When a media
mismatch exists, the message Load [type] [size] in tray X appears on the
control-panel display. Load the correct media in the tray and make sure that the media
width and length adjusters fit snugly but gently against the stack.
• The media size or type settings for the tray configured on the control panel do not
match the size or type selected in the printer driver. When a media mismatch exists, the
message Load [type] [size] in tray X appears on the control-panel display.
Load the correct media in the tray and make sure that the media width and length
adjusters fit snugly but gently against the stack. Check that the media size and type are
set correctly on the control panel.
• To avoid a media mismatch, find out which tray contains the media on which you want
to print, make sure that the media size and type are set correctly on the control panel,
and then select that tray in the printer driver.

z

Check the tray
• The media-lift plate inside the tray might be stuck in the lowest position. Pull out the
tray, and then push the tray in again firmly.
• If the media still is not picked up from the tray, open the tray and reposition the media.
Make sure that the media width and length adjusters fit snugly but gently against the
stack. Firmly close the tray.

Pages are falling off of the all-in-one
z

Check the output tray
• Make sure that the output tray extension is fully extended.
• The output tray holds up to 100 sheets of plain paper, depending on how much the
media curls and how much ink is used on each page. Remove excess media from the
output tray. You can set the all-in-one to pause when the output tray is full. See Setting
the automatic paper-type sensor for more information.

184

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

Clearing jams
Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a job. Try the following remedies before you
attempt to clear the jam.
z

Make sure that you are printing with media that meets specifications. See Choosing the
print media for more information.

z

Make sure that you are printing with media that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged.

z

Make sure that the all-in-one is clean. See Cleaning the all-in-one for more information.

z

Make sure that the input trays are loaded correctly and are not too full. See Loading the
print media for more information.

This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Clearing jams in the all-in-one

z

Clearing jams in the ADF

z

Tips for avoiding jams

Clearing jams in the all-in-one
If the print media is jammed in the all-in-one, use the following instructions to clear the jam.
See Tips for avoiding jams for more information about how to avoid jams.

To clear a jam in the all-in-one
1

Press

(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one.

2

Remove all media from the output tray.

3

Check the auto-duplex unit.
a Push the button on either side of the auto-duplex unit and remove the unit.
b If you locate the jammed media inside the all-in-one, grasp the media with both hands
and pull it towards you.

c If the jam is not there, push the latch on the top of the auto-duplex unit and lower its
cover. If the jammed media is inside, carefully remove it. Close the cover.

d Reinsert the auto-duplex unit into the all-in-one.
ENWW

Clearing jams 185

e If you cannot locate the jam, go to the next step.
4

Lift the output tray and check for a jam in tray 1.
a If the media is jammed in tray 1, pull out tray 1. (Otherwise, go to step 5.)
b Pull the paper towards you as shown in the following illustration.

c Lower the output tray and reposition tray 1.
5

If you have not yet found the jam, check tray 2 (if it is available). (Otherwise, go to the next
step.)
a Pull out tray 2. If you see the jammed media, remove it from tray 2.
b If you cannot locate the jammed media by removing tray 2 from the all-in-one, turn off
the all-in-one (if you have not already done so), and then remove the power cord.
c Lift the all-in-one off of tray 2.
d Remove the jammed media from the bottom of the all-in-one or from tray 2.
e Reposition the all-in-one on top of tray 2.

6

Open the print-carriage access door and check inside the all-in-one for any remaining
media. If media remains inside the all-in-one, use the following steps below. (Otherwise,
go to step 7.)

a When you lift the print-carriage access door, the carriage should return to the right
side of the all-in-one. If the carriage does not return to the right side, turn off the
all-in-one.
WARNING!

Do not reach into the all-in-one when the all-in-one is on and the carriage is stuck.
b Free the media and pull it towards you through the top of the all-in-one.
7

186

After you clear the jam, close all of the covers and turn on the all-in-one. You will need to
resubmit the job.

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

Clearing jams in the ADF
If the print media is jammed in the all-in-one, use the following instructions below to clear the
jam. See Tips for avoiding jams for information about how to avoid jams.

To clear a jam in the ADF

ENWW

1

If a page is sticking out of an area, gently try to remove it without tearing the page. If you
feel resistance, continue with the following steps.

2

Remove the ADF input tray and open the ADF cover.

3

Remove the jam cleanout part. Using both hands, lift up on the two handles until the part
unsnaps. Rotate and lift out the cleanout and set it aside.

4

While lifting the green lever, rotate the pick mechanism until it stays open.

5

Gentry try to remove the page without tearing it. If you feel resistance, continue with the
next step.

6

Open the ADF and gently loosen the media by using both hands.

7

When the media is free, gently pull it out.

Clearing jams 187

8

Close the ADF.

9

Lower the green lever.

10 Reinstall the jam cleanout part by inserting it as shown. Push down on the two tabs until
the part snaps into place.
Install the cleanout part correctly, because future jamming might occur if the cleanout part
is not replaced correctly.

11 Close the ADF and replace the ADF input tray.

Tips for avoiding jams
If media repeatedly jams in the all-in-one, follow these tips to avoid the jams.

188

z

Make sure that the printhead latch is correctly engaged.

z

Make sure that nothing is blocking the paper path.

z

Do not overload the trays. Tray 1 holds up to 150 sheets of paper and tray 2 holds up to
250 sheets. Make sure that the media does not exceed the maximum stack height that is
indicated inside the tray.

z

Load media correctly. See Loading the print media for more information.

z

Make sure that the media width and length adjusters fit snugly but gently against the stack
of media, but do not wrinkle or bend the media.

z

Do not combine different media types and sizes in the same tray.

z

Always use media that meets specifications. See Choosing the print media for more
information.

z

Do not use media that is damaged, curled, crumpled, or wrinkled. Do not use media with
cutouts or perforations or media that is heavily textured or embossed.

z

Avoid media that is too thin, has a slick texture, or “stretches” easily. Such media does not
feed correctly through the all-in-one.

z

Do not add media to a tray while the all-in-one is printing or scanning.

10 - Maintaining and troubleshooting

ENWW

11

Ordering HP accessories and
supplies
You can order HP accessories and supplies from the HP website at
http://www.hpshopping.com.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Accessories

z

Supplies

Accessories
Trays
250-sheet tray

C8237A

500-sheet tray

C8238A

Keyboards

ENWW

Language

Country/region

Part number

Danish, Finnish, Norwegian,
Swedish, Dutch

Denmark, Finland, Norway,
C8240A
Sweden, Netherlands, Belgium
(Dutch)

Option #UUW

English (U.S.), French
(Canada)

Canada

C8240A

Option #A2L

English (U.S.), French
(Canada)

U.S., China*, Philippines,
C8240A
Taiwan*, Korea*, Thailand*,
Singapore, Malaysia, Hong
Kong*, Australia, New Zealand,
India*, Vietnam, Indonesia

Option #ABA

English (U.K.), Italian,
Portuguese, Polish, Spanish

UK, Ireland, South Africa, Italy, C8240A
Spain, Portugal, Poland, Israel*

Option #ABU

English (U.K.), Italian,
Portuguese, Polish, Spanish

Mexico, Brazil, Argentina,
Chile, Colombia, Venezuela,
Peru, Ecuador, Panama,
Guatemala, Costa Rica,
Uruguay, Paraguay

Option #AKY

C8240A

Option code

Accessories 189

Language

Country/region

Part number

Option code

English (U.K.), Czech, Greek,
Hungarian, Turkish

Greece, Turkey, Hungary,
C8240A
Czech Republic, Saudi Arabia*,
Russia*, Slovakia, Croatia,
Slovenia, Bulgaria*, Romania,
Yugoslavia*

Option #AKB

French

France, Switzerland (French),
Belgium (French)

C8240A

Option #ABF

German

Germany, Switzerland
(German), Austria

C8240A

Option #ABD

*The keyboards do not support Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, Thai, Cyrillic,
Arabic, or Hebrew characters.

Dual inline memory modules (DIMMs)
HP 64-MB SDRAM DIMM

Q1887A

HP 128-MB SDRAM DIMM

C9121A

Parallel cables
HP IEEE-1284 A-B Parallel Cable, 2 m (6.6 ft)

C2950A

HP IEEE-1284 A-B Parallel Cable, 3 m (9.8 ft)

C2951A

USB cable
HP USB A-B, 2 m (6.6 ft)

C6518A

HP Jetdirect print servers
Visit http://www.hp.com for the latest information.

190

HP Jetdirect 620n (EIO) Internal Print Server
(Fast Ethernet 10/100Base-TX)

J7934A

HP Jetdirect 615n (EIO) Internal Print Server
(Fast Ethernet 10/100Base-TX)

J6057A

HP Jetdirect 680n (EIO) Internal Print Server
(802.11b Wireless Ethernet)

J6058A

HP Jetdirect 380x External Print Server
(802.11b Wireless Ethernet, USB 1.1)

J6061A

HP Jetdirect 170x External Print Server
(10Base-T, 1 port—parallel)

J3258B

HP Jetdirect 175x External Print Server
(10/100Base-TX, 1 port—USB 1.1)

J6035B/C

HP Jetdirect 300x External Print Server
(10/100Base-TX, 1 port—parallel

J3263A

11 - Ordering HP accessories and supplies

ENWW

HP Jetdirect 500x External Print Server
(10/100Base-TX, 10Base2, 3 ports—parallel)

J3265A

HP Jetdirect en3700 External Print Server
(Ethernet 10/100Base-TX, 1 port—USB 2.0)

J7942A

Supplies
Ink cartridges
HP No. 10 Black ink cartridge, 69 ml

C4844A

HP No. 11 Cyan ink cartridge, 28 ml

C4836A

HP No. 11 Magenta ink cartridge, 28 ml

C4837A

HP No. 11 Yellow ink cartridge, 28 ml

C4838A

Printheads
HP No. 11 Black printhead

C4810A

HP No. 11 Cyan printhead

C4811A

HP No. 11 Magenta printhead

C4812A

HP No. 11 Yellow printhead

C4813A

HP media
HP Bright White Inkjet Paper
500 sheets

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

HPB1124

500 sheets

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

C1825A

2,500 sheets

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

25005

10-ream carton

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C8511

10-ream carton (3-hole punched) Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C3HP

10-ream carton

C8514

HP Office Paper

Legal (8.5 by 14 inches)

HP Office Recycled Paper

ENWW

500 sheets

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

E1120

500 sheets (3-hole punched)

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

E113H

Supplies 191

500 sheets

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

E1420

5-ream carton

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

M115R

250 sheets

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

25011

500 sheets

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

M1120

500 sheets (3-hole punched)

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

M113H

500 sheets

Legal (8.5 by 14 inches)

M1420

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

P1122

HP Multipurpose Paper

HP Printing Paper
500 sheets

HP Premium Plus Photo Paper
20 sheets, glossy

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C6831A

50 sheets, glossy

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

Q1785A

20 sheets, glossy

4 by 6 inches

Q1977A

20 sheets, matte

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C6950A

20 sheets, glossy

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

C6832A

20 sheets, matte

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

C6951A

50 sheets, glossy

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C6979A

15 sheets, glossy

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

Q2519A

20 sheets, two-sided glossy

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C1846A

20 sheets, two-sided glossy

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

C1847A

20 sheets, one-sided glossy

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

C6765A

HP Premium Photo Paper

HP Photo Paper

HP Colorfast Photo Paper
20 sheets, glossy

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C7013A

20 sheets, glossy

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

C7014A

100 sheets, two-sided, matte

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C7007A

25 sheets, two-sided, matte

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C6983A

25 sheets, two-sided, semi-gloss

A4 (210 by 297 mm) (Asia/Pacific)

C7006A

HP Everyday Photo Paper

192

11 - Ordering HP accessories and supplies

ENWW

HP Brochure and Flyer Paper
50 sheets, two-sided, glossy

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C6817A

50 sheets, matte

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C6955A

100 sheets, tri-fold, two-sided, glossy Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C7020A

50 sheets, two-sided, glossy

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

C6818A

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

51634Y

200 sheets, coated, matte

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

51634Z

100 sheets, coated, heavyweight

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

C1853A

HP Premium Paper
200 sheets

HP Premium Inkjet Paper

HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film
20 sheets

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C3828A

50 sheets

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C3834A

20 sheets

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

C3832A

50 sheets

A4 (210 by 297 mm)

C3835A

HP Premium Plus Inkjet Transparency Film

ENWW

20 sheets

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C7030A

50 sheets

Letter (8.5 by 11 inches)

C7028A

Supplies 193

194

11 - Ordering HP accessories and supplies

ENWW

12

Customer support and
warranty
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Contacting customer support

z

Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement

Contacting customer support
If your all-in-one is not operating properly and the troubleshooting suggestions in this guide do
not solve the problem, try using one of the following support services to obtain assistance.
z

HP help on the Web

z

HP Instant Support

z

HP phone support

HP help on the Web
Visit http://www.hp.com/support/officejet9100 to find information for the all-in-one. You will be
able to view information about setting up and using the all-in-one, downloading printer drivers,
solving a problem, ordering supplies and accessories, and viewing the all-in-one warranty.

HP Instant Support
HP Instant Support is a suite of Web-based troubleshooting tools for desktop computer and
printing products. You can reach HP Instant Support through either of the following tools:

Note

ENWW

z

Embedded Web server (network connection)
Open the embedded Web server (see Opening the embedded Web server). Click
HP Instant Support in the left pane.

z

Toolbox (Windows computers, direct connection)
Open the Toolbox (see Opening the Toolbox). On the Information tab, click HP Instant
Support. Follow the instructions to display the current HP Instant Support information for
the all-in-one.
Do not bookmark Web pages used to display HP Instant Support. If you bookmark this site
and connect to it using the bookmark, the pages will not display the current information.
Instead, connect from the embedded Web server or from the Toolbox.

Contacting customer support 195

HP phone support
During the warranty period, you can obtain assistance at no charge from the HP Customer
Care Center.
Customer support representatives can answer your questions regarding the setup,
configuration, installation, and operation of your all-in-one. They can also help troubleshoot
and diagnose all-in-one problems and give instructions for service and repair.
Current phone support numbers are listed on the HP customer support guide, which is
included in your all-in-one box.

Before you call
Before you call, have the following information available to give to the representative:
1

Print a Configuration page. See Configuration page.

2

If the all-in-one does not print, get the following information ready:
• What is the serial number of your all-in-one? (Check the back of the all-in-one.)
• What model all-in-one do you have (HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one, HP Officejet 9120
all-in-one, or HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one)?

196

3

What operating system is your computer running?

4

Which printer driver are you using (PCL 5c, PCL 6, or PostScript emulation) and what is
the version number?

5

How is the all-in-one connected to the system (USB, parallel, or network)?

6

If the all-in-one is connected to the network, what is the network operating system?

7

If you have a problem printing from a particular software program, what is the program and
version number?

12 - Customer support and warranty

ENWW

Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement
HP product

Duration of limited warranty

Software

1 year

Accessories

1 year

Ink cartridges

90 days

Printheads

1 year

All-in-one hardware (see the following details)

1 year

Extent of limited warranty
1

Hewlett-Packard warrants to the end-user customer that the HP products specified above
will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for the duration specified above,
which duration begins on the date of purchase by the customer.

2

For software products, HP’s limited warranty applies only to a failure to execute
programming instructions. HP does not warrant that the operation of any product will be
uninterrupted or error free.

3

HP’s limited warranty covers only those defects that arise as a result of normal use of the
product, and does not cover any other problems, including those that arise as a result of:
• Improper maintenance or modification
• Software, media, parts, or supplies not provided or supported by HP
• Operation outside the product’s specifications
• Unauthorized modification or misuse

4

For HP products, the use of a non-HP ink cartridge or a refilled ink cartridge does not
affect either the warranty to the customer or any HP support contract with the customer.
However, if product failure or damage is attributable to the use of a non-HP or refilled ink
cartridge, HP will charge its standard time and materials charges to service the product for
the particular failure or damage.

5

If HP receives, during the applicable warranty period, notice of a defect in any product
which is covered by HP’s warranty, HP shall either repair or replace the product, at HP’s
option.

6

If HP is unable to repair or replace, as applicable, a defective product which is covered by
HP’s warranty, HP shall, within a reasonable time after being notified of the defect, refund
the purchase price for the product.

7

HP shall have no obligation to repair, replace, or refund until the customer returns the
defective product to HP.

8

Any replacement product may be either new or like new, provided that it has functionality
at least equal to that of the product being replaced.

9

HP products may contain remanufactured parts, components, or materials equivalent to
new in performance.

10 HP’s Limited Warranty Statement is valid in any country/region where the covered
HP product is distributed by HP. Contracts for additional warranty services, such as
on-site service, are available from any authorized HP service facility in countries/regions
where the product is distributed by HP or by an authorized importer.

ENWW

Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement 197

Limitations of warranty
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, NEITHER HP NOR ITS THIRD-PARTY
SUPPLIERS MAKES ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND, WHETHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY,
SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Limitations of liability
1

To the extent allowed by local law, the remedies provided in this Warranty Statement are
the customer’s sole and exclusive remedies.

2

TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, EXCEPT FOR THE OBLIGATIONS
SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL
HP OR ITS THIRD-PARTY SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT,
TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY AND WHETHER ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

Local law
1

This Warranty Statement gives the customer specific legal rights. The customer may also
have other rights which vary from state to state in the United States, from province to
province in Canada, and from country/region to country/region elsewhere in the world.

2

To the extent that this Warranty Statement is inconsistent with local law, this Warranty
Statement shall be deemed modified to be consistent with such local law. Under such
local law, certain disclaimers and limitations of this Warranty Statement may not apply to
the customer. For example, some states in the United States, as well as some
governments outside the United States (including provinces in Canada), may:
• Preclude the disclaimers and limitations in this Warranty Statement from limiting the
statutory rights of a customer (e.g., the United Kingdom)
• Otherwise restrict the ability of a manufacturer to enforce such disclaimers or limitations
• Grant the customer additional warranty rights, specify the duration of implied warranties
which the manufacturer cannot disclaim, or allow limitations on the duration of implied
warranties

3

198

FOR CONSUMER TRANSACTIONS IN AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND, THE TERMS
IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY
PERMITTED, DO NOT EXCLUDE, RESTRICT, OR MODIFY, AND ARE IN ADDITION
TO, THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THE
HP PRODUCTS TO SUCH CUSTOMERS.

12 - Customer support and warranty

ENWW

13

Specifications and regulatory
information
This section contains the following information about the product and the programs that
support it.
z

Specifications

z

Regulatory information

z

Environmental sustainability program

Specifications
See Choosing the print media for media and media-handling specifications.
Models and physical specifications
Available models

Physical dimensions
(width by depth by
height)

Weight

ENWW

HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one

C8140A

HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one

C8143A

HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one

C8144A

HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one

574 by 460 by 397 mm
(22.6 by 18.1 by 15.6 inches)

HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one

574 by 460 by 462 mm
(22.6 by 18.1 by 18.2 inches)

HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one

574 by 460 by 462 mm
(22.6 by 18.1 by 18.2 inches)

HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one

20 kg (44.1 lb)
Without printheads or ink cartridges

HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one

24.1 kg (53.1 lb)
Without printheads or ink cartridges
With tray 2 and auto-duplex unit

HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one

24.1 kg (53.1 lb)
Without printheads or ink cartridges
With tray 2 and auto-duplex unit

Specifications 199

Product features and capacities
Connectivity

HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one

z
z
z
z
z

HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one

z
z
z

z
z

HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one

z
z
z

z
z

z

IEEE 1284-compliant bidirectional
parallel
USB 2.0-compliant full speed
HP Jetdirect 620 Internal Print
Server for Fast Ethernet 10/
100Base-TX in EIO slot for wired or
wireless network connections
2 DIMM slots (100 pin, SDRAM,
PC 100 or greater)
Memory card slots that support
SmartMedia memory cards,
CompactFlash (CF) memory cards,
Secure Digital or MultiMedia Card
(MMC) memory cards, and Memory
Stick memory cards
IEEE 1284-compliant bidirectional
parallel
USB 2.0-compliant full speed
HP Jetdirect 620 Internal Print
Server for Fast Ethernet 10/
100Base-TX in EIO slot for wired or
wireless network connections
2 DIMM slots (100 pin, SDRAM,
PC 100 or greater)
Memory card slots that support
SmartMedia memory cards,
CompactFlash (CF) memory cards,
Secure Digital or MultiMedia Card
(MMC) memory cards, and Memory
Stick memory cards
Keyboard

Print method

Drop-on-demand thermal inkjet printing

Ink cartridges

4 ink cartridges (1 each for black, cyan,
magenta, and yellow)

Printheads

4 printheads (1 each for black, cyan,
magenta, and yellow)

Supply yields
(based on 5%
coverage)

Ink cartridges

z
z

Printheads

z
z

200

IEEE 1284-compliant bidirectional
parallel
USB 2.0-compliant full speed
1 EIO slot for wired or wireless
network connections
2 DIMM slots (100 pin, SDRAM,
PC 100 or greater)
Memory card slots that support
SmartMedia memory cards,
CompactFlash (CF) memory cards,
Secure Digital or MultiMedia Card
(MMC) memory cards, and Memory
Stick memory cards

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

Black: 1,750 pages
Cyan, magenta, and yellow:
1,750 pages
Black: 16,000 pages
Cyan, magenta, and yellow:
24,000 pages

ENWW

Color calibration

z
z
z

ColorSync
ICC Profiles
PANTONE®*

*PANTONE, Inc’s check-standard
trademark for color.
Device languages

z
z
z
z

PCL 5c
PCL 6
PostScript 3 emulation
Automatic language switching

Control panel languages

Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish,
French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese,
Spanish, Swedish, Turkish (16
languages)

Font support

z

z
z

Duty cycle

Print

Advanced security*

45 TrueType and 35 PostScript fonts
built-in (all PostScript emulation,
PCL 5c, and PCL 6 accessible)
Intellifont and TrueType rasterizer
built into PCL 5c and PCL 6
Built-in support for Arabic, Cyrillic,
Greek, and Hebrew symbol sets

Up to 10,000 pages per month
z
z

SNMP v3
SSL/TLS (HTTPS)

*Applies to full-feature HP Jetdirect products with firmware
version x.24.yy or later —EIO (615n, 620n, and later),
External (en3700)

Processor and memory specifications
Device processor

z
z

Device memory

z
z
z

ENWW

Motorola 32-bit ColdFire 4e RISC
(256 MHz)
ARM9 RISC (133 MHz)
128 MB of built-in RAM,
upgradeable to 384 MB
Supports optional 64-MB or 128-MB
DIMM (SDRAM, 100 MHz)
16 MB ROM flash (including 4 MB
fax memory, fonts, copy-board
memory, and formatter-board
memory)

Specifications 201

Operating system and network protocol specifications
Operating system
compatibility

Direct connection
(using USB or parallel cable)

Provides print, computer fax, and scan
functionality through the HP Photo &
Imaging software (Windows ) or the
HP Image Zone software (Mac OS):
z
Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows
2000, and Windows XP 32-bit
(Professional and Home Editions)
z
Mac OS 9.2.x and Mac OS X (10.1.x
and 10.2.x)

Network connection

Provides print, scan, and digital send
functionality:
z
Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows
NT4.0*, Windows 2000, and
Windows XP 32-bit (Professional
and Home Editions)
z
Mac OS 9.2.x and Mac OS X (10.1.x
and 10.2.x)
*Printer drivers can be installed from
Starter CD 2 using the Add Printer utility
in Windows. Scan and print installers are
also available at http://www.hp.com/
support/officejet9100.

Print functionality only

Windows NT 4.0*
Windows XP 64-bit Edition**
z
Mac OS 9.2.x and Mac OS X (10.1.x
and 10.2.x)
z
OS/2***
z
Linux***
z
UNIX***
z
MS-DOS printer driver support
through third-party programs
*Printer drivers can be installed from
Starter CD 2 using the Add Printer utility
in Windows. Scan and print installers are
also available at http://www.hp.com/
support/officejet9100.
**Available at http://www.hp.com/
support/officejet9100.
***Contact your operating system vendor
for more information about software,
documentation, and support.
z
z

202

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

ENWW

Network operating
system compatibility

ENWW

Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows
NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP
32-bit (Professional and Home
Editions), and Windows XP 64-bit
Edition
z
Novell NetWare 4.x, 5.x, 6, NDS,
and NDPS
z
HP-UX 10.20, 11.x
z
Solaris, 2.6, 7, 8 (SPARC systems
only)
z
RedHat Linux 7.1 and later
z
SuSE Linux 7.1 and later
z
Mac OS 9 (9.1 and later), Mac OS X
(10.1 and later)
z
IBM OS/2 Warp 4.x*
z
IBM AIX 3.2.5 and later*
z
MPE-iX*
z
Microsoft Windows Terminal Server
Edition 4.0
z
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server
(formerly known as Microsoft
Windows XP Server Terminal
Services)
z
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server
Terminal Services with Citrix
MetaFrame 1.8
z
Microsoft Windows XP Server
Terminal Services with Citrix
MetaFrame 1.8
z
Microsoft Windows NT Terminal
Server with Citrix V1.8
z
Microsoft Windows NT Terminal
Server with Citrix XP
z
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server
Terminal Services with Citrix V1.8
z
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server
Terminal Services with Citrix XP
z
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server
Terminal Services
* Contact your network operating system
vendor for software, documentation, and
support.
z

Specifications 203

Network protocol
compatibility

TCP/IP
z
IPX/SPX
z
AppleTalk*
z
DLC/LLC
z
IP Direct Mode
z
LPD
z
FTP Printing
z
IPP
z
NDS
z
Bindery
z
NCP
z
NDPS
z
iPrint
z
Telnet
z
SLP
z
IGMP
z
BOOTP/DHCP
z
WINS
z
SNMP
z
HTTP
*AppleTalk is not supported on Token
Ring print servers.
z

Not all protocol and operating system
combinations are supported. For more
information, go to http://www.hp.com
and http://www.hp.com/support/
officejet9100.

204

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

ENWW

System
requirements
‡

Note: Graphicintensive, complex,
and large files might
require more hard
disk space.

Minimum for
Direct Connection
(using a USB or
parallel cable)

Windows
Typical installation
Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows XP
32-bit edition, and Windows2000:
z
Intel Pentium® processor, 128 MB
RAM, 1.1 GB free hard disk space‡,
Microsoft Internet Explorer
5.00.2919.6306
Lite installation
Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows XP
32-bit edition, and Windows2000:
z
Pentium processor, 110 MB RAM,
100 MB free hard disk space‡
Notes:
z
Windows NT 4.0 printer drivers
require a minimum of a Pentium
processor, 110 MB RAM, and
100 MB free hard disk space.‡
These drivers can be installed from
Starter CD 2 using the Add Printer
utility in Windows. Scan and print
installers are also available at http://
www.hp.com/support/officejet9100.
z
Windows XP 64-bit edition printer
drivers require a minimum of an
Itanium processor, 1 GB RAM, and
100 MB free hard disk space.‡
These drivers are available at http://
www.hp.com/support/officejet9100.
Mac OS
z
Mac OS 9.2.x:
PowerPC G3, 32 MB RAM, 400 MB
free hard disk space.
z
Mac OS X (10.1.x):
PowerPC G3, 64 MB RAM, 500 MB
free hard disk space
z
Mac OS X (10.2.x):
PowerPC G3, 128 MB RAM, 500 MB
free hard disk space

ENWW

Specifications 205

System
requirements
(continued)

Minimum for
Network Connection

‡

Note: Graphicintensive, complex,
and large files might
require more hard
disk space.

Windows
Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows XP
32-bit edition, and Windows2000:
z
Pentium processor, 110 MB RAM,
100 MB free hard disk space‡
Notes:
z
Windows NT 4.0 printer drivers
require a minimum of a Pentium
processor, 110 MB RAM, and
100 MB free hard disk space.‡
These drivers can be installed from
Starter CD 2 using the Add Printer
utility in Windows. Scan and print
installers are also available at http://
www.hp.com/support/officejet9100.
z
Windows XP 64-bit edition printer
drivers require a minimum of an
Itanium processor, 1 GB RAM, and
100 MB free hard disk space.‡
These drivers are available at http://
www.hp.com/support/officejet9100.
Mac OS
Standard installation
z
Mac OS 9.2.x:
PowerPC G3, 32 MB RAM, 400 MB
free hard disk space.
z
Mac OS X (10.1.x):
PowerPC G3, 64 MB RAM, 500 MB
free hard disk space
z
Mac OS X (10.2.x):
PowerPC G3, 128 MB RAM, 500 MB
free hard disk space
Print-only installation
z
Mac OS 9.2.x:
PowerPC G3, 32 MB RAM, 150 MB
free hard disk space.
z
Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x):
PowerPC G3, 64 MB RAM, 150 MB
free hard disk space

206

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

ENWW

System
requirements
(continued)
‡

Note: Graphicintensive, complex,
and large files might
require more hard
disk space.

Recommended for
Direct Connection
(using a USB or
parallel cable)

Windows
Typical installation
Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT
4.0, Windows XP 32-bit edition, and
Windows2000:
z
Pentium Pro/Pentium II processor,
256 MB RAM, 1.2 GB free hard disk
space‡, Microsoft Internet Explorer
5.00.2919.6306
Lite installation
Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT
4.0, Windows XP 32-bit edition, and
Windows 2000:
z
Pentium processor, 190 MB RAM,
150 MB free hard disk space‡
Notes:
z
It is recommended that your
computer have a minimum of a
Pentium processor, 190 MB RAM,
and 150 MB free hard disk space‡
for the Windows NT 4.0 printer
drivers. These drivers can be
installed from Starter CD 2 using the
Add Printer utility in Windows. Scan
and print installers are also available
at http://www.hp.com/support/
officejet9100.
z
It is recommended that your
computer have a minimum of an
Itanium processor, 1 GB RAM, and
200 MB free hard disk space‡ for the
Windows XP 64-bit edition printer
drivers. These drivers are available
at http://www.hp.com/support/
officejet9100.
Mac OS
z
Mac OS 9.2.x:
PowerPC G3, 128 MB RAM, 500 MB
free hard disk space.
z
Mac OS X (10.1.x):
PowerPC G3, 128 MB RAM, 800 MB
free hard disk space
z
Mac OS X (10.2.x):
PowerPC G3, 256 MB RAM, 1 GB
free hard disk space

ENWW

Specifications 207

System
requirements
(continued)

Recommended for
Network connection

‡

Note: Graphicintensive, complex,
and large files might
require more hard
disk space.

Windows
Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows XP
32-bit edition, and Windows2000:
z
Pentium processor, 190 MB RAM,
150 MB free hard disk space‡
Notes:
z
It is recommended that your
computer have a minimum of a
Pentium processor, 190 MB RAM,
and 150 MB free hard disk space‡
for the Windows NT 4.0 printer
drivers. These drivers can be
installed from Starter CD 2 using the
Add Printer utility in Windows. Scan
and print installers are also available
at http://www.hp.com/support/
officejet9100.
z
It is recommended that your
computer have a minimum of an
Itanium processor, 1 GB RAM, and
200 MB free hard disk space‡ for the
Windows XP 64-bit edition printer
drivers. These drivers are available
at http://www.hp.com/support/
officejet9100.
Mac OS
Standard installation
z
Mac OS 9.2.x:
PowerPC G3, 32 MB RAM, 400 MB
free hard disk space.
z
Mac OS X (10.1.x):
PowerPC G3, 64 MB RAM, 500 MB
free hard disk space
z
Mac OS X (10.2.x):
PowerPC G3, 128 MB RAM, 500 MB
free hard disk space
Print-only installation
z
Mac OS 9.2.x:
PowerPC G3, 128 MB RAM, 300 MB
free hard disk space*
z
Mac OS X (10.1.x and 10.2.x):
PowerPC G3, 128 MB RAM, 500 MB
free hard disk space*
*After installation, the software requires
12 MB of hard drive space.

208

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

ENWW

Network management

HP Web Jetadmin plug-ins
Embedded Web server
Ability to remotely configure and
manage network devices
z
PIN authentication facility
z
Job accounting
z
Ability to control use of color for fax,
copy, and memory cards.
z
HP myPrintMileage
z

ENWW

Specifications 209

Functional specifications
Print

Speed (U.S. Letter and A4)

FAST mode:
Black text: 25 pages per minute
(ppm)
z
Mixed text with color graphics:
22 ppm
FAST NORMAL mode:
z
Black text: 15 ppm
z
Mixed text with color graphics:
11 ppm
NORMAL mode:
z
Black text: 9 ppm
z
Mixed text with color graphics:
8.5 ppm
BEST mode:
z
Black text: 4 ppm
z
Mixed text with color graphics:
2 ppm
Laser-quality speed*:
z
Black text: 9 ppm
z
Mixed text with color graphics:
5 ppm
z

*The "laser-quality speed" comparison
has the page-per-minute speeds of the
HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one
against the benchmark of the HP Color
LaserJet 4600 at comparable print
quality. This comparison is based solely
on HP's internal testing.
Resolution

210

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

Black:
z
Up to 1,200 by 600 dpi
Color:
z
HP enhanced Color Layering
Technology with PhotoREt III for
photo quality
(up to 4,800 by 1,200-optimized dpi
on premium photo papers, 1,200 by
1,200-input dpi)

ENWW

Copy
specifications

Features

z
z
z
z

z
z
z
z

Speed (from the scanner
glass)

ENWW

Digital image processing for
optimized copy quality
Up to 99 copies from one original
Copy reduction or enlargement from
25 percent to 400 percent
Fit to Page, Poster, Clone, Mirror,
Photo Mode, 2-on-1, and
Margin Shift options
Collation for multiple copies
No warm-up time required with
instand -on scanner lamp
First page speed: 12 seconds
Scan once, print many (scan ahead
into memory up to 30 pages)

FAST mode:
Original with black text: 25 ppm
z
Original with mixed text and color
graphics: 22 ppm
FAST NORMAL mode:
z
Original with black text: 12 ppm
z
Original with mixed text and color
graphics: 11 ppm
NORMAL mode:
z
Original with black text: 8.5 ppm
z
Original with mixed text and color
graphics: 7.3 ppm
BEST mode:
z
Original with black text: 2.3 ppm
z
Original with mixed text and color
graphics: 1.3 ppm
z

Specifications 211

Copy
specifications
(continued)

Resolution

Black or Color:
FAST mode:
Print resolution: 600 by 600 dpi
z
Scan resolution: 300 by 300 dpi
z
ADF scan resolution: 300 by 300 dpi
(up to 600 by 1200 dpi*)
FAST NORMAL mode:
z
Print resolution: 1,200 by 600 dpi
(1,200 by 1,200 dpi using selected
photo paper**)
z
Scan resolution: 300 by 300dpi
z
ADF scan resolution: 300 by 300 dpi
(up to 600 by 1200 dpi*)
NORMAL mode:
z
Print resolution: 600 by 600 dpi
z
Scan resolution: 300 by 300dpi
z
ADF scan resolution: 300 by 300 dpi
(up to 600 by 1200 dpi*)
BEST mode:
z
Print resolution: 1,200 by 600 dpi
(2,400 by 1,200dpi using photo
paper**)
z
Scan resolution: 600 by 600dpi
(1,200 by 1,200 dpi from glass*
using photo paper**)
z
ADF scan resolution: 600 by 300 dpi
(1,200 by 2,400 dpi from glass*)
z

*With 400% scaling
**Includes HP Photo Paper and
HP Premium Photo Paper
Scan
specifications

212

Features

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

Supports scanning to USB, parallel
ports, and networks
z
Supports up to legal-size originals
z
Scan speeds vary according to the
complexity of the document*
z
Create photo projects**
z
Image editor included**
z
OCR software automatically
converts scanned text to editable
text**
*To ensure optimal scanning
performance when your all-in-one is
connected directly to a computer, use a
USB cable to make the connection.
**HP photo and imaging software and
OCR software is available when the
all-in-one is connected directly to a
computer. Also, OCR software is
available on Starter CD 2 to allow text
scanned across a network to be
converted to editable text. This software
should be installed on the client
computers.
z

ENWW

Scan
specifications
(contintued)

Scan Speed (default mode)

Resolution

Default: 11 ppm*
Preview: 25 seconds
*Does not account for network or
computer speed variations
Optical and hardware:
Up to 2400 by 2400 dpi
z
Enhanced scan resolution up to
19,200 dpi (the maximum dpi at
which you can scan is limited by
available computer memory, disk
space and other system factors)
z
48-bit color depth, 256 grayscale
levels
z

Color

42-bit hardware image-processing, up to
48-bit color (millions of colors limited to
1,200 dpi)

Interface

TWAIN-compliant
WIA-compliant (Windows XP only)

Memory card (photo) Features
specifications

z
z

z

Supports direct printing of images
from a memory card.
Allows photos to be transferred to
computers directly connected to the
all-in-one using Mass Storage
Device Class (MSDC) (Windows) or
PhotoSave (Mac OS)
Allows you to send images from a
memory card to a network folder or
as e-mail attachments.*

*With network connection and all-in-one
keyboard.
Supported memory cards

CompactFlash Type I and II
(Microdrive)
Length: 41 mm (1.6 inches)
Width: 36 mm (1.4 inches)
Thickness: 3 to 5 mm (0.12 to 0.2 inch)
Number of pins: 50
Memory Stick
Length: 50 mm (2 inches)
Width: 21.45 mm (0.84 inch)
Thickness: 2.8 mm (0.1 inch)
Number of pins: 10
MultiMedia Card (MMC)
Length: 32 mm (1.26 inches)
Width: 24 mm (0.94 inch)
Thickness: 1.4 mm (0.05 inch)
Number of pins: 7
Secure Digital
Length: 32 mm (1.26 inches)
Width: 24 mm (0.94 inch)
Thickness: 2.1 mm (0.08 inch)
Number of pins: 7

ENWW

Specifications 213

Memory card (photo) Supported memory cards
specifications
(continued)
(continued)

SmartMedia
Length: 45 mm (1.8 inches)
Width: 37 mm (1.46 inches)
Thickness: 0.76 mm (0.03 inch)
Number of pins: 22

Digital sending
specifications

Features

Scan a hardcopy original from the ADF
or scanner glass to create a digital
document (with network connection).
Send the digital document or image from
a memory card to several possible
destinations:
z
To one or more e-mail addresses
(sent as an e-mail attachment ready
for distribution from the control
panel)
z
To a network folder

Send to e-mail

z
z
z
z

z

Uses SMTP e-mail server
Supports e-mail address
functionality through LDAP servers
Automatically breaks up large file
attachment into multiple emails
Allows programming e-mail
distribution lists that can be used
from Contacts and speed-dial
buttons on the control panel.
Allows you to send images from a
memory card as e-mail
attachments.*

*With network connection and all-in-one
keyboard.
Send to network folder

Supports pre-programmed network
folder path
z
Supports network speed-dials
z
Allows you to send images from a
memory card to a network folder.*
*With network connection and all-in-one
keyboard.

Fax archive

z

z

z
z
z
z

Resolution

z
z
z

Supported file formats

z
z
z

214

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

Send incoming fax to network folder
Format: TIFF
Only black and white faxes can be
archived
One destination folder can be
identified
Default folder: archive and print
75 dpi
150 dpi
300 dpi
PDF
TIFF
JPG

ENWW

Digital sending
specifications
(continued)

Supported network configurations

z
z
z
z

Supported SMTP servers

z
z
z
z

Supported LDAP servers

z

Application compatibility

z

HP Autostore

Transmission speed

3 seconds (33.6 kbps)

z
z
z
z

ENWW

MS Window Exchange 5.5
MS Window Exchange 2000
Lotus Domino 6
Novell Groupwise
MS Exchange 5.x, 2000
Lotus cc:Mail 8.2, Domino
Novell GroupWise
Sun ONE
Novell eDir
MS Active Dir 2000
Critical Path

z
z

Fax
specifications

TCP/IP network with SMTP server
and e-mail clients
LDAP server (optional)
HTTP client browser
HTTPS client browser

Specifications 215

Features

z
z

z
z
z

z

z
z

z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z

z
z
z

216

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

Color fax from the control panel
Supports PC fax capability from a
computer using the HP photo and
imaging software
Up to 99 speed-dial entries
Up to 6 one-touch speed-dial entries
from the control panel
Up to 250-page memory with 4 MB
of flash memory for incoming faxes.
(Based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at
standard resolution. More
complicated pages or higher
resolution take longer and use more
memory.)
Ability to store faxes in 4 MB of flash
memory during if power is
interrupted.
Quick scan into memory (non
realtime) for black faxes
Automatic redial (up to five times:
after 1 minute for first attempt, after 5
minutes for subsequent attempts)
Poll receive
Transmitter identification
Coding system: MH/MR/MMR
Sequential broadcast to 20
destinations.
Confirmation and activity reports
ITU-T Group3 fax with Error
Correction Mode
33.6Kbps fax capability
User-configurable ring detect with
automatic fax/answering machine
switching
Delayed faxing
Fax forwarding to another fax
number
Archival of incoming faxes to a
network folder (with a network
connection)

ENWW

Resolution

Black and white:
z
STANDARD (fastest transmission):
203 by 98 dpi
z
FINE (good quality, slower
transmission): 203 by 196 dpi
z
S. FINE (super fine): 300 by 300 dpi
z
PHOTO (for faxing photos, slowest
transmission): 203 by 196 dpi, with
halftoning
Color:
z
STANDARD: 200 by 200 dpi with
compression*
z
FINE: 200 by 200 dpi with
compression*
z
S. FINE (super fine): 200 by 200 dpi
with compression*
z
PHOTO: 200 by 200 dpi with
compression*
*compression varies

Multitasking capabilities

z
z

Scan ahead to memory for
overlapping tasks
Simultaneous use of printer and
scanner components for different
tasks

Warranty and product certifications

ENWW

Warranty

1 year limited warranty

Safety certifications

CCC S&E (China), CSA (Canada), PSB
(Singapore), UL (USA), NOM-NYCE
(Mexico), GS (Germany), K Mark
(Korea), CE (European Union), B Mark
(Poland), S Mark (Argentina)

EMC certifications

FCC Title CFR Part 15 (USA), ATICK
(Australia), MICMark (Korea), CE
(European Union), BSMI (Taiwan),
GOST (Russia), ICES (Canada)

Specifications 217

Environmental specifications
Operating
environment

Operating temperature

5° to 40° C (41° to 100° F)

Recommended operating conditions

15° to 35° C (59° to 95° F)

Recommended relative humidity

15 to 80 percent noncondensing

Storage environment Storage temperature
Storage relative humidity

-40° to 70° C (-40° to 158° F)
Up to 90 percent noncondensing at a
temperature of 65° C (150° F)

Electrical specifications
Power supply

Built-in universal power supply

Power requirements

Input voltage: 110 to 240 VAC
(± 10 percent), 50 to 60 Hz

Power consumption

z
z
z
z
z

z

PowerSave mode

Default time before entering
PowerSave mode

Printing and using photo (memory
card) options (average): 47 Watts
Copying (average): 68 Watts
Faxing (average): 43 Watts
Scanning and sending e-mail
(average): 40 Watts
During standby and while in
PowerSave mode: less than
21.4 Watts
When off: less than 1 Watt

30 seconds

Acoustic emission specifications (copy and print in Draft mode, noise levels per
ISO 7779)

218

Sound pressure (bystander position)

LpAm 53 dB(A)

Sound power

LwAm 66 dB(A)

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

ENWW

Regulatory information
This section contains the following regulatory information.
z

Regulatory model number

z

Power cord statement

z

LED classification

z

Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements

z

FCC statement

z

Shielded cables

z

Declaration of conformity statement/Normes de sécurité (Canada)

z

Note à l’attention des utilisateurs du réseau téléphonique Canadien/notice to users of the
Canadian telephone network

z

Notice to users in the European Economic Area

z

Notice to users of the Irish telephone network

z

Notice to users of the German telephone network

z

Geräuschemission

z

Declaration of conformity (European Union)

z

EMI statement (Korea)

z

Declaration of conformity

Regulatory model number
For regulatory identification purposes, your product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number.
The Regulatory Model Number for your product is SNPRC-0303. The regulatory number
should not be confused with the product name (HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one) or product
number (C8140A, C8143A, or C8144A).

Power cord statement
The power cord cannot be repaired. If it is defective, it should be discarded or returned to the
supplier.

LED classification

Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements
This equipment complies with FCC rules, Part 68. On this equipment is a label that contains,
among other information, the FCC Registration Number and Ringer Equivalent Number (REN)
for this equipment. If requested, provide this information to your telephone company.
ENWW

Regulatory information 219

An FCC-compliant telephone cord and modular plug are provided with this equipment. This
equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a
compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment connects to the
telephone network through the following standard network interface jack: USOC RJ-11C.
The REN is useful to determine the quantity of devices you may connect to your telephone line
and still have all of those devices ring when your number is called. Too many devices on one
line may result in failure to ring in response to an incoming call. In most, but not all, areas the
sum of the RENs of all devices should not exceed five (5). To be certain of the number of
devices you may connect to your line, as determined by the REN, you should call your local
telephone company to determine the maximum REN for your calling area.
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, your telephone company may
discontinue your service temporarily. If possible, they will notify you in advance. If advance
notice is not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will also be advised of your
right to file a complaint with the FCC. Your telephone company may make changes in its
facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the proper operation of your
equipment. If they do, you will be given advance notice so you will have the opportunity to
maintain uninterrupted service.
If you experience trouble with this equipment, please contact the manufacturer, or look
elsewhere in this manual, for warranty or repair information. Your telephone company may ask
you to disconnect this equipment from the network until the problem has been corrected or
until you are sure that the equipment is not malfunctioning.
This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company.
Connection to party lines is subject to state tariffs. Contact your state’s public utility
commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for more information.
This equipment includes automatic dialing capability. When programming and/or making test
calls to emergency numbers:

Note

z

Remain on the line and explain to the dispatcher the reason for the call.

z

Perform such activities in the off-peak hours, such as early morning or late evening.
The FCC hearing aid compatibility rules for telephones are not applicable to this equipment.

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a
computer or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless
such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on
the first page of transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business,
other entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending
machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may
not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-distance
transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should
complete the steps described in the software.

FCC statement
The U.S. Federal Communications Commission (in 47 cfr 15.105) has specified that the
following notices be brought to the attention of users of this product.
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Shielded cables
Use of a shielded data cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of the FCC
Rules.

220

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

ENWW

Pursuant to Part 15.21 of the FCC Rules, any changes or modifications to this
equipment not expressly approved by the Hewlett-Packard Company, may cause
harmful interference and void the FCC authorization to operate this equipment.
Note

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates,
uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with
the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning
the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or
more of the following measures:
z

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

z

Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

z

Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.

z

Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Declaration of conformity statement/Normes de sécurité (Canada)
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital
apparatus set out in the Canadian ICES-003.
Le présent appareil numérique n'émet pas de bruits radioélectriques dépassant les limites
applicables aux appareils numériques de Classe B prescrites dans la réglement sur le
brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le NMB-003 du Canada.

ENWW

Regulatory information 221

Note à l’attention des utilisateurs du réseau téléphonique Canadien/
notice to users of the Canadian telephone network
Cet appareil est conforme aux spécifications techniques des équipements terminaux
d’Industrie Canada. Le numéro d’enregistrement atteste de la conformité de l’appareil.
L’abréviation IC qui précède le numéro d’enregistrement indique que l’enregistrement a été
effectué dans le cadre d’une Déclaration de conformité stipulant que les spécifications
techniques d’Industrie Canada ont été respectées. Néanmoins, cette abréviation ne signifie en
aucun cas que l’appareil a été validé par Industrie Canada.
Pour leur propre sécurité, les utilisateurs doivent s’assurer que les prises électriques reliées à
la terre de la source d’alimentation, des lignes téléphoniques et du circuit métallique
d’alimentation en eau sont, le cas échéant, branchées les unes aux autres. Cette précaution
est particulièrement importante dans les zones rurales.
Le numéro REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) attribué à chaque appareil terminal fournit une
indication sur le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent être connectés à une interface
téléphonique. La terminaison d’une interface peut se composer de n’importe quelle
combinaison d’appareils, à condition que le total des numéros REN ne dépasse pas 5.
Basé sur les résultats de tests FCC Partie 68, le numéro REN de ce produit est 0.3B.
This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical
Specifications. This is confirmed by the registration number. The abbreviation IC before the
registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration of
Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. It does not imply
that Industry Canada approved the equipment.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the
power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected
together. This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas.
Note

The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device provides an
indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a telephone
interface. The termination on an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject
only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Numbers of all the devices
does not exceed 5.
The REN for this product is 0.3B, based on FCC Part 68 test results.

222

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

ENWW

Notice to users in the European Economic Area

This product is designed to interwork with the analogue telephone networks in the following
countries/regions:
Austria

Greece

Portugal

Belgium

Ireland

Spain

Denmark

Italy

Sweden

Finland

Luxembourg

Switzerland

France

Netherlands

United Kingdom

Germany

Norway

Network compatibility depends on customer selected settings, which must be reset to use the
equipment on a telephone network in a country/region other than where the product was
purchased. Contact the vendor or Hewlett-Packard Company if additional product support is
necessary.
This equipment has been certified by the manufacturer in accordance with
Directive 1999/5/EC (annex II) for Pan-European single-terminal connection to the public
switched telephone network (PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual
PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional
assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point.
In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance.
This equipment is designed for DTMF tone dialing and loop disconnect dialing. In the unlikely
event of problems with loop disconnect dialing, it is recommended to use this equipment only
with the DTMF tone dial setting.

Notice to users of the Irish telephone network
This equipment is designed for DTMF tone dialing and loop disconnect dialing. In the unlikely
event of problems with loop disconnect dialing, it is recommended that you use this equipment
only with the DTMF tone dial setting.

Notice to users of the German telephone network
This HP fax product is designed to connect only to the analogue public-switched telephone
network (PSTN). Please connect the TAE N telephone connector plug, provided with the
HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one into the wall socket (TAE 6) code N. This HP fax product
can be used as a single device and/or in combination (in serial connection) with other
approved terminal equipment.

Geräuschemission
LpA < 70 dB
am Arbeitsplatz
im Normalbetrieb
nach DIN 45635 T. 19

ENWW

Regulatory information 223

Declaration of conformity (European Union)
The Declaration of Conformity in this document complies with ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN
45014. It identifies the product, manufacturer’s name and address, and applicable
specifications recognized in the European community.

EMI statement (Korea)

224

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

ENWW

Declaration of conformity
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
according to ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014
Manufacturer's Name:

Hewlett-Packard Singapore (Pte) Ltd.

Manufacturer’s Address:

Imaging and Printing Manufacturing Operations
60 Alexandra Terrace, #07-01, The Comtech
Singapore 118502

declares, that the product
Product Name:

HP Officejet 9110 all-in-one, HP Officejet 9120 all-in-one,
HP Officejet 9130 all-in-one

Product Number:

C8140A, C8143A, C8144A

Regulatory Model Number:

SNPRC-0303

Product Accessory Number:

C8237A / 250-sheet Tray 2
J7934A / EIO LAN card
C8240A / KeyBoard

Product Options:

All

conforms to the following Product Specifications:
Safety:

IEC 60950: 1999 / EN 60950: 2000
IEC 60825-1: 1993+A1: 1997+A2: 2001 / EN 60825-1: 1994 Class I for
LEDs

EMC:

CISPR 22: 1997 + A1 / EN 55022:1998 + A1 Class B (1)
CISPR 24:1997 + A1 / EN 55024: 1998 + A1
IEC 61000-3-2:1995 + A14 / EN 61000-3-2: 1995 + A14
IEC 61000-3-3:1994 + A1 / EN 61000-3-3:1995 + A1
FCC Title 47 CFR, Part 15 Class B (1)
AS / NZS 3548:1995 / ICES-003, Issue 3 Class B (1)

Telecom:

TBR 21:1998

Supplementary Information:
The product herewith complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, EMC
Directive 89/336/EEC and the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (Annex II) and carries the CE marking
accordingly.
(1) The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett-Packard personal computer systems.
25 September 2003

Chan Kum Yew
Director, Quality

Australia Contact: Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd., 31-41 Joseph
Street, Blackburn, Victoria 3130, Australia
European Contact: Hewlett-Packard GmbH, HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen,
Germany
USA Contact: Corporate Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company, 3000 Hanover
Street, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA (Phone: 415-857-1501)

ENWW

Regulatory information 225

Environmental sustainability program
Hewlett-Packard is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound
manner. HP continuously improves the design processes of its products to minimize the
negative impact on the office environment and on the communities where products are
manufactured, shipped, and used. HP has also developed processes to minimize the negative
impact of the disposal of the product at the end of its printing life.
For more information about the HP environmental sustainability program, see
http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/index.html.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Reduction and elimination

z

Power consumption

z

Hazardous materials

z

Recycling

z

Material safety data sheets

z

End-of-life returns

Reduction and elimination
Paper use
The two-sided (duplex) printing and N-up printing features of this product (which you can use
to print multiple pages of a document on one sheet of paper) can reduce paper usage and the
resulting demands on natural resources. See this guide for more information about using
these features.

Ink use
The Fast mode of this product uses less ink, which might extend the life of the cartridges. See
the printer driver onscreen Help for more information.

Ozone-depleting chemicals
Ozone-depleting chemicals, such as chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), have been eliminated from
HP manufacturing processes.

Power consumption
Power usage drops significantly while in PowerSave mode, which saves natural resources
and saves money without affecting the high performance of this product. This product qualifies
for ENERGY STAR®, which is a voluntary program to encourage the development of
energy-efficient office products.
ENERGY STAR® is a U.S. registered service mark owned by the U.S.
government. As an ENERGY STAR® Partner, Hewlett-Packard Company
has determined this product meets ENERGY STAR® guidelines for
energy efficiency. For more information, see
http://www.energystar.gov.

226

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

ENWW

Hazardous materials
This HP product contains the following materials that might require special handling at
end-of-life:
z

Lead in the solder

z

Mercury in the scanner lamp

z

A lithium/MnO2 battery on the motherboard

The following table provides specifications for the battery.
Specification

Matsushita/Panasonic

Toshiba

Battery part number

CR2032L

CR2032

Battery material

Lithium/MnO2

Lithium/MnO2

Battery type

Button/coin cell battery

Button/coin cell battery

Quantity per product

1

1

Weight

~ 2.9 grams (0.102 ounce)

3.1 grams (0.109 ounce)

Lithium type

Sold

Sold

Battery manufacturer

Panasonic, Japan

Toshiba, Japan

Recycling
Design for recycling has been incorporated into this product:
z

The number of materials has been kept to a minimum while ensuring proper functionality
and reliability.

z

Dissimilar materials have been designed to separate easily.

z

Fasteners and other connections are easy to locate, gain access to, and remove by using
common tools.

z

High-priority parts have been designed so that you can reach them quickly for efficient
disassembly and repair.

Product packaging
The packaging materials for this product have been selected to provide maximum protection
for the least cost possible, while attempting to minimize environmental impact and facilitate
recycling. The rugged design of the product assists in minimizing both packaging materials
and damage rates.

HP printing supplies
In many countries/regions, the printing supplies for this product (for example, printheads) can
be returned to HP through the HP Printing Supplies Returns and Recycling Program. An
easy-to-use and free take-back program is available in more than 48 countries/regions.

Material safety data sheets
Material safety data sheets (MSDSs) can be obtained from the following HP website:
http://www.hp.com/go/msds.

ENWW

Environmental sustainability program 227

End-of-life returns
At the end of the product life, you can return the product to HP.

228

13 - Specifications and regulatory information

ENWW

A

Control-panel mode and setup
menus
Use the control panel menus to view and change settings for the all-in-one and the modes in
which it can be used.
The changes that you make in mode menus affect the current job that you are performing. The
changes that you make in setup menus become the defaults for all future jobs.
This section contains information about the following topics.
Mode menus
z

Reaching and using a mode menu

z

Copy mode menu

z

Scan mode menu

z

Photo mode menu

z

E-mail mode menu

z

Fax mode menu

Setup menus

ENWW

z

Reaching and using a setup menu

z

Printing a setup menu map

z

PRINT REPORT menu

z

COPY SETUP menu

z

FAX SETUP menu

z

ADV FAX SETUP menu

z

SCAN SETUP menu

z

E-MAIL SETUP menu

z

PRINTER menu

z

NETWORK & I/O menu

z

ADMIN menu

z

MAINTENANCE menu

229

Mode menus
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Reaching and using a mode menu

z

Copy mode menu

z

Scan mode menu

z

Photo mode menu

z

E-mail mode menu

z

Fax mode menu

Reaching and using a mode menu

230

1

On the control panel, press the mode button (COPY, SCAN, PHOTO, E-MAIL, or FAX). The
menu appears in the control-panel display.

2

Press
(up) or
(select).

3

Press - or + to select the value that you want, and then press
setting.

(down) to move to the option that you want, and then press

A - Control-panel mode and setup menus

(select) to save the

ENWW

Copy mode menu

ENWW

Menu item

Description

COPIES

Sets the number of copies for the current copy job.

Normal copy

Selects normal copy or one of the following special copy options:
z
COPY FULL PAGE
Reduces the original by 91 percent and makes copies without clipping any
part of the original.
z
LEGAL->LETTER
Reduces the size of the original from legal-size to letter-size.
z
A4->LETTER
Reduces the size of the original from A4-size to letter-size.
z
COPY 2 ON 1
Reduces two pages of originals and places them on one landscape page.
See Copying more than one original onto one page for more information.
z
MARGIN SHIFT
Shifts the margin on the original to the left or right to create a space to
accomodate a binding. See Shifting the image to increase the margin for
binding for more information.
z
FIT TO PAGE
Reduces or enlarges the original to fit the page size that has been specified
for the copy job.
z
MIRROR COPY
Makes a mirror copy of the original. See Creating a mirror image of an
original for more information.
z
POSTER
Enlarges the original to a poster size that one to four pages wide (can be
used only from the scanner glass). See Making a poster for more information.
z
CLONE
Clones (replicates) the original onto a page, from one to the maximum
number of copies that will fit on the page (can be used only from the scanner
glass). See Cloning several copies of an image on a page for more
information.

Glass
or
ADF

Indicates whether the scanner glass is the source for the copy. Options for
copying include the following choices:
z
1->1 SIDED
Copies a 1-sided original to a 1-sided copy. Both the ADF and the scanner
glass can be used.
z
1->2 SIDED
Copies a 1-sided original to a 2-sided copy. Both the ADF and the scanner
glass can be used.
z
2->1 SIDED
Copies a 2-sided original to a 1-sided copy. Only the ADF can be used. The
option does not appear when you are scanning from the scanner glass.
z
2->2 SIDED
Copies a 2-sided original to a 2-sided copy. Both the ADF and the scanner
glass can be used.
You can also reach the double-sided options by pressing 2-SIDED OPTIONS on the
control panel.
Legal-size originals can be 2-sided, but legal-size output cannot be duplexed.

Red./enlarge

Reduces or enlarges the copy by a percentage. You can specify the percentage
of reduction or enlargement in two ways:
z
Press - or + to decrease or increase the size in increments of 1 percent. If you
hold down - or + for more than 2 seconds, the rate increases to 5 percent
every additional 0.2 second.
z
Type a percentage on the keypad or keyboard.
You can also reach this option by pressing REDUCE/ENLARGE on the control
panel.

Mode menus 231

Menu item

Description

Collation

Turns copy collation on or off. When collation is on, you can produce sets of
copies in the exact order that they were scanned. You must copy more than one
original to use the collation feature.
This feature can be used only with the ADF.
Collation is available only for the following copy options: Normal copy, COPY FULL
PAGE, MARGIN SHIFT, LEGAL->LETTER, A4->LETTER, LETTER->A4.

Quality

Selects the setting for copy quality:
NORMAL
Produces high-quality copy at reasonable speed. This is the recommended
setting for most copy jobs.
z
BEST
Produces the highest quality for all media and eliminates the banding
(striping) effect that sometimes occurs in solid areas. BEST copies more
slowly than the other quality settings.
z
FAST
Produces draft-quality copies at the fastest speed. The text is of comparable
quality to the NORMAL setting, but graphics might be of lower quality. This
setting reduces the frequency of ink cartridge replacement because it uses
less ink.
You can also reach the quality option by pressing QUALITY on the control panel.
z

232

Lighter/darker

Adjusts the lightness and darkness of copies (from -4 to +4).
You can also reach the contrast option by pressing LIGHTER/DARKER on the
control panel.

Tray

Selects the input tray and paper type to use for media.

Paper size

Selects the paper size:
z
LETTER
U.S. letter size (8.5 by 11 inches)
z
A4
A4 size (210 by 297 mm)
z
LEGAL
Legal size (8.5 by 14 inches)
The option sets the size for both the original and the output, because it is
assumed that these are to be identical.
The option is not available for the following copy options: LEGAL->LETTER,
A4->LETTER, LETTER->A4.

Preset

Applies a preset (a set of predetermined copy options) to a copy job.
See Using presets for more information.

Setup

Opens the COPY SETUP menu. See COPY SETUP menu for an explanation of
the menu.

A - Control-panel mode and setup menus

ENWW

Scan mode menu

ENWW

Menu item

Description



Use this area to specify the path of a network folder, parallel, or USB destination.

Glass
or
ADF

Indicates whether the ADF or the scanner glass is the source for the scan.
Options for scanning include the following choices:
z
1-SIDED
z
2-SIDED
You can also reach the double-sided options by pressing 2-SIDED OPTIONS on the
control panel.

Type

Selects the document type and format:
z
MIXED/PDF
Use this option when the original contains both text and photographs. The
output format is PDF.
z
PHOTO/JPEG
Use this option when the original contains only photographs. The output
format is Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG).
z
MIXED/JPEG
Use this option when the original contains both text and photographs. The
output format is JPEG.
z
BLACK/TIF
Use this option when the original contains only text and you want to be able
to edit the text in the resulting document. The output format is Tagged
Information File Format (TIFF).
z
TEXT/PDF
Use this option when the original contains only text. The output format is
Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF).
You can also reach the document type option by pressing TRAY/TYPE on the
control panel.

Paper Size

Selects the paper size:
z
LETTER
U.S. letter size (8.5 by 11 inches)
z
A4
A4 size (210 by 297 mm)
z
LEGAL
Legal size (8.5 by 14 inches)
When Type is PHOTO/JPEG, the list changes to a different set of sizes that are
appropriate for photos (for example, 3 x 5 cm, 10 x 15 cm, and 4 x 6 inch).
The option sets the size for both the original and the output, because it is
assumed that these are to be identical.
You can also reach the paper size option by pressing TRAY/TYPE on the control
panel.

Resolution

Selects the setting for resolution:
z
300 DPI
z
150 DPI
z
75 DPI
You can also reach the resolution option by pressing QUALITY on the control
panel.

Lighter/darker

Adjusts the lightness and darkness of scans (from -4 to +4).
You can also reach the contrast option by pressing LIGHTER/DARKER on the
control panel.

Prefix

Selects the prefix for scanned files (up to 10 characters).

Setup

Opens the SCAN SETUP menu. See SCAN SETUP menu for an explanation of
the menu.

Mode menus 233

Photo mode menu
Menu item

Description

xx PHOTOS FOUND

Indicates how many photo files were found on the memory card that was
inserted in the memory card slot of the all-in-one.

Print photos

Starts the procedure for printing photos from the memory card.
See Printing from a memory card for more information.

E-mail photos*

Starts the procedure for sending photos as attachments to an e-mail message.
See Sending photos as e-mail attachments for more information.

Print thumbnails

Starts the procedure for printing a proof sheet of the photos that are on the
memory card.
See Printing a proof sheet for more information.

Scan thumbnails

Starts the procedure for scanning a proof sheet of the photos that are on the
memory card.
See Printing photos or sending photos as e-mail attachments for more
information.

Save photos to
computer*

Starts the procedure for saving photos that are on the memory card to a
computer.
See Saving photos for more information.

Save to network*

Starts the procedure for saving photos that are on the memory card to a folder
on the network.
See Saving photos for more information.

* This option appears only for network connection.

234

A - Control-panel mode and setup menus

ENWW

E-mail mode menu
Menu item
 Use this area to specify an e-mail address for the e-mail message. The
connection can be network, USB, or parallel.
See Sending scans as e-mail attachments for information about the ways that
you can specify e-mail address.

Subj: Digital
sen...

Use this area to type text for the SUBJECT line of the e-mail message. The
maximum length for the SUBJECT line is 60 characters).
The SUBJECT line might be preconfigured. You can change the text, unless the
all-in-one has been set up so that the SUBJECT text cannot be changed. See
Configuring the defaults for e-mail message format (network connection) for
more information.

From: ...

Use this area to type text for the FROM line of the e-mail message.
The FROM line might be preconfigured. You can change the text, unless the
all-in-one has been set up so that the FROM text cannot be changed. See
Configuring the defaults for e-mail message format (network connection) for
more information.

Glass
or
ADF

Indicates whether the ADF or the scanner glass is the source for the scan.
Options for scanning include the following choices:
z
1-SIDED
z
2-SIDED
You can also reach the double-sided options by pressing 2-SIDED OPTIONS on the
control panel.

Type

Selects the document type:
Selects the document type and format:
z
BLACK/TIFF
Use this option when the original contains only text and you want to be able
to edit the text in the resulting document. The output format is Tagged
Information File Format (TIFF).
z
TEXT/PDF
Use this option when the original contains only text. The output format is
Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF).
z
MIXED/PDF
Use this option when the original contains both text and photographs. The
output format is PDF.
z
PHOTO/JPEG
Use this option when the original contains only photographs. The output
format is Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG).
z
MIXED/JPEG
Use this option when the original contains both text and photographs. The
output format is JPEG.
You can also reach the document type option by pressing TRAY/TYPE on the
control panel.

Mode menus 235

Menu item

Description

Paper size

Selects the paper size:
z
LETTER
U.S. letter size (8.5 by 11 inches)
z
A4
A4 size (210 by 297 mm)
z
LEGAL
Legal size (8.5 by 14 inches)
When Type is PHOTO/JPEG, the list changes to a different set of sizes that are
appropriate for photos (for example, 3 x 5 cm, 10 x 15 cm, and 4 x 6 inch).
The option sets the size for both the original and the output, because it is
assumed that these are to be identical.
You can also reach the paper size option by pressing TRAY/TYPE on the control
panel.
Selects the setting for resolution:
300 DPI
z
150 DPI
z
75 DPI
You can also reach the resolution option by pressing QUALITY on the control
panel.

Resolution

z

Lighter/darker

Adjusts the lightness and darkness of scans (from -4 to +4).
You can also reach the contrast option by pressing LIGHTER/DARKER on the
control panel.

Setup

Opens the E-MAIL SETUP menu. See E-MAIL SETUP menu for an explanation
of the menu.

Fax mode menu
Menu item
 Use this area to specify a fax number.

Fax Color

Indicates whether the all-in-one has been set to send a black-and-white fax or a
color fax. Options include the following choices:
z
BLACK
z
COLOR

ADF
or
Glass

Indicates whether the ADF or the scanner glass is the source for the outgoing
fax. Options for faxing include the following choices:
z
1-SIDED
Faxes a 1-sided original. Both the ADF and the scanner glass can be used.
z
2-SIDED
Faxes a 2-sided original (black-and-white only). Both the ADF and the
scanner glass can be used.

A - Control-panel mode and setup menus

ENWW

ENWW

Menu item

Description

Time

Selects the method in which a black-and-white fax will be transmitted (color faxes
are sent only in the realtime mode):
z
REALTIME
The fax is transmitted directly from the scan while you wait at the control
panel. If a realtime fax is interrupted or the all-in-one is turned off, you must
rescan the fax job. This is the fastest option. Use this option especially for
long faxes, because there might not be enough memory in the all-in-one for a
long fax if you use the non-realtime option.
z
NON-REALTIME
The fax is scanned into memory first, and then transmitted. You do not have
to wait for the fax to finish.
z
DELAYED
The fax is transmitted at a time that you specify.

Resolution

Selects the setting for resolution.
Black-and-white faxes:
z
STANDARD (98 dpi)
z
FINE (196 dpi)
z
S. FINE (300 dpi)
z
PHOTO (196 dpi, with halftoning)
Color faxes:
z
STANDARD (200 dpi, high compression)
z
FINE (200 dpi, low compression)
z
S. FINE (200 dpi, low compression)
z
PHOTO (200 dpi, high compression)
You can also reach the resolution option by pressing QUALITY on the control
panel.

Lighter/darker

Adjusts the lightness and darkness of faxes (from -4 to +4).
You can also reach the contrast option by pressing LIGHTER/DARKER on the
control panel.

Paper size

Selects the paper size:
z
A4
A4 size (210 by 297 mm)
z
LEGAL
Legal size (8.5 by 14 inches)
z
LETTER
U.S. letter size (8.5 by 11 inches)
The option sets the size for both the original and the output, because it is
assumed that these are to be identical.
You can also reach the paper size option by pressing TRAY/TYPE on the control
panel.

Poll to receive

Allows user to type fax number(s) to poll.

Setup

Opens the FAX SETUP menu. See FAX SETUP menu for an explanation of the
menu.

Mode menus 237

Setup menus
Printer driver and program settings override control panel settings for the current job. Program
settings override default printer driver settings.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Reaching and using a setup menu

z

Printing a setup menu map

z

PRINT REPORT menu

z

COPY SETUP menu

z

FAX SETUP menu

z

ADV FAX SETUP menu

z

SCAN SETUP menu

z

E-MAIL SETUP menu

z

PHOTO menu

z

PRINTER menu

z

NETWORK & I/O menu

z

ADMIN menu

z

MAINTENANCE menu

Reaching and using a setup menu
1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

Press

3

Press - or + to select the value that you want, and then press
setting.

(up) or

(down) to move to the item you want, and then press

(select).

(select) to save the

If there is no - or + around the setting, the setting cannot be changed.

Printing a setup menu map

238

1

On the control panel, press MENU.

2

With the cursor next to PRINT REPORT, press

3

With the cursor next to Menu map info, press

A - Control-panel mode and setup menus

(select).
(select).

ENWW

PRINT REPORT menu

ENWW

Menu item

Description

Menu map info

Prints a map of the setup menus, which includes information about the current
settings for setup options.

Last transaction

Prints a copy of the last fax transaction that the all-in-one processed (either
received or sent). The following information is included:
z
Transmission date and time
z
Type (whether received or sent)
z
Fax number
z
Duration
z
Number of pages
z
Result (status) of transmission

Fax log

Prints a copy of the fax log, which contains information about the last 20 faxes
that have been received by the all-in-one and sent from the control panel. The
following information is included:
z
Transmission date and time
z
Type (whether received or sent)
z
Fax number
z
Duration
z
Number of pages
z
Result (status) of transmission
z
Whether the fax was printed (received faxes only)
z
Whether the fax was archived (received faxes only)

Speed-dial list

Prints lists of the speed-dial entries that have been set up for fax numbers and
fax number groups, e-mail addresses and e-mail address groups, and network
folders.

Speed-dial
template

Prints lists of the first six speed-dial entries that have been set up for fax
numbers or groups, e-mail addresses, and network folders. After you print the
lists, you can cut them out and insert them under the speed-dial overlays next to
the six speed-dial buttons on the control panel.

Device config.

Prints a Configuration page, which provides the following information:
z
Product name, model number, serial number, service number, asset
number, and firmware version
z
Accessories that have been installed
z
Printhead part numbers and accumulated ink usage
z
Ink cartridge part numbers, ink levels, and expiration date
z
Event log
If an HP Jetdirect print server is installed in the all-in-one, an HP Jetdirect
Configuration page also prints, which provides the following information:
z
Configuration information about the print server
z
Security settings
z
Network statistics
z
Protocol settings
See Configuration page for more information.

Users print
summary

Prints a summary page that indicates the number of users and the amount of ink
used.

Demo page

Prints a demonstration page, which can be used to verify that the printing
mechanism is operating correctly.

PCL font list

Prints a list of the PCL fonts that are available on the all-in-one.

PS font list

Prints a list of the PS fonts that are available on the all-in one.

Setup menus 239

Menu item

Description

Reprint faxes in
memory

Prints copies of received faxes that are currently stored in memory. You can
choose to print the last fax that has been received, the last five faxes that have
been received, or all faxes that are stored in memory.

COPY SETUP menu

240

Menu item

Description

Set copy defaults

Saves the current copy settings as the default settings for copy jobs.

Set copy presets

Saves the current copy settings as a preset, which can then be used for future
copy jobs.
See Using presets for more information.

Color intensity

Sets the default color intensity for copy jobs (from -3 to +3). Use this option to
make the colors on copies more vivid or more subtle.

Enhancement

Sets the default enhancement for copy jobs.
z
TEXT
Sharpens the edges of black text.
z
PHOTO
Improves the colors of photographs.
z
MIXED
Enhances both the sharpness of text and the colors of photographs.
z
NONE
Specifies that no enhancements are to be applied.
Use PHOTO or MIXED if the following problems occur:
z
Stray dots of color surround some text on your copies.
z
Large, black typefaces look splotchy (not smooth).
z
Thin, colored objects or lines contain black sections.
z
Horizontal grainy or white bands appear in light-gray to medium-gray areas.

A - Control-panel mode and setup menus

ENWW

FAX SETUP menu
Menu item

Description

Fax speed-dial

Sets up speed-dial entries for faxing.
See Setting up fax numbers as speed-dial entries or groups for more information.

Fax defaults

Saves current settings as defaults.

Autoanswer

Sets the answer mode to automatic or manual.
ON
The all-in-one answers incoming calls after a specified number or rings or
upon recognition of special fax tones.
z
OFF
The all-in-one never answers calls. You must start the receiving process
yourself.
See Setting the answer mode (autoanswer) for more information.
z

ENWW

Fax header

Configures the fax number and name that are used for fax headers.
See Configuring the time, date, and fax header for more information.

Rings to answer

Determines the number of times that the phone rings before an incoming call is
answered when Autoanswer is set to on.
When you change the Country/region option on the ADMIN menu, this option
changes to the default for the country/region that has been chosen.

Dial type

Sets the all-in-one to tone-dialing or pulse-dialing.
Do not use the pulse-dial setting unless you know that you phone line cannot use
tone-dialing. The pulse-dialing option is not available in all countries/regions.
When you change the Country/region option on the ADMIN menu, this option
changes to the default for the country/region that has been chosen.
See Setting the dial type for more information.

Setup menus 241

ADV FAX SETUP menu
Menu item

Description

Auto reports

Turns on and turns off the option for automatically printing a transaction report
each time that the all-in-one sends or receives a fax. The report includes the
following information:
z
Transmission date and time
z
Type (whether received or sent)
z
Fax number
z
Duration
z
Number of pages
z
Result (status) of transmission
When you change the Country/region option on the ADMIN menu, this option
changes to the default for the country/region that has been chosen.

Ans. ring pattern

Sets the all-in-one to answer the correct ring pattern if you subscribe to ring
pattern service with your phone company. The following options are available:
z
All rings
z
Single ring
z
Double rings
z
Triple rings
z
Double and triple rings
When you change the Country/region option on the ADMIN menu, this option
changes to the default for the country/region that has been chosen.
See Setting the answering ring pattern (if needed) for more information.

Blocked numbers

Blocks the ability of the all-in one to receive faxes from up to 30 fax numbers.
See Blocking and unblocking fax numbers and Viewing a list of blocked fax
numbers for more information.

242

Busy redial

Sets the busy redial option for fax transmissions. If this option is turned on, the
all-in-one redials automatically if it receives a busy signal.
When you change the Country/region option on the ADMIN menu, this option
changes to the default for the country/region that has been chosen.
See Setting the redial options for more information.

No-answer redial

Sets the no-answer redial option for fax transmissions. If this option is turned on,
the all-in-one redials automatically if the receiving fax machine does not answer.
When you change the Country/region option on the ADMIN menu, this option
changes to the default for the country/region that has been chosen.
See Setting the redial options for more information.

Automatic
reduction

Determines how the all-in-one handles long faxes:
ON
The all-in-one automatically reduces long faxes up to 75 percent to fit the
information on the default paper size (for example, the fax is reduced from
legal-size to letter-size).
z
OFF
The all-in-one prints long faxes at full size on multiple pages.
When you change the Country/region option on the ADMIN menu, this option
changes to the default for the country/region that has been chosen.
See Automatically reducing incoming faxes for more information.

Automatic fax
forwarding

Sets the all-in-one to automatically redirect incoming faxes to another fax
number.
The autoanswer option must be set to on in order to use this feature.
See Automatically forwarding incoming faxes to another fax number and Setting
the answer mode (autoanswer) for more information.

z

A - Control-panel mode and setup menus

ENWW

Menu item

Description

Error correction
mode

Turns the error-correct mode on or off. Normally, the all-in-one monitors the
signals on the phone line while it is sending or receiving a fax. If the all-in-one
detects an error signal during the transmission and the error-correction setting is
on, the all-in-one can request that a portion of the fax be resent.
Turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax,
and you want to accept the errors in the transmission. Turning off the setting
might be useful when you are trying to send a fax to another country/region or
receive a fax from another country/region, or if you are using a satellite phone
connection.
When you change the Country/region option on the ADMIN menu, this option
changes to the default for the country/region that has been chosen.
See Setting silent detection on older-model fax machines for more information.

Silent detect

Controls whether or not you can receive faxes from older-model fax machines
that do not emit a fax signal during fax transmissions. At the time of this
publication, these silent-model fax machines represented very few of the fax
machines in use.
Turn on silent detect only if you regularly receive faxes from someone who uses
an older-model fax machines.
See Setting silent detection on older-model fax machines for more information.

SCAN SETUP menu
Menu item

Description

Folder speed-dial

Sets up speed-dial entries for network folders.
See Setting up network folders as speed-dial entries for more information.

Scan defaults

Saves the current scan settings as the default settings for scan jobs.

E-MAIL SETUP menu
Menu item

Description

E-mail speed-dial

Sets up speed-dial entries for e-mail addresses.
See Setting up e-mail addresses as speed-dial entries or groups for more
information.

E-mail defaults

Saves the current e-mail settings as the default settings for e-mail jobs.

Auto BCC

Sets the all-in-one so that it automatically sends a blind copy of all e-mail
messages that are sent from the control panel to the e-mail address that you
specify.
See Configuring automatic blind copy (BCC) for more information.

Configure SMTP

Sets the SMTP server name and port number, authentication logon account
name and password, and e-mail attachment size.
See Configuring SMTP for more information.

PHOTO menu

ENWW

Menu item

Description

Photo defaults

Saves the current scan settings as the default settings for photo jobs.

Setup menus 243

PRINTER menu
Menu item

Description

Configure printing Opens the CONFIGURE PRINTING submenu, which is used to configure the
default for the following options:
z
Copies (default number of copies to print)
z
Default paper size
z
Default paper type
z
Default print quality
z
Duplex
z
Override A4 or Letter (print an A4-size job on letter-size paper when no
A4 paper is loaded, or print a letter-size job on A4-size paper when no
letter-size paper is loaded)
Configure tray

Opens the CONFIGURE TRAY submenu, which is used to configure the default
for the following options:
z
Tray 1 size
z
Tray 1 paper type
z
Tray 2 size
z
Tray 2 paper type
z
Default tray (the tray that the all-in-one uses if a tray is not selected in the
printer driver)
z
Automatic media-type sense (when turned on, the all-in-one detects the
type of media and automatically selects the media type and the most suitable
print quality for the job; see Setting the automatic paper-type sensor for more
information)

Configure PCL

Opens the CONFIGURE PCL submenu, which is used to configure the following
settings for PCL when you are using the PCL 5c or PCL 6 printer driver:
z
Font number
z
Font pitch
z
Point size
z
Symbol set
z
ISE fonts
z
Append CR to LF (determines whether a carriage return is appended to each
line feed that is encountered in backward-compatible PCL jobs)

Print PostScript
errors

Unattended
printing

Personality

Determines whether a PS error page prints.
ON
A PS error page prints when PS errors occur.
z
OFF
A PS error page never prints.
z

Sets the printer to take one of the following actions during large print jobs (after
every 100 pages):
z
ON
The all-in-one pauses so that you can clear the output tray.
z
OFF
Printing continues.
Sets the default personality to one of the following options:
Automatic switching
z
PCL 5
z
PCL 6
z
PS
z

244

A - Control-panel mode and setup menus

ENWW

NETWORK & I/O menu

ENWW

Menu item

Description

I/O timeout

Sets the length of time (from 5 to 300 seconds) that the all-in-one waits for
remaining data for a print job. If that time is exceeded, the all-in-one prints the
print job.

Enhanced I/O

Opens the ENHANCED I/O submenu, which is used to configure the following
protocol options:
z
TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol)
z
IPX/SPX (Internetwork Packet Exchange/Small Peripheral Controller)
z
DLC/LLC (Data Link Control/Logical Link Control)
z
Atalk (AppleTalk)
See the HP Jetdirect Administrator’s Guide on Starter CD 1 for more information
about these options.

Show IP addr

Shows the IP address for the all-in-one on the control-panel display.

Configure LDAP

Opens the CONFIGURE LDAP submenu, which is used to configure the
following options for the LDAP feature:
z
LDAP server name
z
Account name and password
z
Directory service server port number
z
Search criteria (maximum search time in seconds, maximum number of
matches to return, search root of the directory server, and search method)

Setup menus 245

ADMIN menu
An administrator PIN is required to open this menu.

246

Menu item

Description

Set admin PIN

Sets the PIN for the administrator.
See Changing the administrator PIN for more information.

Configure users

Configures authorized users for the all-in-one from the control panel.
See Configuring authorized users for more information.

Reset usage
counter

Resets the following counters for each authorized user:
Pages printed (one sheet of paper printed as duplex is counted as two
pages)
z
Black ink used (in ml)
z
Total color ink used (in ml)
See Monitoring use by authorized users and resetting the usage counters for
more information.

Fax archive

Turns on and turns off the archiving of incoming faxes.
See Automatically archiving incoming faxes for more information.

Color copying

Allows and restricts color copying.
See Allowing and restricting color copying for more information.

Color faxing

Allows and restricts color faxing.
See Allowing and restricting color faxing for more information.

Photo mode

Allows and restricts the ability to use the photo mode.
See Allowing and restricting the photo (memory card) feature for more
information.

E-mail From

Allows users to change the From field for outgoing e-mails. If this option is turned
on, users can change the From field to any e-mail address; if the option is turned
off, a lock icon appears next to the From field.

Language

Selects the language for the all-in-one, which controls the following settings:
z
Language used for messages on the control-panel display
z
Keyboard functionality for the language that has been configured (if a
keyboard is installed)
See Setting the language and country/region for more information.

z

A - Control-panel mode and setup menus

ENWW

Menu item

Description

Country/region

Selects the country/region in which the all-in-one is being used, which controls
the following settings:
z
How the cloning feature works for the copy function (different cloning sizes
are used for different countries/region) (see Cloning several copies of an
image on a page for more information)
z
Media sizes that are available (different countries/regions have different
standard sizes)
z
Fax settings:
•

Rings-to-answer (see FAX SETUP menu for more information)

•

Answer mode (see Setting the answer mode (autoanswer) for more
information)

•

Answer ring pattern (see Setting the answering ring pattern (if needed)
for more information)

•

Tone or pulse dialing (see Setting the dial type for more information)

•

Silent detection (see Setting silent detection on older-model fax
machines for more information)

•

Ring and beep volumes (see Setting the ring and beep volumes for more
information)

•

Automatic fax reports (see Setting the automatic printing of fax reports
for more information)

•

Busy redial, no answer redial (see Setting the redial options for more
information)

•

Auto-reduction (see Automatically reducing incoming faxes for more
information)

•

Error-correction mode (see Setting the fax error-correction mode for
more information)

See Setting the language and country/region for more information.
Restore device
factory defaults

ENWW

Restores all options to the predetermined factory values for the all-in-one.
Restoring factory settings does not affect network parameter settings on the
HP Jetdirect print server. See Resetting the HP Jetdirect print server for more
information.

Setup menus 247

MAINTENANCE menu
Menu item

Description

Set date & time

Configures the date and time that is used for fax headers.
See Configuring the time, date, and fax header for more information.

Check ink level

Shows the ink levels in percentages.
See Monitoring the operation and status for more information.

Clean printheads

Starts the procedure for cleaning the printheads.
See Cleaning the printheads for more information.

Align printheads

Starts the procedure for aligning the printheads.
See Aligning the printheads for more information.

Calibrate color

Starts the procedure for calibrating color.
See Calibrating the color for more information.

Calibrate linefeed Starts the procedure for calibrating linefeed.
See Calibrating the linefeed for more information.
Ring and beep
volume

Determines the volume of sound for rings and for beeps that occur when keys
are pressed on the control panel.
When you change the Country/region option on the ADMIN menu, this option
changes to the default for the country/region that has been chosen.
See Setting the ring and beep volumes for more information

Set powersave mode Sets how long the printer remains idle before it enters PowerSave mode (for
time
example, 15 minutes, 1 hour, or 4 hours).
PowerSave mode does the following:
z
Minimizes the amount of power consumed by the all-in-one when it is idle.
z
Reduces wear on electronic components in the all-in-one (turns off the
display backlight, but the display is still readable).
The all-in-one automatically comes out of PowerSave mode when you start a
job, press a control-panel button, or open the print-carriage access door.

248

Paper path test

Opens the PAPERPATH TEST submenu, which is used to start the test. The
paper path test causes the pick mechanism in the all-in-one to pull paper from
the tray that you select. The test is useful for checking whether the pick
mechanism is working properly.
The PAPERPATH TEST submenu also contains the following options for
running the test.
z
Source (selects the tray whose paper path you want to test—either tray 1 or
tray 2; the paper path test does not test the ADF input tray)
z
Duplex (determines whether the media goes through the auto-duplex unit
during the test)
z
Copies (selects how many sheets of media from the tray that has been
selected are to be used for the test)

Print diagnostic
page

Use this page under the direction of HP customer support for troubleshooting
purposes.

A - Control-panel mode and setup menus

ENWW

B

Control-panel messages
This section explains messages that can appear on the control panel.
To resolve a message, follow the instructions in the control-panel display. If following these
instructions does not resolve the message, press
(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one, and
then turn on the all-in-one again. If the message persists after performing all of the
recommended actions, contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.
z

Control-panel message types

z

Control-panel messages

Control-panel message types
Status messages
Status messages reflect the current state of the all-in-one. They inform you of normal
all-in-one operation and require no action to clear them. They change as the state of the
all-in-one changes. Whenever the all-in-one is ready, not busy, and has no pending warning
messages, the status message READY is displayed if the all-in-one on.

Warning messages
Warning messages inform you of events that require your attention, but they do not prevent
the all-in-one from operating. An example of a warning message is CYAN INK LOW. These
messages remain displayed until you resolve the condition.

Error messages
Error messages communicate that some action must be performed, such as adding media or
clearing a media jam. These messages are usually accompanied by a blinking red Attention
light. Take the appropriate action to continue printing.
If the error message shows an error code, press
(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one, and then
turn it on again. In most situations, this action solves the problem. If the message persists,
your all-in-one might need service. Write down the error code, and then go to HP Instant
Support to learn more about possible causes for the message. See HP Instant Support for
more information.

Critical error messages
Critical error messages inform you of a device failure. Some of these messages can be
cleared by pressing
(POWER) to turn off the all-in-one, and then turning it on again. If a
critical error persists, service is required. See Customer support and warranty for more
information.

ENWW

Control-panel message types 249

Control-panel messages
The following table lists and describes control-panel messages, in alphabetical order.
[

Message

Description

ADF COVER OPEN. CLOSE ADF INPUT TRAY The ADF cover is open. To continue, close the
COVER.
cover.
ADF PAPER JAM. OPEN ADF COVER TO
CLEAR ORIGINALS. PRESS
TO
CONTINUE.

Media is jammed in the ADF. Open the ADF cover
and clear all jammed media. Press
(select
button) to continue.

AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED BY
TO CONTINUE
SERVER. PRESS

Authentication is required by the server. Type in
the user name and password, and then press
(select button).

AUTO-DUPLEX MISSING. INSERT
AUTO-DUPLEX UNIT.
or
[TRAY X] NOT AVAILABLE... PRESS
TO CONTINUE.

The specified tray or auto-duplex unit is not
available. To use media from another tray, or print
(select button) to
without duplexing, press
continue.

CANNOT CONNECT TO SPECIFIED SERVER. The all-in-one is unable to connect to the specified
TO CONTINUE server. Check the connection and setup, and make
CHECK SETUP. PRESS
sure that the specified server is configured correctly
with the required services. Also, check the IP
addresses and port numbers specified in SMTP and
LDAP settings.

250

[COLOR] INK CARTRIDGE UNKNOWN.
PRESS
TO CONTINUE.

The all-in-one has detected a non-HP ink cartridge.
Damage to the all-in-one that results from modifying
or refilling HP ink cartridges, or from using
non-HP ink cartridges, is not covered under the
warranty.
Replace with an HP ink cartridge to clear the
messages (see Supplies).

[COLOR] INK CARTRIDGE EMPTY

An ink cartridge is empty. Replace the ink cartridge
to continue printing. See Replacing the ink
cartridges for more information.

[COLOR] INK CARTRIDGE EXPIRED

An ink cartridge has expired. Replace the ink
cartridge to continue printing. See Replacing the ink
cartridges for more information.

[COLOR] INK CARTRIDGE MISSING

An ink cartridge is missing or not correctly installed.
Install the ink cartridge in the correct slot, making
sure you press down firmly on the cartridge until it
snaps into place. See Replacing the ink cartridges
for more information.

[COLOR] INK EXPIRING

An ink cartridge is nearing its expiration date. Be
prepared to replace it with a new ink cartridge.
Press
(select button) to clear this message.

[COLOR] INK LOW

An ink cartridge is running low on ink. Be prepared
to replace it with a new ink cartridge.
Press
(select button) to clear this message.

B - Control-panel messages

ENWW

Message

Description

COLLATION MEMORY FULL. COPY OUTPUT
TO
MUST BE RESORTED. PRESS
CONTINUE.

The all-in-one memory is full. The collation feature
requires the use of internal memory. All the pages
of the job currently in progress cannot fit into the
(select
all-in-one's internal memory. Press
button) to continue with the current job, and sort the
printed copy output accordingly once the job is
complete. Alternatively, cancel the job, and then
split the job into several smaller jobs, each with
fewer pages.

The printhead carriage has stalled. This could be
CARRIAGE STALL. CLEAR CARRIAGE
TO CONTINUE. caused an obstruction to the printhead carriage
OBSTRUCTION. PRESS
path, such as jammed paper or media. Lift open the
print carriage access door and clear the jammed
(select button) to
media or obstruction. Press
continue. You might need to turn off the power to
the all-in-one, wait 5 seconds, and then turn on the
power.
COMMUNICATION ERROR. CHECK ALL
CONNECTIONS. TO THE PRINTER AND
PRESS
TO CONTINUE.

Check the cable connecting the all-in-one to the
computer or network. Make sure that it is properly
connected, and then press
(select button) to
continue.

DOOR OPEN. CLOSE PRINT-CARRIAGE
ACCESS DOOR.

The all-in-one covers are open or not closed
completely. Close all covers to continue printing.

EMAIL ATTACHMENT IS TOO LARGE FOR
TO CONTINUE.
SERVER. PRESS

The size of the attachment is too large for the
server. Check with the network administrator for the
permitted size of email attachments. Reduce the
maximum attachment size specified in the all-in-one
SMTP settings accordingly, and then try sending
the e-mail again.

FAX CARD MISSING OR DAMAGED.

The all-in-one fax module is not responding. Make
sure that the phone cord is connected at both ends.
If the problem the persists, turn off the power to the
all-in-one, wait 5 seconds, and then turn on the
power. If the problem continues, the fax module
might either be missing or damaged.

FAX CARD NOT RESPONDING. PRESS ? FOR The all-in-one fax module is not responding. Make
HELP.
sure that the phone cord is connected at both ends.
If the problem the persists, turn off the power to the
all-in-one, wait 5 seconds, and then turn on the
power. If the problem continues, the fax module
may have failed.

ENWW

FAX CARD NOT RESPONDING. IT MUST BE
REMOVED FOR OTHER FUNCTIONS TO WORK.
TURN OFF AND REMOVE FAX CARD FROM
DEVICE. TURN ON AGAIN.

The all-in-one fax module is not responding. You
must remove the fax card to continue using other
features of the all-in-one. Turn off the power to the
all-in-one, remove the fax card, and then turn on the
power.

FAX MEMORY FULL. USE REALTIME FAX
OPTION TO SEND FAX.

The fax memory is full. To send the fax, go to the
Fax Mode menu, and then select REALTIME in the
Time sub menu.

FAX SEND FAILED. CHECK THE FAX
NUMBER AND TRY AGAIN.

The all-in-one failed to send the fax. Check the fax
number and phone line connection and try again.

INCOMPATIBLE [COLOR] PRINTHEADS

An incorrect printhead is installed. Remove the
printhead and replace it with the correct printhead.
See Supplies for information about the printheads
that can be used with your all-in-one.

Control-panel messages 251

Message

Description

IP ADDRESS NOT YET AVAILABLE OR NOT The IP address is unavailable. Check the
CONFIGURED.
connection and network settings.
LDAP SERVER NOT CONFIGURED. PRESS
TO CONTINUE.
LOAD [SIZE] TRAY [X]. PRESS
CONTINUE.

TO

The LDAP server is not configured. Go to the
Network and I/O menu or use the EWS to
configure it.
The specified tray is configured for a specific media
size required for a print job that has been sent, but
the tray is empty. Load the specified media size into
(select button) to
the tray, and then press
continue.

LOAD [TYPE] [SIZE] IN TRAY [X].
PRESS
TO CONTINUE.

The specified tray is configured for a specific media
type and size required for a print job that has been
sent, but the tray is empty. Load the specified
(select
media into the tray, and then press
button) to continue.

MISSING [COLOR] PRINTHEAD

A printhead is missing or not correctly installed.
Check that the protective tape has been removed
from the printhead. Install the printhead in the
correct slot, making sure you press down firmly on
the printhead to ensure proper contact. See
Replacing the printheads for more information.

NETWORK CONNECTION ERROR. TRY AGAIN The all-in-one is unable to connect to the network.
TO CONTINUE.
Make sure that the network cable is connected at
LATER. PRESS
both ends. High network traffic, network failure or
server failure might cause this error. Try to perform
the task again later.
ONE OR MORE EMAIL ADDRESSES ARE
INVALID. PRESS
TO CONTINUE

One or more of the e-mail addresses that you typed
are invalid. Make sure that the e-mail addresses
are correctly formatted and do not contain any
characters that are not allowed.

OUTPUT TRAY IS FULL. REMOVE PRINTED The output tray is full. Remove the printed pages
TO CONTINUE.
and press
(select button) to continue printing.
PAGES. PRESS
PAPER JAM. REMOVE AUTO-DUPLEX UNIT
TO CLEAR PAPER. PRESS
TO
CONTINUE.

Media is jammed in the all-in-one. Remove the rear
access panel or the auto-duplex unit, and remove
(select button) to
the jammed media. Press
continue printing.

PRINTHEAD LATCH OPEN. OPEN
PRINT-CARRIAGE ACCESS DOOR. CLOSE
PRINTHEAD LATCH.

Make sure that the printhead latch is secured and
all covers are closed.

PROCESSING 2-SIDED JOB. DO NOT GRAB Make sure that the job is completed before
PAPER UNTIL JOB COMPLETES
removing the paper from the all-in-one.
READY

The all-in-one is idle and ready to accept jobs.

OUTPUT TRAY IS FULL. REMOVE PRINTED The output tray is full. Remove the printed pages
TO CONTINUE.
and press
(select button) to continue printing.
PAGES. PRESS

252

RECEIVED FAILED. HELP MESSAGE HAS
NOT BEEN DEFINED!

The all-in-one failed to receive the fax. Request the
person sending the fax to try again.

REPLACE [COLOR] INK CARTRIDGE(S)

An ink cartridge is empty or expired. Replace with a
new ink cartridge to continue printing. See
Replacing the ink cartridges for more information.

REPLACE [COLOR] PRINTHEAD(S)

A printhead has failed. Replace with a new
printhead to continue printing. See Replacing the
printheads for more information.

B - Control-panel messages

ENWW

Message

Description

SCANNER LOCKED. PRESS ? FOR HELP.

Scanner is locked. Unlock the scanner from
underneath the print-carriage access door. See
Printing supplies area for information about finding
the scanner lock. Refer to the Getting Started Guide
for more information about unlocking the scanner.
Once the scanner has been unlocked, press
(select button) to continue.

SCANNER NOT RESPONDING. PRESS ? FOR The all-in-one scanner is not responding. Make
HELP.
sure that the scanner has been unlocked. See
Printing supplies area for information about finding
the scanner lock. Refer to the Getting Started Guide
for more information about unlocking the scanner. If
the problem the persists, turn off the power to the
all-in-one, wait 5 seconds, and then turn on the
power. If the problem continues, the scanner
module may have failed.
SERVICE STALL. PRESS
CONTINUE.

An all-in-one motor has stalled. Press
(select
button) for the all-in-one to attempt automatic
recovery and clear the message. If the message
persists, contact an HP-authorized service or
support provider.

TO

SHARENAME IS INCORRECT. PRESS
CONTINUE

TO The sharename is incorrect. Use the control panel
or the EWS to correct the sharename.

SMTP SERVER NOT CONFIGURED. PRESS
TO CONTINUE

The SMTP server is not configured. Go to the EMAIL
SETUP menu or use the EWS to configure the SMTP
server.

TRAY 2 DOES NOT SUPPORT CUSTOM MEDIA Custom media size is supported in tray 1 only.
SIZE. LOAD TRAY 1, PRESS
TO
Load tray 1 with custom media and press
(select button) to continue.
CONTINUE
WAIT FOR PAGE TO DRY OR PRESS
CONTINUE.

ENWW

TO The all-in-one is waiting for the printed page to dry
before continuing to print. You can remove the page
from the output tray (handle it carefully to avoid
(select button) to
smearing the ink), and press
start printing the next page.

Control-panel messages 253

254

B - Control-panel messages

ENWW

C

Printing by using PostScript
emulation
Printing features vary among printer drivers and operating systems. This section provides
information about the features of the emulated PostScript (PS) printer driver when it is
installed on Windows 98, Windows Me and Windows NT 4.0 only.
Operating system

Version number

Windows 98, Windows Me

Microsoft PS Driver version 4.01 and
HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one PPD

Windows NT 4.0

Microsoft PS Driver version 4.50 and
HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one PPD

Note

If you are running another Windows operating system, see the onscreen Help for the printer
driver that you are using.
This section contains information about the following topics.
z

Installation notes

z

Specific printing features and issues

Installation notes
When you are operating in a Windows environment, the installer program detects the version
of the operating system that you are running. The software is installed in the language that has
been selected in the regional settings (configured in the Windows Control Panel). This means
that you can be running an English version of Windows and have the language preference set
to Spanish, and the installer program installs the Spanish version of the software by default.

Upgrading from an older version of Windows
When you upgrade to a new version of Windows, you must reinstall the printer driver. For
example, if you upgrade from Windows NT 4.0 to Windows 2000, you must reinstall the printer
driver.

ENWW

Installation notes 255

Identifying different printer drivers in Windows NT 4.0
If you have already installed a printer driver that was supplied with your Windows operating
system for the all-in-one, and you have also installed the software that was supplied with the
all-in-one, multiple printer drivers might exist on your computer system. Use these steps to find
out which printer drivers are installed.
1

On the Start menu, click Settings, and then click Printers.

2

Right-click the all-in-one name, and then click Properties.

3

In the Properties window, click the General tab, and then click Print Test Page.

If you are using the printer driver that is provided for the all-in-one, the Printer Test Page
includes the following information (shown with sample data).
All-in-one Name: 
All-in-one Model: HP Officejet 9100 series all-in-one PS
Printer Driver Name: PSCRIPT4.DLL
Printer Driver Version: 4.01

Installing the printer driver only
If you obtained only a printer driver and its associated files (for example, from the HP website),
install them using the following steps.
1

Close all programs, terminate-and-stay-resident (TSR) programs, and virus checkers.

2

On the Start menu, click Settings, click Printers, and then double-click Add Printer.

3

When prompted to select a device, click Have Disk. Use Browse to specify the path
where the printer driver files are located.

4

Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation.

Current HP Officejet users
If you currently have an HP Officejet printer driver installed on your computer system, this
software can be safely installed. It can coexist with printer drivers for different devices. It
replaces and updates only the previous versions of the software for this device. The new
printer driver has property pages that are similar to your older printer driver, but it reflects the
features and capabilities of the current printer driver.

256

C - Printing by using PostScript emulation

ENWW

Specific printing features and issues
Printing properties
The printer driver provides default properties for most programs. You need to change these
properties only if you are installing a new all-in-one option (such as more memory), or if you
are changing a specific feature.
Printing option

Windows 98, Windows Me

Windows NT

Tray 1
Tray 2
Auto-duplex unit
Memory configuration

To complete the request for property changes, click either Apply or OK. Apply activates the
changes without closing the Properties dialog box. OK activates the changes and closes the
Properties dialog box.

Printing features
The following table shows which features are available for each Windows operating system.
Printing feature

Windows 98, Windows Me

Windows NT

Paper Type
Print Quality
Print in Grayscale
Handout (N-up printing)
Watermark

ENWW

Specific printing features and issues 257

Paper Type (Windows 98)
Operating system

Location in printer driver

Windows 98, Windows Me

Paper tab, More Options

Windows NT 4.0

Advanced tab, Printer Features

Options:
HP Plain Paper; HP Premium Inkjet Paper; HP Premium Inkjet Heavyweight Paper;
HP Photo Quality Paper, Semi Gloss; HP Photo Quality Paper, Matte; HP Everyday Photo
Paper, Semi Gloss; HP Everyday Photo Paper, Matte; HP Premium Transparency;
HP Premium Plus Transparency; HP Photo Paper, Glossy; HP Premium Photo Paper,
Glossy; HP Premium Plus Photo Paper, Glossy; HP Premium Plus Photo Paper, Matte;
HP Colorfast Photo Paper, Glossy; HP Brochure & Flyer, Glossy; HP Brochure & Flyer,
Matte
Use the Paper Type feature to specify the type of paper on which you will be printing, such as
plain paper or transparencies. Do not click HP Premium Transparencies when printing on
regular paper.
Note

HP does not recommend using stiff media such as card stock.

Print Quality
Operating system

Location in printer driver

Windows 98, Windows Me

Paper tab, More Options

Windows NT 4.0

Advanced tab, Printer Features

Options:
Best, Normal, Fast
Best prints the best quality possible. Normal is the recommended mode for everyday printing.
Fast uses less ink, but the quality is not as high as normal.

Print Color as Gray
Operating system

Location in printer driver

Windows 98, Windows Me

Device Options tab, Printer Features

Windows NT 4.0

Advanced tab, Printer Features

Options:
On, Off
To activate grayscale printing, change the Print Color as Gray setting to on. This overrides
the color settings and prints your documents in black and white (monochrome, grayscale).
Grayscale means shades of gray, starting with white and ending with black. When a color
document is printed in grayscale, colors are converted to their grayscale equivalents, which
means that different colors are represented as different shades of gray.
This all-in-one can produce up to 256 shades of gray. Color images that are printed as
black-and-white print more quickly and are easier to reproduce on black-and-white devices
such as copiers and fax machines. When Print Color as Gray is on, all of your documents
print as grayscale until the setting is changed to off.

258

C - Printing by using PostScript emulation

ENWW

Pages per Sheet
Operating system

Location in printer driver

Windows 98, Windows Me

Paper tab, Layout

Windows NT 4.0

Advanced tab, Printer Features

Options:
1, 2, and 4 pages per sheet
The Pages per Sheet feature, sometimes called layout or N-up, specifies the number of pages
to print on a single sheet of paper. The multiple pages appear decreased in size and arranged
based on the number of pages printed on the sheet. The Pages per Sheet feature does not
work effectively with all page setup options. Some programs request a different resolution,
page size, paper source, or orientations for different pages of a document. Combining page
setup options while using the Pages per Sheet feature might produce unexpected print results.

Watermark Printing
Operating system

Location in printer driver

Windows 98, Windows Me

Device Options tab

Windows NT 4.0

Advanced tab, Printer Features

Use the Watermark Printing feature to specify that text be placed underneath (in the
background) of an existing document. For example, you might want to have large gray letters
reading “Draft” or “Confidential” placed diagonally across the first page or all pages of a
document. You can also specify the font, size, angle, and style of the watermark.

Watermark/Overlay
Options:
None, Watermark, Overlay
This selection specifies whether a watermark is printed. Overlay prints the watermark on top of
any text or graphics, so that what appears beneath is not visible.

Watermark Page
Options:
All Pages, First Page Only
The First Page Only option prints the watermark only on the first page of the current
document.

Watermark
Options:
Draft, Company Confidential, Company Proprietary, Company Private, Confidential, Copy,
Copyright, File Copy, Final, For Internal Use Only, Preliminary, Proof, Review Copy,
Sample, Top Secret, Urgent, Custom
The listed options are the available words that can be printed as a watermark. Use the Custom
option to specify your own words. To turn watermark printing off, click None. If watermark
printing is turned off, then the following watermark features are ignored.

ENWW

Specific printing features and issues 259

Watermark Font
Options:
Courier Bold, Times Bold, Helvetica Bold
If you are printing a watermark, select one of the three font types.

Watermark Size
Options:
24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72, 78, 84, 90
All option values are in points. The watermark size represents the point size of the watermark
word.

Watermark Angle
Options:
90, 75, 60, 45, 30, 15, 0, -15, -30, -45, -60, -75, -90
All option values are in degrees. The watermark can be positioned on the page at an angle in
15-degree increments. With zero (0) as normal text (that is, parallel to the top of the page), the
positive angles rotate the text counterclockwise up to 90 degrees (vertical). The negative
angles rotate the text clockwise up to 90 degrees (vertical).

Watermark Style
Options:
Narrow Outline, Medium Outline, Wide Outline, Wide Halo, Outline
The style of the watermark defines the line thickness of the watermark word.

Watermark Color
Options:
Gray, Red, Orange, Yellow, Green, Blue, Violet
This sets the color of the watermark.

Watermark Intensity
Options:
Darkest, Darker, Dark, Medium Dark, Medium, Medium Light, Light, Lighter, Lightest
This sets the intensity (or density) of the watermark.

260

C - Printing by using PostScript emulation

ENWW

Index
Symbols
+ and - buttons 16
? button 16

Numerics
10/100-BaseTX print servers. See HP Jetdirect print
servers
250-sheet tray. See tray 2
2-SIDED OPTIONS button 15
2-sided printing. See duplexing
500-sheet tray, part number 189

A
accessories
500-sheet tray 189
auto-duplex unit 19
HP Jetdirect print servers 20
installing 19
keyboard 27
memory 23
part numbers 189
tray 2 26
turning on and off in printer driver 29
warranty 197
accessory numbers 225
accounting options for jobs. See job accounting
acoustic emissions 218
Active Directory support 118
address books
e-mail speed-dial. See e-mail speed-dial entries
fax speed-dial. See fax speed-dial entries
LDAP. See LDAP (Lightweight Directory Address
Protocol)
ADF (automatic document feeder)
clearing jams 187
loading originals 37
locating 14
media sizes supported 42
recommended media 45
ADF lid backing, cleaning 151
ADF trays 14
ADF width adjusters 14
ADF window, cleaning 151
ADMIN menu 246
administrator
functions and tools 97
setting and changing PIN 111
ADV FAX SETUP menu 242
AIX support 203
alerts, configuring 113
aligning printheads 148
alignment
troubleshooting for copying 158
troubleshooting for printing 164, 169
allowing. See turning on and off
ANSWER button 17
ENWW

answer mode, setting for fax 129
answering faxes 17
answering machines, connecting to all-in-one 127
answering ring pattern, setting 129
answering rings, setting 241
Apple website 142
AppleTalk
configuring 117
support 204
archiving of incoming faxes 91
Artisoft LANtastic support 203
Attention light
blinking 155
description 16
authentication scheme support 118, 123
authorized users
configuring 111
monitoring usage 110
auto-duplex unit
availability of option in Windows operating
systems 257
capacity 44
installing 19
media sizes supported 42
media types supported 44
recommended media 45
turning on and off in printer driver 29
using 61
weight 199
autoanswer, setting for fax 129
automatic
answering of faxes 129
archiving of incoming faxes 91
blind copy for e-mail messages 123
forwarding of faxes to another fax number 90
language switching 201
paper-type sensor 117
printing of fax reports 124
receiving of faxes 94
reduction of incoming faxes 92
AutoSend for myPrintMileage 106, 113

B
back button 16
background gray when printing, troubleshooting 169
backspace button 17
bar on printhead 18
battery specifications 227
BCC for e-mail messages 123
beep and ring volumes, setting 116
bidirectional port. See parallel port
Bindery support 204
binding, increasing margin for when copying 67
black
dots or streaks when copying, troubleshooting
158
dots or streaks when scanning, troubleshooting
174

Index

261

black and white
and OCR 76
colors printing as 181
copying 63
faxing 85
scanning 71
speed versus color 170
switching to color 17
See also color; grayscale
BLACK/COLOR button 17
blank pages
when copying, troubleshooting 156
when printing, troubleshooting 163
when scanning, troubleshooting 173
bleeding colors, troubleshooting 181
blind copy for e-mail messages 123
blinking lights 16, 155
blocked fax numbers
setting 92
unblocking 92
viewing list 96
BOOTP/DHCP support 204
borderless printing 35
Bright White Inkjet Paper, HP 191
brochure and flyer papers, HP 193
buttons, control panel 15

C
cable statement 220
cables
location of connections 18
part numbers 190
calibrating
color 150
linefeed 150
caller-ID box, connecting to all-in-one 127
camera memory cards. See memory cards
Canadian Declaration of Conformity (DOC) 221
canceling jobs from control panel 17, 34
cards
devices supported 43
using 48
See also memory cards
cartridges. See ink cartridges
catch bar on printhead latch 18
certifications for product 217
CFS in product 226
changing
administrator PIN 111
all-in-one settings 33
copy settings 64
printer driver settings 57
character support on keypad and keyboard 36
check mark button 16
chlorofluorocarbons in product 226
cleaning
ADF lid backing 151
ADF window 151
all-in-one 151
printhead contacts 147
printheads 146
scanner glass 151
clearing jams 185

262

Index

clicking or grinding noise from scanner
troubleshooting 170
cloning copies of an image on a page 68
color
allowing and restricting for copying 120
and OCR 76
calibrating 150
calibration methods 201
copying 63
faxing 85
printing as gray, availability of option in Windows
operating systems 258
scanning 71
specifications 210, 213
troubleshooting 180
turning on and off for copying 120
turning on and off for faxing 124
turning on and off from control panel 17
See also black and white; grayscale
Colorfast Photo Paper, HP 192
ColorSync color calibration 201
CompactFlash memory card 78, 213
computer
saving photos to 79
scanning proof sheet photos to 83
sending faxes from 87
sending scans to 72
computer voicemail, using with all-in-one 127
Configuration page 108
configurations of product 12
configuring
advanced fax features 90
authorized users 111
copy options 120
fax options 124
job accounting options 112
LDAP 123
photo (memory card) options 121
print options 244
scan options 120
SMTP 123
connections
additional devices to all-in-one 127
all-in-one to phone line 126
direct 130
network 130
parallel 139
specifications 200
USB (Windows) 139
consumption
ink 226
paper 226
power 218, 226
CONTACTS button 15

ENWW

control panel
ADMIN menu 246
ADV FAX SETUP menu 242
buttons 15
changing settings 33
COPY SETUP menu 240
description 15
E-MAIL SETUP menu 243
FAX SETUP menu 241
language, configuring 115
languages, included 201
lights 15
locating 14
locking 17
MAINTENANCE menu 248
menu map, printing 238
menus 229
messages 249
NETWK & I/O menu 245
obtaining help 16
PHOTO SETUP menu 243
PRINT REPORT menu 239
PRINTER menu 244
printing template for speed-dial entries 56
SCAN SETUP menu 243
setup menus 238
typing numbers and text 36
copies, setting default for number of 119
Copy mode
button 16
configuring 120
menu 231
using 63
COPY SETUP menu 240
copying
changing common settings 64
cloning copies of an image on a page 68
copying more than one original onto one page
66
creating a mirror image of an original 69
creating and applying presets 70
description 63
making black-and-white or color copies 63
making posters 67
print server capabilities 20
restoring settings 65
saving current settings as defaults 65
setting defaults 65
setup steps required for feature 132
shifting the image to increase the margin for
binding 67
specifications 211, 212
troubleshooting 156
counters for usage 110
country/region setting, configuring 115
cover for DIMMs
locating 14
removing 24
cover for keyboard tray 28
creases or wrinkles when printing, troubleshooting
167, 169
critical error messages, description 249
crooked images, troubleshooting. See skew

ENWW

curl or wave when printing, troubleshooting 167,
169
custom size media
devices supported 43
using 49
Customer Care, HP 196
customer support
HP Instant Support 101
telephone 196
websites 195
Customization Utility 143
cut-off pages, troubleshooting 164

D
dark images
when copying, troubleshooting 157
when scanning, troubleshooting 173
date, configuring for fax header 128
Declaration of Conformity (DOC)
Canada 221
U.S. 225
default settings
changing for all-in-one 33
restoring for HP Jetdirect print servers 114
setting for e-mail messages 122
setting for print jobs 59
setting for scan jobs 76
devices, connecting to all-in-one for fax 127
DFS (Distributed File System) support 118, 123
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
support 204
dial prefixes, inserting for faxing 87
dial type, setting 125
dialing
faxes 17
monitoring for faxes 88
dialing repeatedly, troubleshooting 177
digital camera memory card. See memory card
digital photos. See photos
Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) file, printing 82
digital sending
description 12
print server capabilities 20
specifications 214, 215
digital subscriber line (DSL), using with fax 126
dimensions, all-in-one 199
DIMMs (dual inline memory modules)
handling 23
installing 23
locating 14
part numbers 190
removing cover 24
specifications 200
turning on and off in printer driver 29
verifying installation 25
direct connection
description 130
setup steps required to use features 132
software components installed 134
direct printing 131
Director. See HP photo and imaging software
disabling and enabling. See turning on and off
distinctive ring pattern, setting 129
Distributed File System (DFS) support 118, 123

Index

263

264

Index

DLC/LLC
configuring 117
support 204
DNS server 120
DOC (Declaration of Conformity)
Canada 221
U.S. 225
documents. See originals
dots
when copying, troubleshooting 158
when printing, troubleshooting 168
when scanning, troubleshooting 174
dots per inch (dpi) resolution specifications 210
double-sided printing. See duplexing
downloading firmware upgrades 114
DPOF (Digital Print Order Format) file, printing 82
drivers. See printer drivers
dropouts when printing, troubleshooting 169
drying pages 167
DSL (digital subscriber line), using with fax 126
dual inline memory modules (DIMMs). See DIMMs
(dual inline memory modules)
duplex unit. See auto-duplex unit
duplexing
guidelines 51
performing automatically 61
performing manually 62
duplicating copies of an image on a page 68
duty cycles 201
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
support 204

EMC
certifications 217
EMI statement for Korea 224
emulated PS printer driver 255
enabling and disabling. See turning on and off
end-of-life returns 228
energy consumption 218
Energy Star 226
envelopes
devices supported 42
using 48
environmental
specifications 218
sustainability program 226
error-correction mode for faxing 125
error messages
description 249
settings in Toolbox 103
unable to activate TWAIN source 172
Ethernet print servers. See HP Jetdirect print servers
events, monitoring 107
Everyday Photo Paper, HP 192
EWS (embedded Web server). See embedded Web
server
expandability
description 11
See also accessories
Extended Capabilities Port (ECP) configuration 163
exterior, cleaning 151
external modem, connecting to all-in-one 127
external print servers. See HP Jetdirect print servers

E

F

ECP (Extended Capabilities Port) configuration 163
editing
image files 80
text in OCR program 76
EIO print servers. See HP Jetdirect print servers
EIO slot
locating 18
specifications 200
electrical specifications 218
e-mail addresses
setting up as speed-dial entries 53
setting up as speed-dial groups 54
e-mail messages
configuring attachment size 123
configuring blind copy (BCC) 123
configuring FROM and SUBJECT lines 122
sending photos as attachments to 80
sending scans as attachments to 73
E-mail mode
button 16
configuring 122
menu 235
E-MAIL SETUP menu 243
e-mail speed-dial entries
setting up 53
setting up for groups 54
embedded Web server
description 100
opening 100
print server capabilities 20
system requirements 100

faded images
when copying, troubleshooting 157
when printing, troubleshooting 168
faded stripes when copying, troubleshooting 157
Fast Ethernet cards. See HP Jetdirect print servers
fax error-correction mode 125
fax logs
printing 95
troubleshooting 179
Fax mode
button 16
configuring 124
menu 236
using 85
fax numbers
setting up as speed-dial groups 52
setting up as speed-dial entries 52
typing on keypad 36
fax phone and line-in ports 18
fax printer driver 135, 136
fax reports
setting automatic printing 124
troubleshooting 179
FAX SETUP menu 241
fax speed-dial entries
setting up 52
setting up for groups 52

ENWW

faxes
automatic archiving of incoming 91
automatic forwarding to another fax number 90
automatic reduction of incoming 92
blocking and unblocking 92
inserting dial prefix 87
not printing or printing incorrectly,
troubleshooting 178
printing on two pages instead of one,
troubleshooting 178
printing those stored in memory 94
receiving 94
scheduling 88
sending from computer 87
sending from control panel 86
sending from third-party program 87
slow, troubleshooting 178
too light or printing on half a page,
troubleshooting 178
faxing
changing settings 89
configuring advanced features 90
configuring time, date, and header 128
description 85
in color 85
monitoring the dialing 88
print server capabilities 20
redialing 17
sending 85
setting answering ring patterns 129
setting autoanswer 129
specifications 215
troubleshooting 175
FCC statement 220
FDU (Firmware Download Utility) 114
features of product 11
feed problems
when faxing 176
when using media, troubleshooting 183
file format
choices for scans 233
configuring default for scanned e-mail
attachments 122
filter for DSL (digital subscriber line) 126
firmware
upgrading 114
version number 108
Firmware Download Utility (FDU) 114
flashing lights 16, 155
flatbed scanner glass. See scanner glass
flatbed scanner. See scanner
flipping an image 69
fonts
supported 201
troubleshooting 165
Windows 135
formatting, troubleshooting 164
forwarding incoming faxes to another fax number 90
FROM line in e-mail messages, configuring 122
FTP printing support 204

glass on scanner. See scanner glass
grainy or white bands when copying, troubleshooting
158
graphics
cut off when printing, troubleshooting 164
incompletely filled when copying, troubleshooting
158
ink not filling when printing, troubleshooting 167
look different from original when scanning,
troubleshooting 173
print speed 210
gray background when printing, troubleshooting 169
gray, printing color as, availability of option in
Windows operating systems 258
grayscale
availability of printing option in Windows
operating systems 257
description 258
number of shades the all-in-one can produce
258
See also black and white; color
grinding or clicking noise from scanner,
troublehooting 170
groups for speed-dialing. See speed-dial groups

H
handle for print-carriage access door 14
hazardous materials in product 227
header, configuring for fax 128
height, all-in-one 199
help
button 16
customer support 195
HP Instant Support 101
printer drivers 9, 153
HP Customer Care 196
HP Director. See HP photo and imaging software
HP Image Zone software. See HP photo and imaging
software
HP Instant Support
description 104
opening 105
security and privacy 105
HP Jetdirect Administrator’s Guide 22
HP Jetdirect Configuration page 108
HP Jetdirect print servers
capabilities 20
Configuration page 21
EIO slot, locating 18
included 200
installing 21
part numbers 190
resetting 114
restoring factory defaults 114
specifications 200
verifying installation 21
HP LaserJet Utility 136
HP media
part numbers 191
recommended 45

G
garbage characters printing 166
getting started guide 9

ENWW

Index

265

HP photo and imaging software
configuring scan feature 121
differences for the all-in-one 35
opening 35
using 35
HP Web Jetadmin software 102
HP-UX support 203
HTTP support 204
HTTPS security support 201
humidity specifications 218

I
I/O timeout 117
IBM support 203
ICC Profiles color calibration 201
idle state 17
IGMP support 204
image files, viewing and editing 80
image quality, resolution specifications 210
Image Zone software. See HP photo and imaging
software
incoming faxes
automatic answering 94
not being answered, troubleshooting 177
receiving 94
index cards
devices supported 43
using 48
Information page, embedded Web server 101
Information tab, Toolbox 103
ink cartridges
locating 18
part numbers 191
refilled 181
replacing 149
specifications 200
status information 101
supply yields 200
troubleshooting 181, 182
warranty 197
ink not filling text or graphics completely,
troubleshooting 167
ink smearing, troubleshooting 167
inkjet paper, HP 191, 193
inkjet printing technology 200
input port for fax 18
inserting
dial prefixes for faxing 87
memory cards 77
spaces on keypad 36
installing
accessories 19
auto-duplex unit 19
HP Jetdirect print servers 21
keyboard 27
Lite and Typical 134
memory 23
multiple printer drivers, Windows 256
printer driver only, Macintosh 142
printer driver only, Windows 256
printer drivers, Windows computers 139
software, Macintosh computers 141
software, Windows computers 137
tray 2 26

266

Index

Instant Support See HP Instant Support
Intellifont rasterizer 201
interface cables
location of connections 18
part numbers 190
internal modem, connecting to all-in-one 127
internal print servers. See HP Jetdirect print servers
IP address
displaying on the control panel 245
finding for all-in-one 100
IPP support 204
iPrint support 204
IPX/SPX
configuring 117
support 204
ISPE. See HP Instant Support

J
jagged text, troubleshooting 165
jams
clearing 185
preventing 188
Jetdirect Configuration page 108
job accounting
configuring 112
monitoring 110
jobs
canceling from control panel 34
changing settings 33
changing settings for copy jobs 64
changing settings for fax jobs 89
changing settings from printer drivers 57
monitoring 110
setting defaults for copy jobs 65
setting defaults for print jobs 59
starting 17
understanding priorities 31

K
Kerberos support 118
keyboard
installing 27
localized versions 189
part numbers 189
special character support 36
verifying installation 28
keyboard tray
locating 14
opening 27
removing cover 28
keyboard tray lock 27
keypad
description 17
special character support 36
typing numbers and text 36
Korean EMI statement 224

ENWW

ENWW

L

M

languages
automatic switching 201
character support on keypad and keyboard 36
configuring 115
font support 201
included for control panel 201
keyboard versions 189
supported for all-in-one 201
LANtastic support 203
laser-quality speed 210
LaserJet Utility 136
LaserWriter driver for Macintosh 136
latch on printhead 18
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Address Protocol)
configuring 123
security support 123
LED (light-emitting diode)
classification 219
See also lights
letterhead, printing on both sides 51
lid backing, cleaning 151
light images
when copying, troubleshooting 157
when printing, troubleshooting 168
when scanning, troubleshooting 173
LIGHTER/DARKER button 15
lights
Attention 16
blinking 16, 155
memory card 77
off-hook 17
Ready 17
Lightweight Directory Address Protocol (LDAP). See
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Address)
limited warranty 197
linefeed, calibrating 150
line-in port for fax 18
lines
when copying, troubleshooting 158
when scanning, troubleshooting 173
links, customizing in embedded Web server 101
Linux
support 202, 203
using with HP printers 137
Lite installation
components installed 135
description 134
loading
originals in ADF 37
originals on scanner glass 38
print media in trays 39
localized special character support 36
locking
control panel 17
keyboard tray 27
scanner 18
logs. See event log; fax logs
LPD support 204

Macintosh
changing settings 58
fax queue settings 87, 175
installing printer driver only 142
installing software 141
print queue settings 59, 162
software components included 136
support 202, 203
system requirements 205, 206, 207, 208
turning accessories on and off in printer driver 29
MAINTENANCE menu 248
Make Copies feature in HP photo and imaging
software 35
manual
answering of faxes 129
duplexing 62
receiving of faxes 94
map, menu 238
margins
increasing for binding by shifting image 67
minimum 46
Mass Storage Device Class (MSDC) 135
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) 227
media
cards 48
clearing jams 185
envelopes 48
feed problems, troubleshooting 183
HP part numbers 191
loading in trays 39
monitoring 109
recommended 45
sizes supported 42
special 48
specifications 42
transparencies 49
trays supported 44
types supported 44
memory
capabilities 23
faxes stored in 94
installing 23
part numbers 190
specifications 201
memory card slots 14, 77
memory cards
cannot be read, troubleshooting 179
description 77
inserting and removing 77
light 77
printing from 81
specifications 213, 214
types supported 77
upgrading firmware with 114
memory configuration, availability of option in
Windows operating systems 257
Memory Stick memory card 78, 213
MENU button 15

Index

267

menus, control panel
ADMIN 246
ADV FAX SETUP 242
Copy mode 231
COPY SETUP 240
E-mail mode 235
E-MAIL SETUP 243
Fax mode 236
FAX SETUP 241
MAINTENANCE 248
map, printing 238
NETWK & I/O 245
Photo mode 234
PHOTO SETUP 243
PRINT REPORT 239
PRINTER 244
reaching mode menus 230
reaching setup menus 238
Scan mode 233
SCAN SETUP 243
messages, control panel 249
metal catch bar on printhead latch 18
minimum margins 46
minimum system requirements 205, 206
mirror image, creating for an original 69
misaligned colors, troubleshooting 182
missing or faded images when copying,
troubleshooting 157
MMC (MultiMedia Card) memory card 78, 213
models
features and configurations 11
regulatory number 219
specifications 199
modem, connecting to all-in-one 127
modes
buttons 16
menus on control panel 230
monitoring 107
print speed 210
using 31
monitorial the dialing for faxes 88
monitoring
ink levels 109
jobs 110
media and supplies 109
operation and status 107
printhead health 109
supplies 109
usage by authorized users 110
monochrome resolution specifications 210
MPE-iX support 203
MSDC (Mass Storage Device Class) 135
MS-DOS
support 202
upgrading firmware with 114
MSDSs (Material Safety Data Sheets 227
MultiMedia Card (MMC) memory card 78, 213
Multipurpose Paper, HP 192
myPrintMileage
description 106
opening 106
setting AutoSend 113

268

Index

N
NCP support 204
NDPS support 204
NDS support 204
NetWare support 203
NETWK & I/O menu 245
network connection
description 130
setup steps required to use features 132
software components installed 134
network folders
archiving incoming faxes to 91
saving photos to 79
sending scans to 71
setting up as speed-dial entries 55
Network Print Setup Utility 142
network printing 130
Networking page, embedded Web server 101
networks
configuring options 117
HP Jetdirect Administrator’s Guide 22
installing HP Jetdirect print servers 21
operating systems support 203
protocol support 204
resetting Jetdirect print servers 114
security support 201
specifications 200
noise from scanner, troubleshooting 170
noise specifications 218
not responding, troubleshooting 154
notifications, configuring 113
Novell NetWare support 203
NTLM support 118
numbers for parts 189
N-up printing
availability of option in Windows operating
systems 257
description 259

O
OCR (optical character recognition), using 76
off-hook light 17
Office Paper, HP 191
Office Recycled Paper, HP 191
on/off button 17
one-touch keys. See speed-dial buttons
onscreen Help
customer support 195
opening
embedded Web server 100
HP photo and imaging software 35
keyboard tray 27
myPrintMileage 106
print-carriage access door 146
operating environment specifications 218
operating systems
requirements 205, 206, 207, 208
support 202, 203
optional accessories. See accessories
ordering supplies 101
originals
loading in ADF 37
loading on scanner glass 38
OS/2 support 202, 203

ENWW

Other Links, embedded Web server 101
output port for fax 18
output tray
capacity 44
locating 14
media types supported 44
troubleshooting 184
outside, cleaning 151
overhead transparencies
HP part numbers 193
tray capacity 44
using 49
ozone-depleting chemicals in product 226

P
pages per minute print speed 210
pages per month (duty cycles) 201
pages per sheet, availability of option in Windows
operating systems 259
PANTONE color calibration 201
paper
cards 48
clearing jams 185
custom size 49
envelopes 48
feed problems 183
HP part numbers 191
loading in trays 39
media supported 44
monitoring 109
recommended 45
selecting 42
sizes supported 42
special 48
specifications 42
types supported 44
paper-level indicator 14
paper quality option, availability of option in Windows
operating systems 258
paper trays. See trays
paper type option, availability of option in Windows
operating systems 258
paper-type sensor 117
parallel cables
location of connection 18
part numbers 190
parallel port
locating 18
print servers. See HP Jetdirect print servers
specifications 200
troubleshooting 154
parallel splitters, using with all-in-one 175
part numbers
accessories 189
HP media 191
ink cartridges 191
printheads 191
PAUSE button 17
PCL 5c
availability by operating system 135
support 201
PCL 6
availability by operating system 135
support 201

ENWW

personalities (languages)
included with all-in-one 201
setting default 119
phone lines
connecting all-in-one to 126
troubleshooting 177
phone port for fax 18
phones
connecting to all-in-one 127
off-hook light 17
photo and imaging software. See HP photo and
imaging software
photo cards. See memory cards 77
Photo mode
button 16
configuring 121
menu 234
using 77
Photo Paper, HP 192
PHOTO SETUP menu 243
photographs. See photos
PhotoREt III 210
photos
not printing, troubleshooting 180
printing by using DPOF 82
printing from control panel 82
printing from memory card 81
printing individual from memory card 82
saving to a computer 79
saving to a network folder 79
sending as e-mail attachments 80
using photo paper 50
PhotoSave software component 136
physical dimensions, all-in-one 199
PIN (personal identification number)
button for locking 17
setting and changing for administrator 111
setting and changing for authorized users 111
plain text authentication scheme support 118, 123
platforms. See operating systems
ports
fax phone and line-in 18
included 200
locating 18
parallel (EIO) 18
troubleshooting 154
USB 18
postcards
devices supported 43
using 48
posters, making 67
PostScript (PS)
error reports 119
font support 201
installing the driver 255
printing properties and features 257
PostScript Printer Description files (PPDs) for
Macintosh 136
power
connection 18
specifications 218
troubleshooting 154, 155
POWER button 17
power cord statement 219

Index

269

PowerSave mode
default time before entering 218
power consumption 218
setting PowerSave mode time 116
PPDs for Macintosh 136
ppm (pages per month) (duty cycles) 201
Preferences, Toolbox 103
prefixes, inserting for faxing 87
Premium Inkjet paper, HP 193
Premium Inkjet Transparency Film, HP 193
Premium Paper, HP 193
Premium Photo Paper, HP 192
Premium Plus Inkjet Transparency Film, HP 193
Premium Plus Photo Paper, HP 192
presets for copying, creating and applying 70
print-carriage access door
locating 14
opening 146
print duty cycle 201
PRINT REPORT menu 239
print servers. See HP Jetdirect print servers
print-to-fax printer driver 135, 136
printer drivers
changing settings 57
connection types, Windows 135
emulated PS 255
features 135
identifying in Windows NT 256
included with all-in-one 135
installing multiple 256
installing on Windows 139
installing printer driver only in Macintosh 142
installing printer driver only in Windows 256
onscreen Help 9, 153
print to fax 135, 136
printing from 57
properties and features in operating systems for
Windows PS 257
uninstalling 143
warranty 197
printer language support 201
printer matching fonts 135
PRINTER menu 244
Printer Status tab, Toolbox 103
printhead latch
locating 18
releasing 147
printheads
aligning 148
cleaning 146
cleaning contacts 147
locating 18
part numbers 191
replacing 149
specifications 200
status information 101
supply yields 200
warranty 197

270

Index

printing
borderless 35
changing common settings 57
color as gray, availability of option in Windows
operating systems 258
description 57
DPOF file from memory card 82
duplexing 61
fax logs 95
faxes stored in memory 94
from a memory card 81
from printer drivers 57
photos from control panel 82
photos, individual 82
print server capabilities 20
proof sheet 81
properties and features in PS printer driver for
Windows operating systems 257
setting automatic fax reports 124
setting defaults 59
setup steps required for feature 132
speed-dial entries 56
technology used 200
template for speed-dial entries 56
troubleshooting 161
unattended 119
with PostScript emulation 255
Printing Paper, HP 192
printing supplies area
description 18
gaining access to 146
priorities for jobs 31
privacy while using HP Instant Support 105
processor specifications 201
product certifications 217
product tour 9
Professional Brochure and Flyer papers, HP 193
proof sheet
filling out 83
printing 81
scanning 83
scanning to print, e-mail, or save photos to a
computer 83
protocol support 204
PS (PostScript)
printer drivers included with all-in-one 135
printing with PS emulation 255

Q
QUALITY button 15

R
RAM (random access memory). See memory
rasterizer support 201
Ready light 17, 155
ready state 17
receiving faxes
automatically 129
description 94
manually 94
recommended media 45
recommended system requirements 207
recycled paper, part numbers 191
recycling 227

ENWW

RedHat Linux support 203
redial options, setting 126
REDIAL/ANSWER button 17
redialing faxes 17
redirecting incoming faxes to another fax number 90
REDUCE/ENLARGE button 15
reduction of incoming faxes 92
referrals for servers, support 118, 123
refilled ink cartridges 181
regulatory model number 219
regulatory statements 219
relative humidity specifications 218
removing
DIMM cover 24
ink cartridges 149
keyboard tray cover 28
memory cards 77
printheads 149
replacing
ink cartridges 149
printheads 149
reports
fax 95
printing from PRINT REPORT menu 239
reprinting faxes stored in memory 94
RESET/HOLD FOR PIN button 17
resetting
HP Jetdirect print server 114
usage counters 110
See also restoring
resolution specifications 210
resources
administrator 97
information about all-in-one 9
troubleshooting 152
restoring
copy settings 65
HP Jetdirect print server 114
restricting. See turning on and off
returns, end-of-life 228
ring and beep volumes, setting 116
ring pattern, setting 129
rings to answer, setting 241

S
safety certifications 217
saving
default settings 33
photos to a computer 79
photos to a network folder 79
scans in a network folder 71
Scan mode
button 16
configuring 120
menu 233
using 71
SCAN SETUP menu 243
Scan Slides/Negatives feature in HP photo and
imaging software 35
scanner
clicking or grinding noise, troubleshooting 170
locking and unlocking 18
specifications 212, 213

ENWW

scanner glass
cleaning 151
loading originals 38
locating 14
scanner lock 18
scanning
ahead for multitasking 11
configuring for HP photo and imaging software
121
once and printing many 11
proof sheet 83
troubleshooting 170
See also sending scans
scheduling faxes 88
screen fonts, Windows 135
scrubber utility 144
Secure Digital memory card 78, 213
security
managing 113
specifications 201
support for LDAP 123
while using HP Instant Support 105
select button 16
sending photos
as e-mail attachments 80
setup steps required for feature 133
sending scans
changing settings 75
description 71
for OCR 76
from a TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant
program 74
in color 71
print server capabilities 20
setup steps required for feature 132
specifications 212, 213
to a network folder 71
to a program on a computer 72
to e-mail as attachments 73
troubleshooting 170
sensor for paper type 117
server referral support 118, 123
servers
DNS 120
HP Jetdirect print. See HP Jetdirect print servers
WINS 120
Services tab, Toolbox 103

Index

271

settings
ADMIN menu 246
ADV FAX SETUP menu 242
changing defaults for copy jobs 65
changing defaults for print jobs 59
changing defaults for scan jobs 76
changing for all-in-one 33
changing for copy jobs 64
changing for fax jobs 89
changing for scan jobs 75
changing from printer drivers 57
COPY SETUP menu 240
E-MAIL SETUP menu 243
FAX SETUP menu 241
MAINTENANCE menu 248
NETWK & I/O 245
PRINT REPORT menu 239
PRINTER menu 244
restoring for copy jobs 65
Settings page, embedded Web server 101
setup menus on control panel 238
setup required for functionalities 131
shades, number that the all-in one can produce 258
sharing the all-in-one
Macintosh 142
Windows 140
shielded cable statement 220
side cover for DIMMs
locating 14
removing 24
silence detection for older-model fax machine 125
size
all-in-one 199
configuring for e-mail attachments 123
media supported 42
reduced when copying, troubleshooting 157
reduced when scanning, troubleshooting 174
skew
when copying, troubleshooting 158
when printing, troubleshooting 164, 169
when scanning, troubleshooting 173
slanted images. See skew
slots for connectivity, specifications 200
slots for memory cards 14, 77
slow faxes, troubleshooting 178
SLP support 204
Smart Media memory card 78, 214
smeared pages, troubleshooting 167
smearing ink when printing, troubleshooting 167
SMTP, configuring 123
SNMP
network support 204
security support 201

272

Index

software
components on Starter CDs 134
features 135
HP Image Zone 35
HP Photo & Imaging 35
installing for Macintosh 141
installing for Windows 137
OCR 76
optional on Starter CDs 137
Toolbox 103
uninstalling 143
warranty 197
Solaris
printer software, downloading 137
support 203
sound pressure and level 218
sound volumes, setting 116
spaces, inserting on keypad 36
SPARC system support 203
special character support on keypad and keyboard
36
special media 48
specifications
battery 227
media 42
paper handling 42
product 199
speed
configuring for printing 119
specifications 210
troubleshooting 163
troubleshooting for fax 178
troubleshooting for scanner 170
speed-dial entries
printing and viewing 56
printing template for control panel 56
setting up for e-mail addresses 53
setting up for fax numbers 52
setting up for network folders 55
speed-dial groups
setting up for e-mail addresses 53
setting up for fax numbers 52
splitters, using with all-in-one 175
SSL/TLS (HTTPS) security support 201
standby power consumption 218
START button 17
start guide 9
Starter CDs
creating custom installer 143
optional software contents 137
software contents 134
status
messages 249
monitoring 107
STOP button 17
stopping jobs from control panel 17, 34
storage temperature specifications 218
streak or dots when scanning, troubleshooting 174
streaks
when copying, troubleshooting 158
when scanning, troubleshooting 174
stripes when scanning, troubleshooting 173
SUBJECT line in e-mail messages, configuring 122
subnet mask, configuring 120

ENWW

Sun Solaris
printer software, downloading 137
support 203
supplies
monitoring 109
ordering 101
ordering onscreen 189
part numbers 191
supplies area
description 18
gaining access to 146
supply yields for ink cartridges and printheads 200
support. See customer support
surge protectors 176
SuSE Linux support 203
sustainability program 226
symbol set support 201
SYMBOLS button 17
symbols, typing on keypad 36
system requirements 205, 206, 207, 208

T
T splitters, using with all-in-one 175
TCP/IP
configuring 117, 245
support 204
telephone line. See phone line
telephones. See phones
Telnet support 204
temperature specifications 218
Terminal Server support 203
Terminal Services support 203
text
cannot be edited after scanning, troubleshooting
171
cut off when printing, troubleshooting 164
incompletely filled when copying, troubleshooting
158
ink not filling when printing, troubleshooting 167
jagged when printing, troubleshooting 165
meaningless characters print, troubleshooting
166
missing when scanning, troubleshooting 171
unclear when copying, troubleshooting 158
unclear when scanning, troubleshooting 174
when printing, troubleshooting 164
wrong fonts are printed 165
text authentication scheme support 118, 123
thermal inkjet printing technology 200
TIFF, configuring for e-mail attachments 122
time
configuring for fax header 128
scheduling for faxes 88
timeout for I/O 117
Token Ring print server support 204
Toolbox
description 102, 152
opening 102
tour of product 9
tracking
jobs 110
media and supplies 109
transaction logs for faxes. See fax logs

ENWW

transparencies
HP part numbers 193
tray capacity 44
using 49
tray 1
availability of option in Windows operating
systems 257
capacity 44
duplexing from 51
jams 188
loading media 39
locating 14
media sizes supported 42
media supported 44
printing transparencies 49
recommended media 45
tray 2
accessory number 225
availability of option in Windows operating
systems 257
duplexing from 51
installing 26
jams 188
loading media 39
locating 14
media sizes supported 42
part number 189
recommended media 45
turning on and off in printer driver 29
weight 199
tray lock for keyboard 27
TRAY/TYPE button 15
trays
locating 14
part numbers 189
printing transparencies 49
selecting 41
setting defaults 119
troubleshooting 183
turning on and off in printer driver 29
unattended printing 119
troubleshooting all-in-one problems
Attention light blinking 155
Attention light blinking alternately with Ready
light 155
no power or lights on control panel 154
not responding 154
power 155
troubleshooting color problems
black sections appear 182
colors bleeding 181
colors do not appear 180
colors do not line up correctly 182
colors do not match colors on screen 181
colors print inconsistently 182
colors printing as black and white 181
printouts faded or dull 180
stray dots or color 182

Index

273

troubleshooting copy problems
blank pages 156
copy defects are apparent 157
copy quality is poor 157
images missing or faded 157
no copy came out 156
size reduced 157
wrong original copied 156
troubleshooting fax problems
all-in-one is receiving faxes but not sending 176
fax reports not printing 179
faxes not arriving at receiving fax machine 177
faxes not printing or printing incorrectly 178
faxes printing on two pages instead of one 178
general problems 175
incoming faxes not being answer 177
original stops feeding in the middle of faxing 176
outgoing fax keeps dialing 177
received faxes too light or printing on half a page
178
slow faxes 178
voices calls not being received 177
troubleshooting media-handling problems
media not feeding correctly 183
media not picked up from tray 183
pages falling off of all-in-one 184
tray cannot be inserted 183
troubleshooting photo problems
all-in-one cannot read memory card 179
all-in-one not responding 179
photos not printing 180
photos on memory card cannot be read 180
troubleshooting print problems 164
blank pages 163
both sides not printing 164
ink not filling text or graphics completely 167
ink smearing 167
meaningless characters printed 166
nothing is printed 161
poor print quality 168
print defects are apparent 168
printing slow 163
printout is incorrect or part is missing 166
text jagged at edges 165
text or graphics placed incorrectly 164
wrong fonts printed 165
troubleshooting scan problems
cannot activate TWAIN source 172
clicking or grinding noise 170
defects are apparent 173
graphics look different from original 173
image did not scan or part is missing 171
poor image quality 172
scan defects are apparent 173
scan takes too long 170
text cannot be edited 171
troubleshooting, resources for
Configuration page 108
control-panel messages 249
customer support 195
fax reports 179
TrueType fonts, troubleshooting 165

274

Index

turning on and off
accessories in printer driver 29
color copying 120
color faxing 124
network protocols 117
photo (memory card) feature 121
TWAIN
scan driver 135, 136
sending scans from 74
setup steps required for feature 133
specifications 212, 213
unable to activate source 172
two-sided printing. See duplexing
typefaces when copying, troubleshooting 158
Typical installation
components installed 135
description 134

U
unattended printing, configuring 119
unblocking fax numbers 92
uninstalling all-in-one software 143
UNIX
printer software, downloading 137
support 202, 203
unlocking
control panel 17
keyboard tray 27
scanner 18
upgrading
firmware 114
from an older version of Windows 255
usage counters 110
USB (Universal Serial Bus)
connection for Windows 139
part number 190
USB port
locating 18
print servers. See HP Jetdirect print servers
specifications 200
troubleshooting 154
users
configuring 111
monitoring usage 110
utility for network print setup, Macintosh 142

V
vertical stripes when copying, troubleshooting 157
viewing
blocked fax numbers 96
image files 80
speed-dial entries 56
voice calls not being received, troubleshooting 177
voicemail, using with all-in-one 127
voltage specifications 218
volume of sounds, setting 116

W
warning messages, description 249
warranty 197
watermarks
availability of option in Windows operating
systems 257, 259
description 259

ENWW

wave or curl when printing, troubleshooting 167,
169
Web server, embedded. See embedded Web server
websites
Apple 142
customer support 195
Energy Star 226
HP shopping 189
network printing support 22
product support 10, 153
weight
all-in-one 199
battery 227
wet pages, drying 167
white bands or stripes
when copying, troubleshooting 157, 158
when scanning, troubleshooting 173
WIA
sending scans from 74
specifications 212, 213
WIA (Windows Image Application), sending scans
from 74
width, all-in-one 199
Windows
changing print settings 58
configuring sharing 140
Customization Utility 143
identifying printer drivers in Windows NT 256
installing multiple drivers 256
installing printer driver only 256
installing printer drivers 139
installing software 137
onscreen Help 9, 153
printing for Windows 98 and Windows Me using
PS emulation 255
printing from printer driver 57
software components included 135
support 202, 203
system requirements 205, 206, 207, 208
Toolbox 102
turning accessories on and off in printer driver 29
upgrading from an older version 255
Windows Image Application (WIA), sending scans
from 74
WINS server, configuring 120
WINS support 204
wireless print servers. See HP Jetdirect print servers
wrinkles or creases when printing, troubleshooting
167, 169

ENWW

Index

275

276

Index

ENWW



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : Yes
Modify Date                     : 2004:01:05 22:03:30+08:00
Create Date                     : 2003:12:12 13:04:13Z
Page Count                      : 280
Creation Date                   : 2003:12:12 13:04:13Z
Mod Date                        : 2004:01:05 22:03:30+08:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows)
Author                          : MikeM
Metadata Date                   : 2004:01:05 22:03:30+08:00
Creator                         : MikeM
Title                           : CelsiusUG-PDF.book
Has XFA                         : No
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools